BERDE — Buildings — Version 5.0.0 — Final Draft α

13 March 2024

© 2010-2024 Philippine Green Building Council. BERDE Program.

Notes from the Secretariat

This document may have been updated. The latest active document of the Consensus Document may be accessed through https://docs.berdeonline.org/consensusdoc/latest.

The latest version of the Consensus Document under development may be accessed through https://docs.berdeonline.org/consensusdoc/under-development/.

Request for Comments

You may participate in the development process by providing your comments and recommendations to the BERDE Program Secretariat.

Who are allowed to comment on this draft?

This Final Draft is a record of the consensus document under deliberation. This draft is recommended for approval by the BERDE Committee to the PHILGBC Board of Trustees.

Provide your comments

We welcome your comments and insight on the BERDE — Buildings — Version 5.0.0 — Final Draft. Provide your comments by submitting your recommendations through the following procedure:

  1. Access the Form – Comment.
  2. Provide your full name, position or designation, and the organization you are representing;
  3. Clearly state your issue a specific section or credit:
    • State the specific section or credit you would like to improve;
    • Provide a clear statement summarizing your issue; and
    • Provide a brief discussion on the issue;
  4. Clearly state your recommendation to improve the section or credit;
    • Provide the draft text for the revision of the section or credit;
    • Use plain language principles; and
    • Provide a brief discussion on the recommendation;
  5. Submit your issue and recommendation.

Your comments will be received and logged by the BERDE Program Secretariat.

Contents

Scope and Applicability

The Scope and Applicability defines the life cycle stages and project types that the rating scheme is applicable to.

Life Cycle Stages

This rating scheme is applicable to projects that are at the design, construction and operations stages.

Tag Name Description
S1 Stage 1 — Design

The design stage includes the conception and strategic planning of the project goals, expected outcomes and requirements. It also involves preparing the detailed design and initiating the procurement process for products and services specified in the project.

Projects at this stage focus on the integrated process of planning the project, addressing the client's requirements, and meeting sustainability targets.
S2 Stage 2 — Construction

The construction stage includes site preparation and construction activities in implementing the project's design. It also involves monitoring and inspecting construction progress and quality, culminating in the successful completion of the commissioning process for the building.

Projects at this stage focus on the implementing and delivering the project until its practical completion before the official handover.
S3 Stage 3 — Operations

The operations stage includes activities for building's use by the project users, maintenance of the building systems and spaces, and continuous management and improvement project operations.

Projects at this stage focus on planning and implementing operational policies and procedures for the project.

Back to Table of Contents

Project Types

This rating scheme is applicable to the whole building design, construction and operations, or for tenant projects within a building.

Tag Name Description
Buildings Buildings Building projects refers to the entire building's design and construction, or operations. The scope of the project includes areas designed, constructed, or managed by the project owner and its project team.
Tenants Tenants Tenant projects refers to project areas owned or leased and managed by the project owner within a building.

Back to Table of Contents

Occupancy Types

This rating scheme may be used for the following occupancy types:

Tag Name Description
Office Office spaces and buildings Office spaces and buildings may include private and government office.
Retail Retail spaces and buildings

Retail spaces and buildings may include:

  • shops,
  • indoor or outdoor malls,
  • supermarkets,
  • groceries,
  • department stores,
  • sales rooms or showrooms,
  • restaurants,
  • cafes,
  • bars, and
  • fast-food restaurants.
Vertical residential Vertical residential buildings

Vertical residential buildings are buildings with six (6) floors and above. Vertical residential buildings may include:

  • apartment buildings,
  • condominiums,
  • hotels,
  • dormitories,
  • boarding houses, and
  • motels.
Clustered residential Clustered residential buildings

Clustered residential buildings are buildings with five (5) floors and below with multiple buildings and shared utilities. Clustered residential buildings may include:

  • apartment buildings,
  • townhouses,
  • hotels,
  • dormitories,
  • boarding houses, and
  • motels.
Educational Educational spaces and buildings

Educational spaces and buildings may include:

  • primary, secondary and tertiary education buildings,
  • classrooms,
  • training centers,
  • auditoriums,
  • gymnasiums,
  • playing fields,
  • stadium, and
  • libraries.
Industrial Industrial buildings

Industrial buildings may include buildings for industrial processes, which may include:

  • assembling,
  • disassembling,
  • fabricating,
  • finishing,
  • manufacturing,
  • packaging,
  • repair, and
  • processing operations.

It may also include warehouses and storage.
Healthcare Healthcare spaces and buildings

Healthcare spaces and buildings may include:

  • hospitals,
  • clinics, and
  • nursing homes.

Back to Table of Contents

Minimum System Requirements

No. Minimum System Requirement
MSR-01 Regulatory compliance
MSR-02 Distinct and clear boundaries
MSR-03 Disclosure of resource performance data
MSR-04 Initial site assessment
MSR-05 Deconstruction waste management
MSR-06 Construction activity pollution prevention and control

Back to Table of Contents

MSR-01 Regulatory Compliance

Purpose and Intent

This requirement aims to ensure that the project complies with all building and environmental laws, regulations and mandatory standards applicable to the project.

Requirements

All Stages

The project team must conduct a regulatory compliance review to map out and assess the compliance of the project with the following:

Compliance Notes

Registration

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements, the project team must submit a report on the project's regulatory compliance review. The report must include the following information:

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements, the project team must submit:

  1. A report on the project's regulatory compliance review. The report must include the following information:
    • The building and environmental laws, regulations and mandatory standards that are applicable to the project;
    • The requirements outlined in the applicable laws, regulations and mandatory standards that the project has to comply; and
    • The project's compliance with the applicable laws, regulations and mandatory standards at the point of design.
  2. The copies of the permits and certificates issued by the relevant national government agencies and local government units regarding the design of the project. The permits and certificates must demonstrate that the project complies with the applicable laws, regulations and mandatory standards.
Addenda

30 November 2023, v5.0.0 – Council Draft β

Changed For medium- to high-rise projects to For applicable projects that are located within the vicinity of or in proximity to CAAP critical areas.

14 September 2023, v5.0.0 – Committee Draft β

Changed Fire and Life Safety Assessment Report 1 to BFP-accepted and -approved Fire Safety Compliance Report (FSCR).

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Included a list of the minimum building and environmental permits and certificates the project team must submit together with the report on the project's regulatory compliance review.

At a minimum, the project team must submit the copies of the following permits and certificates, and the list of national and local issuances:

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements, the project team must submit:

  1. A report on the project's regulatory compliance review. The report must include the following information:
    • The building and environmental laws, regulations and mandatory standards that are applicable to the project;
    • The requirements outlined in the applicable laws, regulations and mandatory standards that the project has to comply; and
    • The project's compliance with the applicable laws, regulations and mandatory standards at the point of construction.
  2. The copies of the permits and certificates issued by the relevant national government agencies and local government units regarding the construction of the project. The permits and certificates must demonstrate that the project complies with the applicable laws, regulations and mandatory standards.
Addenda

14 September 2023, v5.0.0 – Committee Draft β

Changed FALAR 2 to BFP-accepted and -approved Fire Safety Compliance and Commissioning Report (FSCCR).

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Included a list of the minimum building and environmental permits and certificates the project team must submit together with the report on the project's regulatory compliance review.

At a minimum, the project team must submit the copies of the following permits and certificates, and the list of national and local issuances:

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements, the project team must submit:

  1. A report on the project's regulatory compliance review. The report must include the following information:
    • The building and environmental laws, regulations and mandatory standards that are applicable to the project;
    • The requirements outlined in the applicable laws, regulations and mandatory standards that the project has to comply; and
    • The project's compliance with the applicable laws, regulations and mandatory standards to continue its operations.
  2. The copies of the permits and certificates issued by the relevant national government agencies and local government units regarding the operations of the project. The permits and certificates must demonstrate that the project complies with the applicable laws, regulations and mandatory standards.
Addenda

14 September 2023, v5.0.0 – Committee Draft β

Changed FALAR 3 to BFP-accepted and -approved Fire Safety Maintenance Report (FSMR).

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Included a list of the minimum building and environmental permits and certificates the project team must submit together with the report on the project's regulatory compliance review.

At a minimum, the project team must submit the copies of the following permits and certificates, and the list of national and local issuances:

Additional Information

Addenda

30 November 2023, v5.0.0 – Council Draft β

Added CAAP Critical Areas under Additional Readings.

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Added Terms and Definitions in the Minimum System Requirement.

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this requirement, the following terms and definitions apply:

Regulatory compliance review
refers to the project teams adherence or compliance to existing national and local building laws, environmental laws, regulations, and mandatory standards.
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

Back to Table of Contents

MSR-02 Distinct and Clear Boundaries

Purpose and Intent

This requirement aims to establish the scope for BERDE Certification by clearly defining the physical boundaries of the project.

Requirements

All Stages

The project team must establish the scope for the BERDE Certification of the project, which must include the following:

Compliance Notes

Registration

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements, the project team must submit the plans that clearly shows the scope of the project for BERDE Certification. The plans must consist of:

All Stages

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements, the project team must submit the proof of capacity of the shared on-site building systems and utilities. The documentation must clearly demonstrate the following:

Additional Information

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Added Terms and Definitions in the Minimum System Requirement.

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this requirement, the following terms and definitions apply:

Shared on-site building systems and utilities
refer to building systems that are shared by multiple tenants and occupants of a building project, or shared by multiple buildings or locators in a district project. These building systems can include HVAC(heating ventilation, and air conditioning), plumbing, electrical systems, and other related building systems.
Total gross floor area (TGFA)
refers to all areas that will be included in the scope of the assessment and certification of the project. This should include the main and auxiliary building areas, including open spaces, utilities, services, parking and enclosed driveways. Only areas declared in the registration will be part of the scope of the assessment of the project.

Back to Table of Contents

MSR-03 Disclosure of Resource Performance Data

Purpose and Intent

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Changed the Purpose and Intent from "This requirement aims to:

to "This requirement aims to:

This requirement aims to:

Requirements

All Stages

The project team must:

  1. Submit the performance data of the project for:
    • Energy consumption;
    • Potable water consumption; and
    • Solid waste generation.
  2. Ensure the consistency in the submission of the performance data of the project by using the metric system.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements, the project team must submit:

  1. The projected occupancy profile for the project. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The description of the project's intended use;
    • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to maximum of three (3) shifts;
    • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
    • The maximum number of users per shift.
  2. The energy base case reflecting the projected annual total operational energy consumption of the project in kilowatt-hours (kWh) based on the design.
  3. The water base case reflecting the projected annual total operational potable water consumption of the project in cubic meters (m3) based on the design.
  4. The waste base case reflecting the projected total construction waste generation of the project in kilograms (kg).
Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements, the project team must submit:

  1. The projected occupancy profile for the project. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The description of the project's intended use;
    • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to maximum of three (3) shifts;
    • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
    • The maximum number of users per shift.
  2. The energy base case reflecting the projected annual total operational energy consumption of the project in kWh based on the implemented design.
  3. The water base case reflecting the projected annual total operational potable water consumption of the project in m3 based on the implemented design.
  4. The waste base case reflecting the actual total construction waste generation of the project in kg.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements, the project team must submit:

  1. The actual occupancy profile for the project during the performance period. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The description of the project's use;
    • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to maximum of three (3) shifts;
    • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
    • The maximum number of users per shift.
  2. The energy base case reflecting the actual total operational energy consumption of the project in kWh for at least twelve (12) months before the performance period and at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
  3. The water base case reflecting the actual total operational potable water consumption of the project in m3 for at least twelve (12) months before the performance period and at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
  4. The waste base case reflecting the actual total operational waste generation of the project in kg for at least twelve (12) months before the performance period and at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.

Additional Information

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Added Terms and Definitions in the Minimum System Requirement.

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this requirement, the following terms and definitions apply:

Energy base case
refers to the base case for energy consumption where the potential energy consumption reduction of a project is measured from. The energy base case must include information on the annual projected or actual operational energy consumption in kilowatt-hour (kWh) per end-use, and energy use intensity in kilowatt-hours per square meter (kWh/m2).
Occupancy profile
refers to the profile of the project providing information on the maximum number of users per shift, number of shifts for the project, and the number of hours per shift.
Users
refer to any persons, groups or organizations who use property, land or building as an occupier, owner, tenant, visitor, or other stakeholders.
Waste base case
refers to the base case for potential waste generation where the potential waste diversion of a project is measured from. The waste base case must include information on the potential sources and amount of waste generation in the project during construction or operations in kilograms (kg), and waste generation intensity in kilograms per square meter (kg/m2).
Water base case
refers to the base case for potable water consumption where the potential potable water consumption reduction of a project is measured from. The water base case must include information on the annual projected or actual operational potable water consumption in cubic meters (m3) per end-use, and water use intensity in cubic meters per square meter (m3/m2).

Back to Table of Contents

MSR-04 Initial Site Assessment

Purpose and Intent

This requirement aims to:

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

Prior to any demolition, deconstruction and construction activities within the project site, the project team must:

  1. Identify and engage a qualified professional that is competent in conducting a site assessment for the project.
  2. Conduct a site assessment for the project. The project team must identify and assess the following:
    • The existing ecological features within the project site and its immediate surroundings, which should include the following:
      • Floras and faunas, such as:
        • Trees of significant ecological value;
        • Native and adapted plant species; and
        • Existing land, air and marine animal species;
      • Natural watercourses and wetlands; and
      • Nearby protected areas covered by the National Integrated Protected Areas System (NIPAS);
    • The potential disasters and hazards that the project is at risk, which should include the following:
      • Natural disasters, such as:
        • Wind downbursts,
        • Typhoons,
        • Heavy rainfall and floods,
        • Storm surges,
        • Tsunamis,
        • Earthquake,
        • Landslides, and
        • Volcanic activities;
      • Man-made hazards, such as:
        • Fires and explosions,
        • Accidents, and
        • Site contamination;
      • Other potential risks, such as:
        • Dust generation,
        • Noise pollution, and
        • Traffic;
    • The social and cultural value of the project site and its immediate surroundings, which should include the following:
      • Built heritage within the project site and its immediate surroundings;
      • Cultural features that are present in nearby local communities; and
      • Social conditions of nearby local communities.

If there are previous developments within the project site, the project team must also identify the following:

Compliance Notes
Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements, the project team must submit:

  1. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in conducting site assessments for projects;
    • The responsibilities of the professional in the design of the project and the expected output; and
    • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
  2. The site assessment report prepared by the engaged professional. The report must include the following information:
    • The existing ecological features within the project site and its immediate surroundings, which should include the following:
      • Location of the existing ecological features;
      • Brief description on the existing ecological features; and
      • Recommendations to preserve, protect and improve the existing ecological features;
    • The potential disasters and hazards that the project is at risk, which should include the following:
      • Potential impacts of the identified risks to the project; and
      • Recommendations to mitigate or reduce the potential impacts of the identified risks to the project;
    • The cultural value of the project site and its immediate surroundings, which should include the following:
      • Historic information about the project site;
      • Location of the built heritage within the project site and its immediate surroundings;
      • Brief description on the cultural features that are present in nearby local communities;
      • Social conditions of nearby local communities; and
      • Recommendations to preserve, protect and improve the social and cultural value of the project site and its immediate surroundings;
    • If there are previous developments within the project site, the report must also include information on the following:
      • Building footprint of the previous development;
      • Previous use and occupancy type of the previous development;
      • Period when the land was previously used; and
      • Recommendations to utilize the previous developments for the benefit of the project.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this requirement, the following terms and definitions apply:

Built heritage
refers to architectural and engineering structures, such as bridges, government buildings, houses of ancestry, traditional dwellings, quartels, train stations, lighthouses, small ports, educational, technological and industrial complexes, and their settings, and landscapes with notable historical and cultural significance. (National Cultural Heritage Act of 2009, 2010)
Cultural heritage
refers to the totality of cultural property preserved and developed through time and passed on to posterity. (National Cultural Heritage Act of 2009, 2010)
Cultural property
refers to all products of human creativity by which a people and a nation reveal their identity, including churches, mosques and other places of religious worship, schools and natural history specimens and sites, whether public or privately-owned, movable or immovable, and tangible or intangible. (National Cultural Heritage Act of 2009, 2010)
Indigenous cultural community (ICC); Indigenous people (IP)
refers to a group of people sharing common bonds of language, customs, traditions, and other distinctive cultural traits, and who have, since time immemorial occupied, possessed and utilized a territory. (Expanded National Integrated Protected Areas System Act of 2018, 2018)
Previously developed land

refers to areas that are:

  • Previously used for residential, commercial, industrial, or institutional applications; and
  • Used for at least the past twenty (20) years.
Protected area
refers to identified portions of land and water set aside by reason of their unique physical and biological significance, managed to enhance biological diversity and protected against destructive human exploration. (National Integrated Protected Areas System Act of 1992, 1992)
Site assessment
refers to the evaluation of the area’s characteristics including its groundwater points, geology, and hydrology so that one can fully evaluate the true risk of the facility to human health and the environment.
Watercourse
refers to a system of surface waters and ground waters constituting by virtue of their physical relationship a unitary whole and normally flowing into a common terminus. (United Nations, 1997)
Wetlands
refer to areas that are permanently or seasonally saturated by water, enough to support vegetation that can adapt to saturated soil conditions. (Department of Environment and Natural Resources, n.d.)
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

Back to Table of Contents

MSR-05 Deconstruction Waste Management

Purpose and Intent

This requirement aims to:

Requirements

All Stages

For present and future deconstruction activities within the project site, the project team must:

  1. Establish a deconstruction waste base case for the project. The waste base case must include the following:
    • The projected types of waste generated during deconstruction;
    • The projected amount of deconstruction waste for each type in kilograms (kg); and
    • The projected total deconstruction waste generation in kilograms per square meter (kg/m2).
  2. Establish a deconstruction waste management plan. The project team must:
    • Establish the waste diversion target for deconstructing the existing buildings and structures within the project site,
    • Identify the waste diversion strategies for the deconstructed building materials;
    • Define the roles and responsibilities necessary to implement the strategies;
    • Establish the methodology for monitoring and recording the waste generated during deconstruction; and
    • Communicate the deconstruction waste management plan to the project stakeholders.

For present deconstruction activities within the project site, the project team must also:

  1. Implement the deconstruction waste management plan. The project team must:
    • Assign roles and responsibilities to the personnel responsible for the implementation of the strategies;
    • Implement the waste diversion strategies for the deconstructed building materials;
    • Monitor and record the waste generated during deconstruction; and
    • Regularly communicate the implementation of the strategies to the project stakeholders.
  2. Present the waste generated and diverted during deconstruction. The project team must:
    • Present the actual total deconstruction waste generation in kg/m2; and
    • Calculate the percentage of deconstruction waste diverted from landfills compared to the deconstruction waste base case.

Compliance Notes

All Stages

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements, the project team must submit:

  1. The deconstruction waste base case for the project. The base case must include the following information:
    • The projected types of waste generated during deconstruction;
    • The projected amount of deconstruction waste for each type in kg; and
    • The projected total deconstruction waste generation in kg/m2.
  2. The deconstruction waste management plan for the project. The plan must include the following information:
    • The waste diversion target for deconstructing the existing buildings and structures within the project site; and
    • The description of the identified waste diversion strategies for the deconstructed building materials, which should include the following:
      • The type of waste that will be diverted by each strategy;
      • The methodology for diverting each type of waste; and
      • The projected amount of deconstruction waste diverted by each strategy in kg.
  3. The list of operators, suppliers and service providers identified to implement the waste diversion strategies for the deconstructed building materials. The list must include the following information:
    • The name of the identified operator, supplier and service provider;
    • The address of the waste diversion facility;
    • The name and designation of the representative from the operator, supplier and service provider;
    • The contact number of the representative; and
    • The description of the services offered and the types of waste handled by the operator, supplier and service provider.
  4. The documented policies and procedures for implementing the deconstruction waste management plan. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The roles and responsibilities defined to implement the strategies;
    • The procedures for handling different types of waste during deconstruction, which should include the following:
      • Segregating deconstruction waste at source;
      • Providing a waste storage on site;
      • Proper and safe handling for each type of deconstruction waste; and
      • Collecting the deconstruction waste from the waste storage on site to the waste diversion facility of the operator, supplier and service provider;
    • The methodology for monitoring and recording the waste generated during deconstruction.
  5. The communication records as proof that the deconstruction waste management plan was communicated to the project stakeholders.

For present deconstruction activities within the project site, the project team must also submit:

  1. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the plan. The list must include the following information:
    • The name and designation of the personnel;
    • The contact number of the personnel; and
    • The roles and responsibilities assigned for the implementation of the strategies.
  2. The documentation on the segregation, handling and storage of deconstruction waste. The documentation must consist of:
    • The as-built plans and specifications of the waste storage on site reflecting its location and size;
    • The monitoring reports on the waste generated during deconstruction; and
    • The procurement and implementation records for the segregation, handling and storage of deconstruction waste, which should include the following:
      • Purchase records, such as:
        • Purchase orders, and
        • Official receipts or sales invoices;
      • Delivery receipts;
      • Installation records; and
      • Photographs for the segregation, handling and storage of deconstruction waste.
  3. The documentation on the collection, diversion and disposal of deconstruction waste. The documentation must consist of:
    • The service contracts with the engaged operators, suppliers and service providers for implementing the waste diversion strategies for the deconstructed building materials. The documentation must include the following information:
      • The description of the services offered and the types of waste handled by the operator, supplier and service provider; and
      • The period of engagement with the operators, suppliers and service providers to implement the strategies;
    • The waste ticket or logs for the waste collected by the operators, suppliers and service providers;
    • The monitoring reports on the waste diverted and disposed during deconstruction; and
    • The procurement and implementation records for the collection, diversion and disposal of deconstruction waste, which should include the following:
      • Purchase records, such as:
        • Purchase orders, and
        • Official receipts or sales invoices;
      • Photographs for the collection, diversion and disposal of deconstruction waste.
  4. The communication records as proof that the implementation of the deconstruction waste management plan was regularly communicated to the project stakeholders.
  5. The calculation for the waste generated and diverted during deconstruction. The calculation must include the following information:
    • The actual total deconstruction waste generation in kg/m2; and
    • The percentage of deconstruction waste diverted from landfills compared to the deconstruction waste base case.

Additional Information

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Added Terms and Definitions in the Minimum System Requirement.

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this requirement, the following terms and definitions apply:

Deconstruction
refers to the action of dismantling the buildings and structures with the goal of maximizing the reuse and recycling potential of its components. Deconstruction significantly reduces the amount of construction waste that goes into landfill.
Demolition
refers to the action of razing the buildings and structures in such a way that its components are reduced to piles of waste going to landfills.

Back to Table of Contents

MSR-06 Construction Activity Pollution Prevention and Control

Purpose and Intent

This requirement aims to:

Requirements

All Stages

The project team must:

  1. Conduct a site assessment for the project prior to any demolition, deconstruction and construction activities. The project team must identify and assess the following:
    • The expected sources of pollution during construction; and
    • The potential impacts of the activities to the project site and its immediate surroundings.
  2. Establish a construction activity pollution prevention and control plan. The project team must:
    • Identify the strategies to prevent or control the expected pollution during construction;
    • Define the roles and responsibilities necessary to implement the strategies;
    • Establish the methodology for monitoring and recording the levels of pollution during construction; and
    • Communicate the strategies to prevent or control the expected pollution during construction to the project stakeholders.
  3. Implement the construction activity pollution prevention and control plan. The project team must:
    • Assign roles and responsibilities to the personnel responsible for the implementation of the strategies;
    • Implement the strategies to prevent or control the expected pollution during construction;
    • Monitor and record the levels of pollution during deconstruction; and
    • Regularly communicate the implementation of the strategies to the project stakeholders.
  4. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implemented construction activity pollution prevention and control plan. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the construction activity pollution prevention and control plan;
    • Review if the plan was implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Recommend actions to further improve the construction activity pollution prevention and control plan.

Compliance Notes

All Stages

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements, the project team must submit:

  1. The site assessment report for the project. The report must include the following information:
    • The expected sources of pollution during construction; and
    • The potential impacts of the activities to the project site and its immediate surroundings.
  2. The construction activity pollution prevention and control plan for the project. The plan must include the following information:
    • The strategies to prevent or control the expected pollution during construction;
    • The description of the identified strategies to prevent or control the expected pollution during construction;
    • The roles and responsibilities defined to implement the strategies; and
    • The methodology for monitoring and recording the levels of pollution during construction.
  3. The plans and specifications for the strategies to prevent or control the expected pollution during construction.
  4. The communication records as proof that the construction activity pollution prevention and control plan was communicated to the project stakeholders.
  5. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the plan. The list must include the following information:
    • The name and designation of the personnel;
    • The contact number of the personnel; and
    • The roles and responsibilities assigned for the implementation of the strategies.
  6. The as-built plans and specifications for the strategies to prevent or control the expected pollution during construction.
  7. The monitoring reports on the levels of pollution during construction.
  8. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:
    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts;
    • Installation records; and
    • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies to prevent or control the expected pollution during construction.
  9. The communication records as proof that the implementation of the construction activity pollution prevention and control plan was regularly communicated to the project stakeholders.
  10. The evaluation report on the effectiveness of the implemented construction activity pollution prevention and control plan. The report must include the following information:
    • The outcomes of the implementation of the construction activity pollution prevention and control plan;
    • The assessment on whether the plan was implemented effectively;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The recommended actions to further improve the construction activity pollution prevention and control plan.

Additional Information

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Added Terms and Definitions in the Minimum System Requirement.

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this requirement, the following terms and definitions apply:

Pollution

refers to the discharge of solid, liquid, or gaseous substance or any forms of energy such as heat, sound, and light, to the environment that will result to negative effects on the environment and on the health and safety of the public. Pollution may come in several forms, such as:

  • Air pollution,
  • Water pollution,
  • Land pollution,
  • Noise pollution, or
  • Light pollution.
Construction activity pollution prevention and control
refers to the measures taken to prevent or reduce pollution caused by construction activities in the project. These measures can include erosion and sediment controls, best management practices, stormwater pollution prevention plans, among others.

Back to Table of Contents

Management

Management category focuses on the sustainable processes and practices for the effective management of the design, construction and operations of projects. Management promotes a collaborative and integrated process that helps in identifying the most sustainable and cost-effective strategies for the project.

No. Credit Name Certification Stage Project Type Occupancy Type Sustainable Development Goal
MN-01 Green Building Professional All Stages All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 8: Decent Work and Economic Growth
SDG 13: Climate Action
MN-02 Stakeholder Consultation All Stages All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities
MN-03 Project Management All Stages All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 8: Decent Work and Economic Growth
SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities
MN-04 Certified Green Building All Stages All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities
MN-05 Staff Training All Stages All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 4: Quality Education
SDG 8: Decent Work and Economic Growth
MN-06 Green Building Education All Stages All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities
SDG 13: Climate Action
MN-07 Tenant Design and Construction Management All Stages Buildings All Occupancy Types SDG 8: Decent Work and Economic Growth
SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities
SDG 13: Climate Action

Back to Table of Contents

MN-01 Green Building Professional

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 8 to SDG 8: Decent Work and Economic Growth, and SDG 13 to SDG 13: Climate Action.

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 8: Decent Work and Economic Growth
SDG 13: Climate Action

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to facilitate the efficient delivery of the BERDE Certification process with the support of a qualified and competent green building professional (GBP) for the project.

Requirements

All Stages

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project owner must engage a qualified and competent GBP for the project. When engaging a GBP, the project owner must:

  1. Identify the necessary qualifications of the professional. The professional must either be:
    • A Certified BERDE Professional (CBP) in good standing; or
    • A GBP in good standing that is certified under a green building certification program for professionals. The certification program must be one of the following:
      • Duly recognized by a member National Green Building Council (NGBC) of the World Green Building Council (WorldGBC);
      • Duly recognized by the WorldGBC; or
      • Administered by a body that complies with Conformity Assessment — General Requirements for Bodies Operating Certification of Persons [ISO/IEC Standard 17024].
  2. Define the roles and responsibilities of the professional during the BERDE Certification process of the project, which must include the following:
    • Guiding the project owner and the project team on the BERDE Certification process;
    • Providing sound recommendations on satisfying the intent of each credit pursued for the BERDE Certification for the project, and
    • Reviewing the documentation prepared by the project team before it is submitted for the assessment.
  3. Engage the professional as the authorized GBP for the project from at least the start until the completion of the BERDE Certification process.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

All Stages
The project may be awarded: if the project owner:
3 points Engaged a qualified and competent GBP to facilitate the efficient delivery of the BERDE Certification process of the project.

Compliance Notes

All Stages

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit the proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Certified BERDE Professional
refers to a qualified professional certified by PHILGBC as a consultant for BERDE certification.
Green building professional
refers to a professional trained on green building and green building rating systems, and certified or licensed under a green building certification program.
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

Back to Table of Contents

MN-02 Stakeholder Consultation

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 11 to SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities.

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Identify the materially affected stakeholders for the project.
  2. Consult the materially affected stakeholders before finalizing the design of the project. The project team must discuss the following during the consultation:
    • The project's background and its sustainability features;
    • The social, environmental and economic strategies of the project that are related to the materially affected stakeholders;
    • The building and environmental laws, regulations and mandatory standard applicable to the project that are related to the materially affected stakeholders; and
    • The design requirements related to the potential users of the project, which should include the following:
      • The accessibility features of the project;
      • The facilities and spaces that are provided for public use;
      • The social, environmental and economic impacts of the project to its immediate surroundings; and
      • The technical design requirements for the potential users.
  3. Incorporate the recommendations of the materially affected stakeholders in the final design of the project.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, the project team should also discuss the social, environmental and economic impacts of the project to its surrounding tenant spaces.

Educational buildings

For Educational buildings, the project team must also discuss the following during the consultations:

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Implement the final design of the project reflecting the recommendations of the materially affected stakeholders.
  2. Establish the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies during operations.
Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Identify the materially affected stakeholders for the project.
  2. Consult the materially affected stakeholders to improve the operations of the project. The project team must discuss the following during the consultation:
    • The project's background and its sustainability features;
    • The social, environmental and economic strategies of the project that are related to the materially affected stakeholders;
    • The building and environmental laws, regulations and mandatory standard applicable to the project that are related to the materially affected stakeholders; and
    • The user feedbacks related to the operations of the project, which should include the following:
      • The management and operational practices for the project;
      • The preventive and corrective maintenance measures for the project; and
      • The process requirements for the users.
  3. Incorporate the recommendations of the materially affected stakeholders in the operations of the project.
  4. Implement the improved operations of the project reflecting the recommendations of the materially affected stakeholders during the performance period. The project team must:
    • Assign roles and responsibilities to the personnel responsible for the implementation of the strategies;
    • Implement the recommendations of the materially affected stakeholders;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of the strategies during the performance period; and
    • Regularly communicate the implementation of the strategies to the project stakeholders.
  5. Evaluate the effectiveness of the improved operations of the project. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the recommendations of the materially affected stakeholders;
    • Review if the recommendations were implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Recommend actions to further improve the operations of the project.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, the project team should also discuss the social, environmental and economic impacts of the project to its surrounding tenant spaces.

Educational buildings

For Educational buildings, the project team must also discuss the following during the consultations:

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Consulted the materially affected stakeholders before finalizing the design of the project,
  • Incorporated three (3) or more recommendations from the materially affected stakeholders in the final design of the project, and
  • Incorporated specific end-user requirements in the final design of the project.
2 points
  • Consulted the materially affected stakeholders before finalizing the design of the project, and
  • Incorporated two (2) recommendations from the materially affected stakeholders in the final design of the project.
1 point
  • Consulted the materially affected stakeholders before finalizing the design of the project, and
  • Incorporated one (1) recommendation from the materially affected stakeholders in the final design of the project.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Implemented the final design of the project reflecting three (3) or more recommendations from the materially affected stakeholders, and
  • Implemented specific end-user requirements in the project.
2 points Implemented the final design of the project reflecting two (2) recommendations from the materially affected stakeholders.
1 point Implemented the final design of the project reflecting one (1) recommendation from the materially affected stakeholders.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Consulted the materially affected stakeholders to improve the operations of the project,
  • Implemented the improved operations of the project reflecting three (3) or more recommendations from the materially affected stakeholders, and
  • Implemented specific end-user requirements in the project.
2 points
  • Consulted the materially affected stakeholders to improve the operations of the project, and
  • Implemented the improved operations of the project reflecting two (2) recommendations from the materially affected stakeholders.
1 point
  • Consulted the materially affected stakeholders to improve the operations of the project, and
  • Implemented the improved operations of the project reflecting one (1) recommendation from the materially affected stakeholders.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The list of materially affected stakeholders consulted before finalizing the design of the project. The list must include the following information:
    • The name of the materially affected stakeholder;
    • The name and designation of the stakeholder's representative;
    • The contact number of the representative; and
    • The relationship of the materially affected stakeholder to the project owner.
  2. The documentation on the stakeholder consultations conducted before finalizing the design of the project. The documentation must consist of:
    • The attendance list for each consultation;
    • The agenda and proceedings of each consultation;
    • The list of recommendations from the materially affected stakeholders during each consultation, which must be clearly highlighted and described; and
    • The photographs for each conducted stakeholder consultation.
  3. The plans and specifications for the recommendations of the materially affected stakeholders, which must be supported by a narrative on how the recommendations were incorporated in the final design of the project.
  4. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies and equipment for the implementation of the recommendations.
Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The as-built plans and specifications for the recommendations of the materially affected stakeholders, which must be supported by a narrative on how the recommendations were implemented in the project.
  2. The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies during operations.
  3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the recommendations. The documentation must consist of:
    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs for the implementation of the recommendations in the project.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The list of materially affected stakeholders consulted to improve the operations of the project. The list must include the following information:
    • The name of the materially affected stakeholder;
    • The name and designation of the stakeholder's representative;
    • The contact number of the representative; and
    • The relationship of the materially affected stakeholder to the project owner.
  2. The documentation on the stakeholder consultations conducted to improve the operations of the project. The documentation must consist of:
    • The attendance list for each consultation;
    • The agenda and proceedings of each consultation;
    • The list of recommendations from the materially affected stakeholders during each consultation, which must be clearly highlighted and described; and
    • The photographs for each conducted stakeholder consultation.
  3. The plans and specifications for the recommendations of the materially affected stakeholders, which must be supported by a narrative on how the recommendations were incorporated in the operations of the project.
  4. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the recommendations. The list must include the following information:
    • The name and designation of the personnel;
    • The contact number of the personnel; and
    • The roles and responsibilities assigned for the implementation of the recommendations.
  5. The as-built plans and specifications for the recommendations of the materially affected stakeholders, which must be supported by a narrative on how the recommendations were implemented in the operations of the project.
  6. The monitoring reports reflecting the implementation of the recommendations during the performance period.
  7. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the recommendations. The documentation must consist of:
    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies to prevent or control the expected pollution during construction.
  8. The communication records as proof that the planning and implementation of the recommendations was regularly communicated to the project stakeholders.
  9. The evaluation report on the effectiveness of the implemented recommendations. The report must include the following information:
    • The outcomes of the implementation of the recommendations from the materially affected stakeholders;
    • The assessment on whether the recommendations were implemented effectively;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The recommendations to further improve the operations of the project through stakeholder consultations.

Additional Information

List of materially affected stakeholders

Buildings

For Building projects, the project team should consult the following:

Tenants

For Tenant projects, the project team should consult the following:

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Materially-affected stakeholders
refers to individuals or organizations that may affect or be affected by the project.
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

Back to Table of Contents

MN-03 Project Management

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 8 to SDG 8: Decent Work and Economic Growth, and SDG 13 to SDG 13: Climate Action.

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 8: Decent Work and Economic Growth
SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project owner must:

  1. Establish the sustainability goals and performance targets for the project. The target must include:
    • The environmental, social, and economic priorities of the project owner for the project; and
    • The credits pursued by the project owner for BERDE Certification.
  2. Engage an interdisciplinary project team early in the project development. When engaging members of the project team, the project owner must:
    • Identify the necessary qualifications and competencies of each member of the project team;
    • Define the roles and responsibilities of each member of the project team during the design and construction of the project; and
    • Engage each member of the project team as early as the project's conceptualization.

In addition, the project team must:

  1. Conduct a kick-off meeting to discuss the collaborative process for the project delivery. The project team should discuss the following during the kick-off meeting:
    • The scope of the project for BERDE Certification;
    • The credits pursued by the project owner for BERDE Certification, including the performance targets for each credit; and
    • The schedule of activities for BERDE Certification.
  2. Conduct regular charettes during the design and planning of the project. All members of the project team, including the project owner, must participate in the charettes to optimize the design and decision-making process for the project. The project team should discuss the following during the regular charettes:
    • The project's compliance with the applicable laws, regulations and mandatory standards at the point of design;
    • The target credits for BERDE Certification, including the performance targets for each credit;
    • The design requirements and strategies, as well as the policies and procedures to achieve the performance targets for the project;
    • The communication strategies to communicate the design strategies, as well as the policies and procedures to the project team and stakeholders;
    • The roles and responsibilities of project team in preparing the necessary documentation for BERDE Certification; and
    • The construction methodologies and schedules for project development.
Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must conduct regular charettes during the construction of the project. All members of the project team, including the project owner, must participate in the charettes to optimize the decision-making process for the project. The project team should discuss the following during the regular charettes:

Stage 3 – Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project owner must:

  1. Establish the sustainability goals and performance targets for the project. The target must include:
    • The environmental, social, and economic priorities of the project owner for the project; and
    • The credits pursued by the project owner for BERDE Certification.
  2. Engage an interdisciplinary project team for the operations of the project. When engaging members of the project team, the project owner must:
    • Identify the necessary qualifications and competencies of each member of the project team;
    • Define the roles and responsibilities of each member of the project team during the operations of the project; and
    • Engage each member of the project team before the performance period.

In addition, the project team must:

  1. Conduct a kick-off meeting to discuss the collaborative process for the project delivery. The project team should discuss the following during the kick-off meeting:
    • The scope of the project for BERDE Certification;
    • The credits pursued by the project owner for BERDE Certification, including the performance targets for each credit; and
    • The schedule of activities for BERDE Certification.
  2. Conduct regular charettes during the performance period of the project. All members of the project team, including the project owner, must participate in the charettes to optimize the decision-making process for the project. The project team should discuss the following during the regular charettes:
    • The project's compliance with the applicable laws, regulations and mandatory standards at the point of operations;
    • The target credits for BERDE Certification, including the performance targets for each credit;
    • The operational requirements and strategies, as well as the policies and procedures to achieve the performance targets for the project;
    • The communication strategies to communicate the strategies, as well as the policies and procedures to the project team and stakeholders;
    • The roles and responsibilities of project team in preparing the necessary documentation for BERDE Certification;
    • The progress of the implementation of the strategies, policies and procedures during the performance period;
    • The assessment on whether the implemented strategies, policies and procedures was able to achieve the performance targets for the project;
    • The challenges encountered during the implementation of the strategies, policies and procedures, and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The recommended actions to further improve the operations of the project through conducting kick-off meetings and regular charettes.
  3. Develop and implement a project user guide for the users of the project. The project user guide must be readily available and easily understood by the project team and the users of the project.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented an integrated project delivery process through conducting kick-off meetings and regular charettes during design.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented an integrated project delivery process through conducting regular charettes during construction.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Implemented an integrated project delivery process through conducting kick-off meetings and regular charettes during operations, and
  • Developed and implemented a project user guide for the users of the project.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the sustainability goals and performance targets for the project. The policy must include the following information:
    • The environmental, social, and economic priorities of the project owner for the project; and
    • The credits pursued by the project owner for BERDE Certification.
  2. The project organizational chart for the design of the project. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The name of the project team member;
    • The name and designation of the project team member's representative;
    • The contact number of the representative;
    • The roles and responsibilities of the project team member for the design of the project; and
    • The period of engagement with the project team member to deliver the expected output.
  3. The documentation on the kick-off meeting conducted to discuss the collaborative process for the project delivery. The documentation must consist of:
    • The attendance list for the kick-off meeting;
    • The agenda and proceedings of the kick-off meeting;
    • The list of recommendations from the members of the project team for the efficient project delivery, which must be clearly highlighted and described; and
    • The photographs for the conducted kick-off meeting.
  4. The documentation on the regular charettes conducted during the design and planning of the project. The documentation must consist of:
    • The attendance list for each charette;
    • The agenda and proceedings of each charette, which should include discussions on the following:
      • The project's compliance with the applicable laws, regulations and mandatory standards at the point of design;
      • The target credits for BERDE Certification, including the performance targets for each credit;
      • The design requirements and strategies, as well as the policies and procedures to achieve the performance targets for the project;
      • The communication strategies to communicate the design strategies, as well as the policies and procedures to the project team and stakeholders;
      • The roles and responsibilities of project team in preparing the necessary documentation for BERDE Certification; and
      • The construction methodologies and schedules for project development;
    • The photographs for each conducted charette.
Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The project organizational chart for the construction of the project. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The name of the project team member;
    • The name and designation of the project team member's representative;
    • The contact number of the representative;
    • The roles and responsibilities of the project team member for the construction of the project; and
    • The period of engagement with the project team member to deliver the expected output.
  2. The documentation on the regular charettes conducted during the construction of the project. The documentation must consist of:
    • The attendance list for each charette;
    • The agenda and proceedings of each charette, which should include discussions on the following:
      • The project's compliance with the applicable laws, regulations and mandatory standards at the point of construction;
      • The progress of the implementation of the design strategies during construction;
      • The assessment on whether the implemented design strategies was able to achieve the performance targets for the project;
      • The challenges encountered during the implementation of the design and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
      • The roles and responsibilities of project team in preparing the necessary documentation for BERDE Certification;
    • The photographs for each conducted charette.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the sustainability goals and performance targets for the project. The policy must include the following information:
    • The environmental, social, and economic priorities of the project owner for the project; and
    • The credits pursued by the project owner for BERDE Certification.
  2. The project organizational chart for the operations of the project. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The name of the project team member;
    • The name and designation of the project team member's representative;
    • The contact number of the representative;
    • The roles and responsibilities of the project team member for the operations of the project; and
    • The period of engagement with the project team member to deliver the expected output.
  3. The documentation on the kick-off meeting conducted to discuss the collaborative process for the project delivery. The documentation must consist of:
    • The attendance list for the kick-off meeting;
    • The agenda and proceedings of the kick-off meeting;
    • The list of recommendations from the members of the project team for the efficient project delivery, which must be clearly highlighted and described; and
    • The photographs for the conducted kick-off meeting.
  4. The documentation on the regular charettes conducted during the performance period of the project. The documentation must consist of:
    • The attendance list for each charette;
    • The agenda and proceedings of each charette, which should include discussions on the following:
      • The project's compliance with the applicable laws, regulations and mandatory standards at the point of operations;
      • The target credits for BERDE Certification, including the performance targets for each credit;
      • The operational requirements and strategies, as well as the policies and procedures to achieve the performance targets for the project;
      • The communication strategies to communicate the strategies, as well as the policies and procedures to the project team and stakeholders;
      • The roles and responsibilities of project team in preparing the necessary documentation for BERDE Certification;
      • The progress of the implementation of the strategies, policies and procedures during the performance period;
      • The assessment on whether the implemented strategies, policies and procedures was able to achieve the performance targets for the project;
      • The challenges encountered during the implementation of the strategies, policies and procedures, and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
      • The recommended actions to further improve the operations of the project through conducting kick-off meetings and regular charettes;
    • The photographs for each conducted charette.
  5. The project user guide for the users of the project. The project user guide must include the following information:
    • The general description of the project, including its key green building features;
    • The brief history of the project, including the changes made to the project;
    • The key roles and responsibilities of the project team for the operations of the project;
    • The project's compliance with the applicable laws, regulations and mandatory standards at the point of operations;
    • The sustainability goals and performance targets for the project, including the target credits and rating for BERDE Certification;
    • The implemented strategies, and established policies and procedures during operations to achieve the performance targets for the project; and
    • The procedures for issue reporting and user feedback.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Charette
refers to meetings or workshops with members of the project team to collaboratively contribute to the project's design, construction and operations in line with the project's sustainability goals and performance targets.
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

Back to Table of Contents

MN-04 Certified Green Building

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 11 to SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities.

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to continue the commitment of the project owner to sustainability through green building certification.

Requirements

All Stages

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project owner must continue its commitment to sustainability through green building certification.

Buildings

For Building projects, the project must be a green building project that is certified under one of the following:

Tenants

For Tenant projects, the project must be located in a green building project that is certified under one of the following:

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

All Stages
The project may be awarded: if the project owner:
3 points Continued its commitment to sustainability through green building certification.

Compliance Notes

All Stages

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit a copy of the green building certificate of the project. The certificate must include the following information:

Tenants

For Tenant projects, the project team should submit a copy of the green building certificate of the building where the project is located.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Certified green buildings
refer to green building projects that were certified under one of the following:
  • The BERDE Green Building Rating System; or
  • A green building rating system developed or duly recognized by a member NGBC of the WorldGBC
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the ENV-01 Certified Green Building under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to Table of Contents

MN-05 Staff Training

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 4 to SDG 4: Quality Education, and SDG 8 to SDG 8: Decent Work and Economic Growth.

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 4: Quality Education
SDG 8: Decent Work and Economic Growth

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to increase the knowledge and skills of the staff employed throughout the project's life cycle on green building and sustainability.

Requirements

All Stages
Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Requirements, added ...which must be delivered by a qualified and competent instructor.

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for providing regular educational activities for the supervisory, technical, and professional staff of the project its project's life cycle.
  2. Identify regular educational activities on green building and sustainability topics for the staff, which must be delivered by a qualified and competent instructor. The educational activities should be topics on:
    • Green building features of the project, including its benefits and impacts;
    • Environmental sustainability, such as:
      • Resource management, efficiency and conservation for energy, water and waste, or
      • Biodiversity conservation and improvement;
    • Social sustainability, such as:
      • Culture, heritage and nationalism, or
      • Gender diversity and sensitivity;
    • Economic sustainability, such as:
      • Green job opportunities, or
      • Sustainable consumption and production.
  3. Implement regular educational activities to increase the knowledge and skills of at least twenty-five percent (25%) of all staff of the project. The educational activities must be implemented throughout the project's life cycle.
    • If the project is in Stage 1 — Design, the educational activities must be conducted during the project's design development up to the planning period;
    • If the project is in Stage 2 — Construction, the educational activities must be conducted during the project's site development up to the construction period; and
    • If the project is in Stage 3 — Operations, the educational activities must be conducted during the project's performance period.
  4. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the implemented educational activities. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the educational activities for the staff.
    • Review if the educational activities were implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Recommend actions to further improve the the knowledge and skills of the staff on green building and sustainability.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

All Stages
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented eighty (80) hours or more of regular educational activities to increase the knowledge and skills of seventy-five percent (75%) or more of the project's staff on green buildings and sustainability.
2 points Implemented sixty (60) hours to less than eighty (<80) hours of regular educational activities to increase the knowledge and skills of fifty percent (50%) to less than seventy-five percent (<75%) of the project's staff on green buildings and sustainability.
1 point Implemented forty (40) hours to less than sixty (<60) hours of regular educational activities to increase the knowledge and skills of twenty-five percent (25%) to less than fifty percent (<50%) of the project's staff on green buildings and sustainability.

Compliance Notes

All Stages
Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Compliance Notes, changed instructors' names and qualifications to the brief profile of each instructor reflecting their qualifications and competentices to deliver the topic.

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to provide regular educational activities for the supervisory, technical, and professional staff of the project throughout its life cycle. The policy must also define the timeframe for the implementation of the regular educational activities.
    • If the project is in Stage 1 — Design, the educational activities must be conducted during the project's design development up to the planning period;
    • If the project is in Stage 2 — Construction, the educational activities must be conducted during the project's site development up to the construction period; and
    • If the project is in Stage 3 — Operations, the educational activities must be conducted during the project's performance period.
  2. The list of educational activities regularly implemented for the project's staff. The list must include the following information:
    • The name of each activity;
    • The objectives of each activity;
    • The schedule of each activity, which must highlight the dates when each activity was conducted within the defined timeframe;
    • The number of hours for each activity; and
    • The names and qualifications of the instructors invited for each activity.
  3. The documentation on the regular educational activities conducted for the project's staff. The documentation must consist of:
    • The program and theme of each activity;
    • The attendance list for each activity;
    • The brief profile of each instructor reflecting their qualifications and competencies to deliver the topic;
    • The photographs for each activity conducted for the project's staff; and
    • The complete presentation materials or training modules used for each activity.
  4. The list of all staff for the project during the defined timeframe. The list must include the following information:
    • The name designation of each staff;
    • The educational activities successfully attended and completed by each staff; and
    • The total number of hours each staff has attended the activities.
  5. The calculation for the percentage of staff that successfully attended and completed the educational activities.

Additional Information

Addenda

14 September 2023, v5.0.0 – Committee Draft β

Defined qualified and competent instructor.

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Qualified and competent instructors

refer to instructors that have:

  • Recognized degree, certification, or professional registration and license related to the subject matter; and
  • Training and experience indicating extensive knowledge related to the subject matter.
Staff
refers to the personnel employed by a particular organization. This may be the staff directly employed by the project owner, or the staff employed by the members of the project team that is working directly in the design, construction or operations of the project.

Back to Table of Contents

MN-06 Green Building Education

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 11 to SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities, and SDG 13 to SDG 13: Climate Action.

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities
SDG 13: Climate Action

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for educating the users and the public on sustainability, and providing them access to visit the green building features of the project.
  2. Identify strategies to promote the green building features of the project, including its benefits and impacts, for the users and the public. The strategies should include the following:
    • Setting up a green building tour for the users and public to showcase the key green building features of the project;
    • Providing information facilities throughout the project, such as markers, signages, kiosks and bulletins, that explains the green building features of the project, including its performance, benefits and impacts; and
    • Organizing information, education and communication (IEC) campaigns for the users and the public on the design, construction and operations of the key green building features of the project.
  3. Prepare a case study on the design of the project. The project owner must provide consent to the Philippine Green Building Council (PHILGBC) on the publication and use of the case study for educational purposes. The case study must include the following:
    • The general description of the project, including its key green building features;
    • The potential environmental, social and economic impacts of the project to its immediate surroundings;
    • The best practices on sustainability incorporated during the project's design that enables it to advance towards its sustainability goals and performance targets;
    • The projected performance achieved by the project for energy, water and waste; and
    • The experiences of the project team in incorporating sustainability in the design of the project, including the challenges encountered and the actions taken to resolve the challenges.
Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Implement the strategies to promote the green building features of the project. The project team must:
    • Organize green building tours regularly for the users and public to showcase the key green building features of the project;
    • Install the information facilities throughout the project, such as markers, signages, kiosks and bulletins, that explains the green building features of the project, including its performance, benefits and impacts; and
    • Conduct IEC campaigns for the users and the public on the design, construction and operations of the key green building features of the project.
  2. Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies during operations.
  3. Prepare a case study on the construction of the project. The project owner must provide consent to the PHILGBC on the publication and use of the case study for education purposes. The case study must include the following:
    • The general description of the project, including its key green building features;
    • The potential environmental, social and economic impacts of the project to its immediate surroundings after implementing the green building strategies and solutions in the project;
    • The best practices on sustainability incorporated during the project's construction that enables it to advance towards its sustainability goals and performance targets;
    • The projected performance achieved by the project for energy, water and waste after implementing the green building strategies and solutions in the project; and
    • The experiences of the project team in incorporating sustainability in the construction of the project, including the challenges encountered and the actions taken to resolve the challenges.
Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for educating the users and the public on sustainability, and providing them access to visit the green building features of the project.
  2. Identify strategies to promote the green building features of the project, including its benefits and impacts, for the users and the public. The strategies should include the following:
    • Organizing green building tours for the users and public to showcase the key green building features of the project;
    • Providing information facilities throughout the project, such as markers, signages, kiosks and bulletins, that explains the green building features of the project, including its performance, benefits and impacts; and
    • Organizing IEC campaigns for the users and the public on the design, construction and operations of the key green building features of the project.
  3. Implement the strategies to promote the green building features of the project. The project team must:
    • Assign roles and responsibilities to the personnel responsible for the implementation of the strategies;
    • Implement the strategies to promote the green building features of the project during operations;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of the strategies during the performance period; and
    • Regularly communicate the implementation of the strategies to the project stakeholders.
  4. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implemented strategies to promote the green building features of the project. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the strategies to promote the green building features of the project;
    • Review if the strategies were implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Recommend actions to further educate the users and the public on green building and sustainability through experiential learning.
  5. Prepare a case study on the operations of the project. The project owner must provide consent to the PHILGBC on the publication and use of the case study for education purposes. The case study must include the following:
    • The general description of the project, including its key green building features;
    • The actual environmental, social and economic impacts of the project to its immediate surroundings;
    • The best practices on sustainability incorporated during the project's operations that enables it to achieve its sustainability goals and performance targets;
    • The actual performance achieved by the project for energy, water and waste; and
    • The experiences of the project team in incorporating sustainability in the operations of the project, including the challenges encountered and the actions taken to resolve the challenges.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Provided access for the users and the public to tour the key green building features of the project,
  • Provided information facilities throughout the project and organized IEC campaigns to promote the green building features of the project, and
  • Prepared a case study on the design of the project and provided consent to the PHILGBC on use the case study for educational purposes.
2 points
  • Provided access for the users and the public to tour the key green building features of the project, and
  • Provided information facilities throughout the project and organized IEC campaigns to promote the green building features of the project.
1 point Provided access for the users and the public to tour the key green building features of the project.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Implemented the design to provide access for the users and the public to tour the key green building features of the project,
  • Installed information facilities throughout the project and organized IEC campaigns to promote the green building features of the project, and
  • Prepared a case study on the construction of the project and provided consent to the PHILGBC on use the case study for educational purposes.
2 points
  • Implemented the design to provide access for the users and the public to tour the key green building features of the project, and
  • Installed information facilities throughout the project and organized IEC campaigns to promote the green building features of the project.
1 point Implemented the design to provide access for the users and the public to tour the key green building features of the project.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Provided access for the users and the public to tour the key green building features of the project,
  • Installed information facilities throughout the project and organized IEC campaigns to promote the green building features of the project, and
  • Prepared a case study on the operations of the project and provided consent to the PHILGBC on use the case study for educational purposes.
2 points
  • Provided access for the users and the public to tour the key green building features of the project, and
  • Installed information facilities throughout the project and organized IEC campaigns to promote the green building features of the project.
1 point Provided access for the users and the public to tour the key green building features of the project.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to educate the users and the public on sustainability, and provide them access to visit the green building features of the project.
  2. The plans and specifications for the strategies to promote the green building features of the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • The location of all green building features in the project;
    • The access routes of the users and the public to tour the green building features of the project, which must be marked up and highlighted;
    • The location of the information facilities within the premises of the project, which may include:
      • Markers,
      • Signages,
      • Kiosks, or
      • Bulletins;
    • The design of the information facilities to promote the green building features of the project; and
    • The design of the collaterals that will be used to promote the green building features of the project, which must be supported by the information and media that will be shown to promote the green building features of the project.
  3. The list of regular activities that will be implemented for the users and the public once the project starts its operations. The list must include the following information:
    • The name of each activity;
    • The objectives of each activity;
    • The indicative regular schedule of each activity for at least five (5) years from the start of the project's operations;
    • The tentative program or agenda of each activity; and
    • A narrative on how each activity will promote the green building features of the project.
  4. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.
  5. The case study on the design of the project. The case study must include the following information:
    • The general description of the project, including its key green building features;
    • The potential environmental, social and economic impacts of the project to its immediate surroundings;
    • The best practices on sustainability incorporated during the project's design that enables it to advance towards its sustainability goals and performance targets;
    • The projected performance achieved by the project for energy, water and waste; and
    • The experiences of the project team in incorporating sustainability in the design of the project, including the challenges encountered and the actions taken to resolve the challenges.
Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The as-built plans and specifications for the strategies to promote the green building features of the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • The location of all green building features in the project;
    • The access routes of the users and the public to tour the green building features of the project, which must be marked up and highlighted;
    • The location of the information facilities within the premises of the project, which may include:
      • Markers,
      • Signages,
      • Kiosks, or
      • Bulletins;
    • The implemented design of the information facilities to promote the green building features of the project; and
    • The implemented design of the collaterals that will be used to promote the green building features of the project, which must be supported by the information and media that will be shown to promote the green building features of the project.
  2. The list of regular activities that will be implemented for the users and the public once the project starts its operations. The list must include the following information:
    • The name of each activity;
    • The objectives of each activity;
    • The indicative regular schedule of each activity for at least five (5) years from the start of the project's operations;
    • The tentative program or agenda of each activity; and
    • A narrative on how each activity will promote the green building features of the project.
  3. The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies during operations.
  4. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:
    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.
  5. The case study on the construction of the project. The case study must include the following information:
    • The general description of the project, including its key green building features;
    • The potential environmental, social and economic impacts of the project to its immediate surroundings after implementing the green building strategies and solutions in the project;
    • The best practices on sustainability incorporated during the project's construction that enables it to advance towards its sustainability goals and performance targets;
    • The projected performance achieved by the project for energy, water and waste after implementing the green building strategies and solutions in the project; and
    • The experiences of the project team in incorporating sustainability in the construction of the project, including the challenges encountered and the actions taken to resolve the challenges.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to educate the users and the public on sustainability, and provide them access to visit the green building features of the project.
  2. The as-built plans and specifications for the strategies to promote the green building features of the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • The location of all green building features in the project;
    • The access routes of the users and the public to tour the green building features of the project, which must be marked up and highlighted;
    • The location of the information facilities within the premises of the project, which may include:
      • Markers,
      • Signages,
      • Kiosks, or
      • Bulletins;
    • The implemented design of the information facilities to promote the green building features of the project; and
    • The implemented design of the collaterals used to promote the green building features of the project, which must be supported by the information and media shown to promote the green building features of the project.
  3. The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies during operations.
  4. The list of regular activities implemented for the users and the public during the performance period. The list must include the following information:
    • The name of each activity;
    • The objectives of each activity;
    • The regular schedule of each activity for at least three (3) years from the start of the performance period;
    • The names and qualifications of the instructors invited for each activity; and
    • A narrative on how each activity highlighted the green building features of the project.
  5. The documentation on the regular activities implemented for the users and the public. The documentation must consist of:
    • The program of each activity;
    • The attendance list for each activity;
    • The brief profile of each instructor reflecting their qualifications and competencies to deliver the topic;
    • The photographs for each activity conducted for the project's staff; and
    • The complete presentation materials or training modules used for each activity.
  6. The monitoring reports reflecting the implementation of the strategies during the performance period.
  7. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:
    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.
  8. The communication records as proof that the implementation of the strategies and activities to promote the green building features of the project were regularly communicated to the project stakeholders.
  9. The evaluation report on the effectiveness of the implemented strategies to promote the green building features of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • The outcomes of the implementation of the strategies to promote the green building features of the project;
    • The assessment on whether the strategies were implemented effectively;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The recommendations to continuously educate the users and the public on green building and sustainability through experiential learning.
  10. The case study on the operations of the project. The case study must include the following information:
    • The general description of the project, including its key green building features;
    • The actual environmental, social and economic impacts of the project to its immediate surroundings;
    • The best practices on sustainability incorporated during the project's operations that enables it to achieve its sustainability goals and performance targets;
    • The actual performance achieved by the project for energy, water and waste; and
    • The experiences of the project team in incorporating sustainability in the operations of the project, including the challenges encountered and the actions taken to resolve the challenges.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Experiential learning
refers to a method of learning involving first-hand experiences for a specific subject.

Back to Table of Contents

MN-07 Tenant Design and Construction Management

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 8 to SDG 8: Decent Work and Economic Growth, SDG 11 to SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities, and SDG 13 to SDG 13: Climate Action.

All Stages
Buildings
All Occupancy Types
SDG 8: Decent Work and Economic Growth
SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities
SDG 13: Climate Action

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy requiring tenants to comply with the tenant design and construction guidelines prepared by the project team for the project.
  2. Establish the tenant design and construction guidelines. The guidelines must include the following:
    • The general description of the project, including its key green building features;
    • The credits pursued for BERDE Certification, including the expected impacts to the tenants;
    • The design and construction requirements for tenants aligned with the pursued credits;
    • The documentation for tenants to demonstrate compliance with the design and construction requirements; and
    • The resources to support fit-out or refurbishments in tenant spaces, which may include sample strategies, recommended product specifications, or services for fit-outs and refurbishments.
Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must confirm the tenant design and construction guidelines for the potential tenants of the project. The guidelines must be communicated to the tenants before the start of any fit-out or refurbishment activities.

Stage 3 — Operations

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy requiring tenants to comply with the tenant design and construction guidelines prepared by the project team for the project.
  2. Evaluate the implementation of the existing tenant design and construction guidelines. The project team must:
    • Review existing policies, procedures, strategies and practices for the design and construction of tenant spaces;
    • Review if the existing tenant design and construction guidelines are being implemented properly and effectively;
    • Identify challenges encountered by tenants in implementing the existing existing tenant design and construction guidelines; and
    • Recommend improvements to the existing existing tenant design and construction guidelines.
  3. Establish or update the tenant design and construction guidelines to guide new and existing tenants during fit-outs or refurbishments of tenant spaces. The guidelines must include the following:
    • The general description of the project, including its key green building features;
    • The credits pursued for BERDE Certification, including the expected impacts to the tenants;
    • The design and construction requirements for tenants aligned with the pursued credits;
    • The documentation for tenants to demonstrate compliance with the design and construction requirements; and
    • The resources to support fit-out or refurbishments in tenant spaces, which may include sample strategies, recommended product specifications, or services for fit-outs and refurbishments.
  4. Implement the tenant design and construction guidelines. The project team must:
    • Assign roles and responsibilities to the personnel responsible for the implementation of the tenant design and construction guidelines;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of the tenant design and construction guidelines during the performance period; and
    • Regularly communicate the implementation of the tenant design and construction guidelines to the project stakeholders.
  5. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the tenant design and construction guidelines. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the tenant design and construction guidelines;
    • Review if the tenant design and construction guidelines were implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Recommend actions to further improve the tenant design and construction guidelines.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: If the project team:
3 points Established the tenant design and construction guidelines for the fit-outs or refurbishments of tenant spaces.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: If the project team:
3 points
  • Established the tenant design and construction guidelines for the fit-outs or refurbishments of tenant spaces, and
  • Communicated the tenant design and construction guidelines to the tenants before any fit-out or refurbishment activities.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: If the project team:
3 points Established and implemented the tenant design and construction guidelines for the fit-outs or refurbishments of tenant spaces.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy that requires tenants to comply with the tenant design and construction guidelines prepared by the project team for the project.
  2. The tenant design and construction guidelines for the project. The guidelines must include the following information:
    • The general description of the project, including its key green building features;
    • The credits pursued for BERDE Certification, including the expected impacts to the tenants;
    • The design and construction requirements for tenants aligned with the pursued credits;
    • The documentation for tenants to demonstrate compliance with the design and construction requirements; and
    • The resources to support fit-out or refurbishments in tenant spaces, which may include sample strategies, recommended product specifications, or services for fit-outs and refurbishments.
Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The tenant design and construction guidelines for the project. The guidelines must include the following information:
    • The general description of the project, including its key green building features;
    • The credits pursued for BERDE Certification, including the expected impacts to the tenants;
    • The design and construction requirements for tenants aligned with the pursued credits;
    • The documentation for tenants to demonstrate compliance with the design and construction requirements; and
    • The resources to support fit-out or refurbishments in tenant spaces, which may include sample strategies, recommended product specifications, or services for fit-outs and refurbishments.
  2. The communication records as proof that the tenant design and construction guidelines were communicated to the tenants before the start of any fit-out or refurbishment activities.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy that requires tenants to comply with the tenant design and construction guidelines prepared by the project team for the project.
  2. The evaluation report on the implementation of the existing tenant design and construction guidelines. The report must include the following information:
    • The review of existing policies, procedures, strategies and practices for the design and construction of tenant spaces;
    • The assessment on whether the existing tenant design and construction guidelines are being implemented properly and effectively;
    • The challenges encountered by tenants in implementing the existing existing tenant design and construction guidelines; and
    • The recommendations to improve the existing existing tenant design and construction guidelines.
  3. The tenant design and construction guidelines for the project. The guidelines must include the following information:
    • The general description of the project, including its key green building features;
    • The credits pursued for BERDE Certification, including the expected impacts to the tenants;
    • The design and construction requirements for tenants aligned with the pursued credits;
    • The documentation for tenants to demonstrate compliance with the design and construction requirements; and
    • The resources to support fit-out or refurbishments in tenant spaces, which may include sample strategies, recommended product specifications, or services for fit-outs and refurbishments.
  4. The communication records as proof that the tenant design and construction guidelines were communicated to the tenants before the start of any fit-out or refurbishment activities.
  5. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the tenant design and construction guidelines. The list must include the following information:
    • The name and designation of the personnel;
    • The contact number of the personnel; and
    • The roles and responsibilities assigned for the implementation of the tenant design and construction guidelines.
  6. The monitoring reports reflecting the implementation of the tenant design and construction guidelines during the performance period.
  7. The communication records as proof that the implementation of the tenant design and construction guidelines was regularly communicated to the project stakeholders.
  8. The evaluation report on the effectiveness of the implemented tenant design and construction guidelines. The project team must:
    • The outcomes of the implementation of the tenant design and construction guidelines;
    • The assessment on whether the tenant design and construction guidelines were implemented effectively;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The recommendations to further improve the tenant design and construction guidelines.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this requirement, the following terms and definitions apply:

Fit-out
refers to the process of providing the tenants within a building with building services, including heating, lighting, water supply, drainage services, gas supply, electrical supply, fire protection, garbage disposal services, waste disposal services, air conditioning, and security protection. (Harris, 2006)
Refurbishment
refers to the process of improvement by cleaning, decorating and re-equipping. It may also include elements of retrofitting with the aim of making a building more energy efficient and sustainable.

Back to Table of Contents

Sites and Community

Sites and Community category promotes the effective site selection and mindful use of land, the reduction of the negative impacts of projects to the natural environment and local ecology, and the adoption of sustainable transportation strategies to mitigate the negative impacts attributed to vehicle travel.

No. Credit Name Certification Stage Project Type Occupancy Type Sustainable Development Goal
SC-01 Land Reuse S1 S2 Buildings All Occupancy Types SDG 13: Climate Action
SDG 15: Life on Land
SC-02 Environmentally Critical Areas Protection S1 S2 Buildings All Occupancy Types SDG 14: Life Below Water
SDG 15: Life on Land
SC-03 High Priority Site S1 S2 Buildings All Occupancy Types SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities
SC-04 Certified Green District All Stages All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities
SC-05 Ecological Features Improvement All Stages Buildings All Occupancy Types SDG 13: Climate Action
SDG 14: Life Below Water
SDG 15: Life on Land
SC-06 Vegetated Open Spaces Promotion S1 S2 Buildings All Occupancy Types SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities
SDG 13: Climate Action
SDG 15: Life on Land
SC-07 Heat Island Reduction S1 S2 Buildings All Occupancy Types SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities
SDG 13: Climate Action
SC-08 Landscape Management S3 All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities
SDG 13: Climate Action
SDG 15: Life on Land
SC-09 Light Pollution Reduction All Stages Buildings All Occupancy Types SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being
SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities
SDG 15: Life on Land
SC-10 Key Establishments Proximity All Stages All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities
SC-11 Mass Transportation Access All Stages All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities
SC-12 Preferred Parking — Fuel-efficient and Low-emitting Vehicles All Stages Buildings All Occupancy Types SDG 7: Affordable and Clean Energy
SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities
SDG 13: Climate Action
SC-13 Preferred Parking — Electric Vehicles All Stages Buildings All Occupancy Types SDG 7: Affordable and Clean Energy
SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities
SDG 13: Climate Action
SC-14 Preferred Parking — Additional Accessible Parking Spaces All Stages Buildings All Occupancy Types SDG 10: Reduced Inequalities
SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities
SC-15 Cyclist Facilities All Stages All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being
SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities
SC-16 Pedestrian Mobility All Stages Buildings All Occupancy Types SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being
SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities

Back to Table of Contents

SC-01 Land Reuse

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 13 to SDG 13: Climate Action, and SDG 15 to SDG 15: Life on Land.

S1 S2
Buildings
All Occupancy Types
SDG 13: Climate Action
SDG 15: Life on Land

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project owner must select a previously developed land for the project. The previously developed land must be:

In addition, the project team must:

  1. Engage a professional qualified and competent in conducting a site assessment for the project.
  2. Conduct an initial site assessment to determine the conditions of the project site prior to the project development.

If the site is contaminated based on the outcomes of the initial site assessment, the project team must also:

  1. Identify and implement the necessary site remediation measures prior to the project development.
  2. Conduct a final site assessment to determine the conditions of the project site after implementing the necessary site remediation measures.
Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project owner must construct the project on a previously developed land.

If further site remediation during construction was recommended based on the outcomes of the final site assessment, the project team must identify and implement the necessary site remediation measures during construction.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Implemented the necessary site remediation measures for the contaminated site prior to the project development, and
  • Selected a previously developed land for the project.
2 points Selected a previously developed land for the project.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Implemented the necessary site remediation measures for the contaminated site during construction, and
  • Constructed the project in a previously developed land.
2 points Constructed the project on a previously developed land.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in conducting site assessments for projects;
    • The responsibilities of the professional in the design of the project and the expected output; and
    • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
  2. The initial site assessment report prepared by the engaged professional. The report must include the following information:
    • The building footprint of the previous development;
    • The previous use and occupancy type of the previous development;
    • The period when the land was previously used;
    • The site contaminations caused by the previous development; and
    • The recommendations to utilize the previous developments for the benefit of the project.
  3. The documentation on the historical information of the project site as proof that the land was previously used, which must be supported by robust evidences on its previous use, ownership and period it was previously developed. The documentation may consist of:
    • Property tax and tax declaration records of the project site;
    • Building and occupancy permits of the previous development;
    • Utility records of the previous development;
    • Zoning and land use records of the project site; or
    • Photographs of the whole project site showing that it was previously used for at least the past twenty (20) years.

If the site is contaminated based on the outcomes of the initial site assessment, the project team should also submit:

  1. The report on the site remediation measures implemented in the project site. The report must include the following information:
    • The scope and objectives of the site remediation;
    • The site remediation measures implemented in the project site, including the methodology for each site remediation measure;
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and validating the outcomes of the site remediation; and
    • The methodology for testing the project site after implementing the site remediation measures.
  2. The final site assessment report prepared by the engaged professional. The report must include the following information:
    • The outcomes of implementing the site remediation measures;
    • The results of testing after implementing the site remediation measures; and
    • If applicable, the recommendations for further site remediation during construction.
  3. The photographs of the project site that shows its current conditions.
Stage 2 — Construction

If further site remediation during construction was recommended based on the outcomes of the final site assessment, the project team should submit:

  1. The report on the site remediation measures implemented in the project site during construction. The report must include the following information:
    • The scope and objectives of the site remediation;
    • The site remediation measures implemented in the project site, including the methodology for each site remediation measure;
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and validating the outcomes of the site remediation; and
    • The methodology for testing the project site after implementing the site remediation measures.
  2. The monitoring reports reflecting the implementation of the site remediation measures during construction.
  3. The site assessment report prepared by the engaged professional. The report must include the following information:
    • The outcomes of implementing the site remediation measures during construction;
    • The results of testing after implementing the site remediation measures during construction; and
    • If applicable, the recommendations for continuous site management and monitoring during operations.
  4. The photographs of the project site that shows its current conditions.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Brownfield
refers to areas that have site contamination, and must be remediated prior to its use.
Persistent organic pollutants (POPs)
refer to organic compounds that can resist (in varying degree) chemical, biological and photolytic degradations. These are toxic chemicals that originate from man-mad sources associated with the production, use, and disposal of certain organic chemicals. Many of the chemicals were produced commercially for pest and disease control, crop production and industrial use. (Environmental Management Bureau, 2017)
Previously developed land
refer to areas that are:
  • Previously used for residential, commercial, industrial, or institutional applications; and
  • Used for at least the past twenty (20) years.
Site assessment
refers to the evaluation of the area’s characteristics including its groundwater points, geology, and hydrology so that one can fully evaluate the true risk of the facility to human health and the environment.
Site remediation
refers to activities and measures for evaluating risks, monitoring quality, imposing institutional controls, constructing engineering controls, removing pollutants and contaminants, and generally designing and operating cleanup systems to isolate, remove, reduce or destroy pollutants and contaminants. (Adapted from remediation from ASTM International, 2019)
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

Back to Table of Contents

SC-02 Environmentally Critical Areas Protection

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 14 to SDG 14: Life Below Water, and SDG 15 to SDG 15: Life on Land.

S1 S2
Buildings
All Occupancy Types
SDG 14: Life Below Water
SDG 15: Life on Land

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to avoid the use of areas located in environmentally critical areas (ECAs) for the project development.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project owner must select a project site that is not located in an ECA.

In addition, the project team must:

  1. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
    • Conducting a site assessment for the project; and
    • Recommending sites that is not located in an [environmentally critical area][environmentally critical area], as declared by law.
  2. Coordinate with relevant national government agencies and local government units to confirm that the project site is not located in an ECA.
  3. Conduct a site assessment to determine the conditions of the project site prior to site selection.
Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project owner must construct the project on a project site that is not located in an ECA, as declared by law.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project owner:
3 points Selected a project site that is not located in an environmentally critical area for the project.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project owner:
3 points Constructed the project on a project site that is not located in an environmentally critical area.

Compliance Notes

All Stages
Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Compliance Notes, updated the list of documents as basis for the historical information of the project site to show that the site is not located in an ECA, which are the following:

  • Environmental Compliance Certificate (ECC) supported by an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report duly certified by a qualified and competent environmental planner and accepted by the Department of Environment and Natural Resources (DENR);
  • Certificate of Non-Coverage (CNC) issued by the DENR;
  • Locational clearance of the project issued by the local government; and
  • Latest tax declaration of the project.

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
      • Conducting a site assessment for the project; and
      • Recommending sites that is not located in an ECA, as declared by law;
    • The responsibilities of the professional in the design of the project and the expected output; and
    • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
  2. The communication records or documentation from the relevant national government agencies and local government units as proof that the project team confirmed that the project site is not located in an ECA.
  3. The site assessment report prepared by the engaged professional. The report must include the following information:
    • The building footprint of the previous development;
    • The previous use and occupancy type of the previous development;
    • The period when the land was previously used;
    • The site contaminations caused by the previous development; and
    • The recommendations to utilize the previous developments for the benefit of the project.
  4. The documentation reflecting the historical information of the project site as proof that the site is not located in an ECA. These information may be based on the following documents:
    • Environmental Compliance Certificate (ECC) supported by an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report duly certified by a qualified and competent environmental planner and accepted by the Department of Environment and Natural Resources (DENR);
    • Certificate of Non-Coverage (CNC) issued by the DENR;
    • Locational clearance of the project issued by the local government; and
    • Latest tax declaration of the project.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Environmentally critical areas (ECAs)

refer to areas delineated as environmentally sensitive such that significant environmental impact are expected if certain type of proposed projects or programs are located, developed or implement in it. (Department of Environment and Natural Resources, 2003)

Environmentally critical areas declared by law are the following:

  • Natural habitats, which are the following:
    • Natural parks, watershed reserves, wildlife preserves, and sanctuaries; and
    • Habitats for any endangered or threatened species of indigenous Philippine flora and fauna;
  • Water bodies, such as wetlands, foreshore lands, rivers and riverbanks, swamp forests and marshlands, that are:
    • Tapped for domestic purposes;
    • Within the controlled or protected areas declared by appropriate authorities; and
    • Which support wildlife and fishery activities;
  • Mangrove areas that are:
    • With primary, pristine and dense young growth;
    • Adjoining mouth of major river systems;
    • Near or adjacent to traditional productive fry or fishing grounds;
    • Which act as natural buffers against shore erosion, strong winds and storm floods; and
    • Which people are dependent for their livelihood;
  • Coral reefs that are:
    • With fifty percent (50%) and above live coral line cover;
    • Spawning and nursery grounds for fish; and
    • Which act as natural breakwater of coastlines;
  • Areas designated as aesthetic potential tourist spots;
  • Areas with unique historic archeological or scientific interests;
  • Areas that are traditionally occupied by cultural communities or tribes (indigenous cultural communities);
  • Hazard-prone areas, which are the following:
    • Areas frequently visited or hard-hit by natural calamities, such as geological hazards, floods, typhoons or volcanic activities; and
    • Areas with critical slopes;
  • Areas classified as prime agricultural lands; and
  • Recharge areas of aquifers.
Site assessment
refers to the evaluation of the area’s characteristics including its groundwater points, geology, and hydrology so that one can fully evaluate the true risk of the facility to human health and the environment.
Watercourse
refers to a system of surface waters and ground waters constituting by virtue of their physical relationship a unitary whole and normally flowing into a common terminus. (United Nations, 1997)
Wetlands
refer to areas that are permanently or seasonally saturated by water, enough to support vegetation that can adapt to saturated soil conditions. (Department of Environment and Natural Resources, n.d.)
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

Back to Table of Contents

SC-03 High Priority Site

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 11 to SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities.

S1 S2
Buildings
All Occupancy Types
SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project owner must select a project site that is located in an area for priority development. The project must be located in one of the following:

In addition, the project team must:

  1. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
    • Conducting a site assessment for the project; and
    • Recommending sites that is located in an area for priority development.
  2. Coordinate with relevant national government agencies and local government units to confirm that the project site is located in an area for priority development.
  3. Conduct a site assessment to determine the conditions of the project site prior to site selection.

If there are design and construction criteria appropriate to the development constraints of the project site, as required by the relevant national government agency or local government unit, the project team must also identify strategies to meet the design and construction criteria.

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project owner must construct the project on a project site that is located in an area for priority development.

If there are design and construction criteria appropriate to the development constraints of the project site, as required by the relevant national government agency or local government unit, the project team must implement strategies to meet the design and construction criteria.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project owner:
3 points
  • Selected a project site that is located in an area for priority development for the project, and
  • Identified strategies to meet the design and construction criteria appropriate to the development constraints of the project site.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project owner:
3 points
  • Constructed the project on a project site that is located in an area for priority development, and
  • Implemented strategies to meet the design and construction criteria appropriate to the development constraints of the project site.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in conducting a site assessment for the project;
    • The responsibilities of the professional in the design of the project and the expected output; and
    • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
  2. The communication records or documentation from the relevant national government agencies and local government units as proof that the project team confirmed that the project site is located in an area for priority development. The documentation may consist of:
    • Documented policies from the relevant national government agencies declaring the vicinity as an area for priority development; or
    • Zoning and use policies from the local government unit declaring the vicinity as an area for priority development.
  3. The site assessment report prepared by the engaged professional. The report must include the following information:
    • The historic information about the project site;
    • The designation of the vicinity as an area for priority development, which may be one of the following:
      • Urban land reform zone,
      • Historic district, or
      • Area with critical development constraints;
    • The location of the project site on the vicinity; and
    • If applicable, the design and construction criteria appropriate to the development constraints of the project site.

If there are design and construction criteria appropriate to the development constraints of the project site, as required by the relevant national government agency or local government unit, the project team should also submit the plans and specifications for the strategies to meet the design and construction criteria appropriate to the development constraints of the project site, which must be supported by a narrative on how the project team meet the design and construction criteria for the project site.

Stage 2 — Construction

If there are design and construction criteria appropriate to the development constraints of the project site, as required by the relevant national government agency or local government unit, the project team should submit:

  1. The as-built plans and specifications for the strategies to meet the design and construction criteria appropriate to the development constraints of the project site, which must be supported by a narrative on how the project team implemented the strategies to meet the design and construction criteria for the project site.
  2. The photographs of the project site that shows its current conditions.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Areas for priority development; Urban land reform zones
refer to areas declared as priority for development under existing laws and relevant regulations.
Heritage zone
refers to the historical, anthropological, archaeological, artistic geographical areas and settings that are culturally significant to the country, as declared by the National Museum and by the National Historical Institute. (National Cultural Heritage Act of 2009, 2010)
Site assessment
refers to the evaluation of the area’s characteristics including its groundwater points, geology, and hydrology so that one can fully evaluate the true risk of the facility to human health and the environment.
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

Back to Table of Contents

SC-04 Certified Green District

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 11 to SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities.

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to contribute to the sustainability of communities and campuses through the design, construction and operation of projects within a certified green district.

Requirements

All Stages

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project owner must select a project site and construct the project that is in a certified green district.

Buildings

For Building projects, the project must be located in a green district project that is certified under one of the following:

  • The BERDE Green Building Rating System — Districts; or
  • A green building system for communities and campuses developed or duly recognized by a member National Green Building Council (NGBC) of the World Green Building Council (WorldGBC).

Tenants

For Tenant projects, the project must be located in a building within a green district project that is certified under one of the following:

  • The BERDE Green Building Rating System — Districts; or
  • A green building system for communities and campuses developed or duly recognized by a member NGBC of the WorldGBC.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

All Stages
The project may be awarded: if the project owner:
3 points Selected a project site that is in a certified green district.

Compliance Notes

All Stages

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The copy of the green building certificate of the district where the project is located. The certificate must include the following information:
    • The project's name;
    • The project's registered scope and address;
    • The project owner's name;
    • The green building rating system used for the project's certification;
    • The version of green building rating system;
    • The certification body; and
    • The certification date and validity.
  2. The site map reflecting the location of the project, which must be in a certified green district.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Certified green districts
refer to green district projects that were certified under one of the following:
  • The BERDE Green Building Rating System — Districts; or
  • A green building rating system for communities and campuses developed or duly recognized by a member NGBC of the WorldGBC
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

Back to Table of Contents

SC-05 Ecological Features Improvement

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 13 to SDG 13: Climate Action, SDG 14 to SDG 14: Life Below Water, and SDG 15 to SDG 15: Life on Land.

All Stages
Buildings
All Occupancy Types
SDG 13: Climate Action
SDG 14: Life Below Water
SDG 15: Life on Land

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

  • Protect and restore the existing ecological features in the project site during the project development; and
  • Improve the ecological features in the project and its immediate surroundings.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for protecting, restoring and improving the ecological features in the project.
  2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
    • Conducting a site assessment for the project; and
    • Identifying and implementing strategies to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project.
  3. Conduct an initial site assessment to determine the condition of the existing ecological features in the project. The project team must:
    • Identify and assess the existing ecological features within the project site and its immediate surroundings, which should include the following:
      • Floras and faunas, such as:
        • Trees of significant ecological value;
        • Native and adapted plant species; and
        • Existing land, air and marine animal species;
      • Natural watercourses and wetlands; and
      • Nearby protected areas covered by the National Integrated Protected Areas System (NIPAS);
    • Recommend actions to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project.
  4. Design the project that incorporates the strategies to restore and improve the ecological features in the project. The strategies may include the following:
    • The rehabilitation of nearby natural watercourses and wetlands;
    • The use of native or indigenous plant species;
    • The provision of green roof and green walls in the project; and
    • The adoption of horticultural best practices, such as using non-toxic or less toxic pesticides or practicing preventive pest management measures.

If there are existing ecological features within the project site based on the outcomes of the initial site assessment, the project team must also:

  1. Identify appropriate strategies to protect the existing ecological features in the project prior to any construction activities, including site clearing and erection of temporary site facilities.
  2. Continuously protect the existing ecological features in the project during and after construction.
Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Implement the design strategies to restore and improve the ecological features in the project.
  2. Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies during operations.

If there are existing ecological features within the project site based on the outcomes of the initial site assessment, the project team must also:

  1. Implement the strategies to protect the existing ecological features in the project prior to any construction activities, including site clearing and erection of temporary site facilities.
  2. Conduct a final site assessment to determine the conditions of the ecological features in the project site after construction.
Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for protecting, restoring and improving the ecological features in the project.
  2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
    • Conducting a site assessment for the project; and
    • Identifying and implementing strategies to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project.
  3. Conduct a site assessment to determine the conditions of the ecological features in the project site. The project team must
    • Identify and assess the existing ecological features within the project site and its immediate surroundings, which should include the following:
      • Floras and faunas, such as:
        • Trees of significant ecological value;
        • Native and adapted plant species; and
        • Existing land, air and marine animal species;
      • Natural watercourses and wetlands, and
      • Nearby protected areas covered by the NIPAS;
    • Recommend actions to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project.
  4. Establish a program to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project. The project team must:
    • Identify the strategies to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project. The strategies may include the following:
      • The rehabilitation of nearby natural watercourses and wetlands;
      • The use of native or indigenous plant species;
      • The provision of green roof and green walls in the project; or
      • The adoption of horticultural best practices, such as using non-toxic or less toxic pesticides or practicing preventive pest management measures.
    • Organize education, information and communication (IEC) campaigns for the users and the public on the protection, restoration and improvement of ecological features; and
    • Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  5. Implement the program to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project. The project team must:
    • Assign roles and responsibilities to the personnel responsible for the implementation of the strategies;
    • Implement the strategies to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project during the performance period;
    • Conduct IEC campaigns for the users and the public on the protection, restoration and improvement of ecological features;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of the strategies during the performance period; and
    • Regularly communicate the implementation of the strategies to the project stakeholders.
  6. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implemented program to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the strategies to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project;
    • Review if the strategies were implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Recommend actions to further improve the program to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Designed three (3) or more strategies to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project.
2 points Designed two (2) strategies to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project.
1 point Designed one (1) strategy to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented the design of three (3) or more strategies to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project, and highlighted the restored and improved ecological features in the project.
2 points Implemented the design of two (2) strategies to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project, and highlighted the restored and improved ecological features in the project.
1 point Implemented the design of one (1) strategy to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project, and highlighted the restored and improved ecological features in the project.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Established and implemented a program reflecting three (3) or more strategies to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project, and highlighted the restored and improved ecological features in the project.
2 points Established and implemented a program reflecting two (2) strategies to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project, and highlighted the restored and improved ecological features in the project.
1 point Established and implemented a program reflecting one (1) strategy to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project, and highlighted the restored and improved ecological features in the project.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
      • Conducting a site assessment for the project; and
      • Identifying and implementing strategies to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project.
    • The responsibilities of the professional in the design of the project and the expected output; and
    • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
  3. The initial site assessment report prepared by the engaged professional. The report must include the following information:
    • The location of the existing ecological features within the project site and its immediate surroundings, which should include the following:
      • Flora and faunas;
      • Natural watercourses and wetlands; and
      • Nearby protected areas covered by the NIPAS;
    • The condition of the existing ecological features before construction; and
    • The recommendations to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project.
  4. The plans and specifications for the strategies to restore and improve the ecological features in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • The design and location of the strategies to restore and improve the ecological features; and
    • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including its impacts to the overall performance of the project.
  5. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.

If there are existing ecological features within the project site based on the outcomes of the initial site assessment, the project team should also submit:

  1. The plans and specifications for the strategies to protect the existing ecological features in the project prior to any construction activities. The plans must include the following information:
    • The design and location of the strategies to protect the existing ecological features; and
    • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including its impacts to the overall performance of the project.
  2. The documented policies and procedures to continuously protect the existing ecological features in the project during and after construction.

If there are no existing ecological features within the project site and its immediate surroundings, the project team should also submit a duly signed certification from the engaged professional reflecting the professional's technical opinion that confirms the absence of existing ecological features within the project site and its immediate surroundings.

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The as-built plans and specifications for the strategies to restore and improve the ecological features in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • The implemented design and location of the strategies to restore and improve the ecological features; and
    • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including its impacts to the overall performance of the project.
  2. The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies during operations.
  3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:
    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.

If there are existing ecological features within the project site based on the outcomes of the initial site assessment, the project team should also submit:

  1. The as-built plans and specifications for the strategies to protect the existing ecological features in the project prior to any construction activities. The plans must include the following information:
    • The implemented design and location of the strategies to protect the existing ecological features; and
    • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including its impacts to the overall performance of the project.
  2. The documented policies and procedures to continuously protect the existing ecological features in the project during operations.
  3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:
    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies.
  4. The final assessment report prepared by the engaged professional. The report must include the following information:
    • The location of the existing ecological features within the project site and its immediate surroundings, which should include the following:
      • Flora and faunas;
      • Natural watercourses and wetlands, and
      • Nearby protected areas covered by the NIPAS;
    • The condition of the existing ecological features after construction; and
    • The narrative how the project team protected the existing ecological features during construction.

If there are no existing ecological features within the project site and its immediate surroundings, the project team should also submit a duly signed certification from the engaged professional reflecting the professional's technical opinion that confirms the absence of existing ecological features within the project site and its immediate surroundings.

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
      • Conducting a site assessment for the project; and
      • Identifying and implementing strategies to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project.
    • The responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project and the expected output; and
    • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
  3. The site assessment report prepared by the engaged professional. The report must include the following information:
    • Location of the existing ecological features within the project site and its immediate surroundings, which should include the following:
      • Flora and faunas;
      • Natural watercourses and wetlands, and
      • Nearby protected areas covered by the NIPAS;
    • The condition of the existing ecological features before the performance period; and
    • The recommendations to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project.
  4. The program to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project. The program must include the following information:
    • The strategies to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project;
    • The activities for IEC campaigns for the users and the public on the protection, restoration and improvement of ecological features;
    • The expected impact of the strategies once implemented; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  5. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.
  6. The communication records as proof that the program to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project was communicated to the project stakeholders.
  7. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program. The list must include the following information:
    • The name and designation of the personnel;
    • The contact number of the personnel; and
    • The roles and responsibilities assigned for the implementation of the strategies.
  8. The as-built plans and specifications for the strategies to restore and improve the ecological features in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • The implemented strategies to restore and improve the ecological features;
    • The location of the implemented strategies; and
    • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including its impacts to the overall performance of the project.
  9. The list of regular activities implemented for the users and the public during the performance period. The list must include the following information:
    • The name of each activity;
    • The objectives of each activity;
    • The regular schedule of each activity for at least three (3) years from the start of the performance period; and
    • A narrative on how each activity informed and educated the users and the public on the protection, restoration and improvement of ecological features.
  10. The documentation on the regular activities implemented for the users and the public. The documentation must consist of:
    • The program of each activity;
    • The attendance list for each activity;
    • The brief profile of each instructor reflecting their qualifications and competencies to deliver the topic;
    • The photographs for each activity conducted for the users and the public; and
    • The complete presentation materials or training modules used for each activity.
  11. The monitoring reports reflecting the implementation of the strategies and activities during the performance period.
  12. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:
    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.
  13. The communication records as proof that the implementation of the program to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project was regularly communicated to the project stakeholders.
  14. The evaluation report on the effectiveness of the implemented program to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • The outcomes of the implementation of the strategies to protect, restore and improve and highlight the ecological features in the project;
    • The assessment on whether the strategies and activities were implemented effectively;
    • The assessment on whether the ecological features in the project improved after implementing the program;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The recommendations to continuously improve the program to protect, restore and improve the ecological features in the project.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Biodiversity
refers to the variability among the living organisms from all sources including, inter alia, terrestrial, marine and other aquatic ecosystems and the ecological complexes of which they are part; this includes diversity within species, between species and of ecosystems. (Department of Environment and Natural Resources, n.d.)
Ecological features
refers to features with ecological value and contributes to the biodiversity and function of an ecosystem. Ecological features may include the following:
  • Natural habitats and vegetation;
  • Trees of significant ecological value; or
  • Natural watercourses and wetlands.
Protected area
refers to identified portions of land and water set aside by reason of their unique physical and biological significance, managed to enhance biological diversity and protected against destructive human exploration. (National Integrated Protected Areas System Act of 1992, 1992)
Site assessment
refers to the evaluation of the area’s characteristics including its groundwater points, geology, and hydrology so that one can fully evaluate the true risk of the facility to human health and the environment.
Watercourse
refers to a system of surface waters and ground waters constituting by virtue of their physical relationship a unitary whole and normally flowing into a common terminus. (United Nations, 1997)
Wetlands
refer to areas that are permanently or seasonally saturated by water, enough to support vegetation that can adapt to saturated soil conditions. (Department of Environment and Natural Resources, n.d.)
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the ENV-02 Access to Nature under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to Table of Contents

SC-06 Vegetated Open Spaces Promotion

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 11 to SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities, SDG 13 to SDG 13: Climate Action, and SDG 15 to SDG 15: Life on Land.

S1 S2
Buildings
All Occupancy Types
SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities
SDG 13: Climate Action
SDG 15: Life on Land

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

  • Maximize the positive environmental and social benefits of vegetated open spaces in the project; and
  • Provide a high ratio of vegetated open spaces in the project to improve the ecological value within the project.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must design at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the total lot area as vegetated open space. Vegetated open spaces must:

  • Be on the natural grade of the project;
  • Be easily accessible to the users and the public; and
  • Have at least three (3) native plant species as vegetation. Plant species may include trees, shrubs and ground covers. Turf grass is not considered as vegetation for the open space.

Healthcare Facilities

For healthcare facilities, the project must also provide patients with direct access to the outdoor vegetated open spaces in the design of the project. The outdoor vegetated open spaces should be accessible directly from individual patient rooms, treatment areas, or through shared exterior connections or common areas.

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Implement the design of the vegetated open spaces to at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the total lot area of the project.
  2. Establish the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies during operations.

Healthcare Facilities

For healthcare facilities, the project team must also implement the direct access to the outdoor vegetated open spaces for the patients.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Designed fifty-five percent (55%) or more of the total lot area as vegetated open spaces.
2 points Designed forty percent (40%) to less than fifty-five percent (<55%) of the total lot area as vegetated open spaces.
1 point Designed twenty-five (25%) to less than forty percent (<40%) of the total lot area as vegetated open spaces.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented fifty-five percent (55%) or more of the total lot area as vegetated open spaces.
2 points Implemented forty percent (40%) to less than fifty-five percent (<55%) of the total lot area as vegetated open spaces.
1 point Implemented twenty-five (25%) to less than forty percent (<40%) of the total lot area as vegetated open spaces.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements, the project team should submit:

  1. The site plan for the vegetated open spaces in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • The total lot area of the project in m2;
    • The total area designed as vegetated open spaces in the project in m2;
    • The location of the vegetated open spaces; and
    • The access of the users and the public to the vegetated open space.
  2. The landscape plan for the vegetated open spaces in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • The design of the vegetated open spaces;
    • The names and types of native plant species that will be provided in the vegetated open spaces, including the quantity for each type; and
    • The location of the native plant species in the vegetated open spaces.
  3. The calculation for the percentage of the total lot area designed as vegetated open space.
  4. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.
Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements, the project team should submit:

  1. The as-built site plan for the vegetated open spaces in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • The total lot area of the project in m2;
    • The total area designed as vegetated open spaces in the project in m2;
    • The location of the vegetated open spaces; and
    • The access of the users and the public to the vegetated open space.
  2. The as-built landscape plan for the vegetated open spaces in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • The implemented design of the vegetated open spaces;
    • The names and types of native plant species provided in the vegetated open spaces, including the quantity for each type; and
    • The location of the native plant species in the vegetated open spaces.
  3. The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies during operations.
  4. The calculation for the percentage of the total lot area implemented as vegetated open space.
  5. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:
    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Natural grade
refers to the elevation of the original or undisturbed natural surface of the ground. (Harris, 2006)
Open space
refers to an area reserved exclusively for parks, playgrounds, recreational uses, schools, roads, places of worship, hospitals, health centers, barangay centers and other similar facilities and amenities. (Housing and Land Use Regulatory Board, 1997)
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

  • Alliance for Safe, Sustainable, and Resilient Environments, Philippine Association of Landscape Architects, Philippine Institute of Environmental Planners, Consultants of Comprehensive Environmental Planning, Biodiversity Management Bureau, and Forest Foundation Philippines. (2019). Public Parks, Open and Green Spaces: A Planning & Development Guide. http://www.assure.ph/downloadables/PPOGS%20Guidebook_06May-compressed.pdf.
Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the ENV-02 Access to Nature under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to Table of Contents

SC-07 Heat Island Reduction

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 11 to SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities, and SDG 13 to SDG 13: Climate Action.

S1 S2
Buildings
All Occupancy Types
SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities
SDG 13: Climate Action

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

  • Minimize the increasing temperature of the immediate microclimate of the project through heat island reduction; and
  • reduce the heat island effect on the paved and roof areas of the project.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

14 September 2023, v5.0.0 – Committee Draft β

Under Requirements, changed solar reflectance index (SRI) to solar reflectance (SR) for non-roof materials.

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for reducing the heat island effect in the project.
  2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
    • Conducting an assessment on the immediate microclimate in the project; and
    • Identifying and implementing strategies to reduce the heat absorption and retention in the project.
  3. Conduct an assessment on the microclimate in the project. The project team must:
    • Determine the ambient temperature in the project site during daytime;
    • Identify the natural features present in the project that provide shade and cooling from daylight; and
    • Recommend actions to reduce the heat absorption and retention in the project.
  4. Design the project that incorporates heat island reduction strategies in horizontal surfaces that represent at least fifty percent (50%) of the total lot area of the project. The strategies should include the following:
    • The heat island reduction strategies for hardscapes, which are the following:
      • Use of plants and tree canopies providing shade to the outdoor paved areas in the project site;
      • Provision of vegetated open spaces and green walls in the project;
      • Use of open-grid pavement systems with vegetation; or
      • Use of paving materials with an initial solar reflectance (SR) of more than 0.33 or a 3-year SR of more than 0.28;
    • The heat island reduction strategies for the roof area, which are the following:
      • Installation of roof structures with high solar reflectance index (SRI). Roof with a pitch:
        • Less than 15° must have:
          • An initial SRI more than 82, or
          • A three-year SRI more than 64;
        • More than 15° must have:
          • An initial SRI more than 39, or
          • A three-year SRI more than 34;
      • Provision of green roof at the roof structure.

Only horizontal surfaces are included in the calculation. Functional and usable spaces, such as helipads, recreational courts, and areas covered by equipment and solar panels, are excluded in the calculation.

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Implement the design of the heat island reduction strategies in horizontal surfaces that represent at least fifty percent (50%) of the total lot area of the project.
  2. Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies during operations.

Only horizontal surfaces are included in the calculation. Functional and usable spaces, such as helipads, recreational courts, and areas covered by equipment and solar panels, are excluded in the calculation.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Designed heat island reduction strategies to seventy percent (70%) or more of the total horizontal surface.
2 points Designed heat island reduction strategies to sixty percent (60%) to less than seventy percent (<70%) of the total horizontal surface.
1 point Designed heat island reduction strategies to fifty percent (50%) to less than sixty percent (<60%) of the total horizontal surface.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented heat island reduction strategies to seventy percent (70%) or more of the total horizontal surface.
2 points Implemented heat island reduction strategies to sixty percent (60%) to less than seventy percent (<70%) of the total horizontal surface.
1 point Implemented heat island reduction strategies to fifty percent (50%) to less than sixty percent (<60%) of the total horizontal surface.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to reduce the heat island effect in the project.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
      • conducting an assessment on the immediate microclimate in the project; and
      • Identifying and implementing strategies to reduce the heat absorption and retention in the project.
    • The responsibilities of the professional in the design of the project and the expected output; and
    • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
  3. The assessment report on the microclimate in the project prepared by the engaged professional. The report must include the following information:
    • The ambient temperature in the project site during daytime in degree Celsius (°C);
    • The natural features in the project that provide shade and cooling from daylight, such as:
      • Trees canopies and land covers;
      • Natural watercourses and wetlands; and
      • Vegetated open spaces;
    • The location of the identified natural features in the project site;
    • The total lot area covered by the identified natural features in m2; and
    • The recommendations to reduce the heat absorption and retention in the project.
  4. The plans for the heat island reduction strategies. The plans must include the following information:
    • The design of the heat island reduction strategies;
    • The location of the heat island reduction strategies;
    • The total lot area of the project in m2; and
    • The total area of the horizontal surfaces covered by heat island reduction strategies in m2;
  5. The specifications for the heat island reduction strategies. The specifications must include the following information:
    • The quality and performance details of the heat island reduction strategies;
    • For paving materials, the specifications must include information on the SR values of the material;
    • For roof materials, the specifications must include information on the SRI values of the material;
    • For vegetated open spaces, the specifications must include information on:
      • The names and types of native plant species that will be provided in the vegetated open spaces, including the quantity for each type; and
      • The location of the native plant species in the vegetated open spaces.
  6. The calculation for the percentage of the horizontal surfaces covered by heat island reduction strategies compared to the total lot area.
  7. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.
Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The as-built plans for the heat island reduction strategies. The plans must include the following information:
    • The implemented design of the heat island reduction strategies;
    • The location of the heat island reduction strategies;
    • The total lot area of the project in m2; and
    • The total area of the horizontal surfaces covered by heat island reduction strategies in m2;
  2. The as-built specifications for the heat island reduction strategies. The specifications must include the following information:
    • The quality and performance details of the heat island reduction strategies;
    • For paving materials, the specifications must include information on the SR values of the material;
    • For roof materials, the specifications must include information on the SRI values of the material;
    • For vegetated open spaces, the specifications must include information on:
      • The names and types of native plant species provided in the vegetated open spaces, including the quantity for each type; and
      • The location of the native plant species in the vegetated open spaces.
  3. The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies during operations.
  4. The calculation for the percentage of the horizontal surfaces covered by heat island reduction strategies compared to the total lot area.
  5. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:
    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Hardscapes
refers to site paved areas, including roads, driveways, parking lots, walkways, courtyards, and plazas. (ASHRAE, 2017)
Heat island effect
refers to the tendency of urban areas to be at a warmer temperature than surrounding rural areas. (ASHRAE, 2011)
Hot spots
refer to areas within the project site that experience higher temperatures than the immediate surroundings.
Microclimate
refers to the climate of an area that differs from the climate of the surrounding area.
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

  • American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers. (2020). Standard for the Design of High-Performance Green Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings [ASHRAE Standard 189.1]. ASHRAE.
  • ASTM International. (2021). Standard Test Method for Measuring Solar Reflectance of Horizontal and Low-Sloped Surfaces in the Field [ASTM Standard E1918]. https://doi.org/10.1520/E1918-21.
  • ASTM International. (2019). Standard Practice for Calculating Solar Reflectance Index of Horizontal and Low-Sloped Opaque Surfaces [ASTM Standard E1980]. https://doi.org/10.1520/E1980-11R19.

Back to Table of Contents

SC-08 Landscape Management

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 11 to SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities, SDG 13 to SDG 13: Climate Action, and SDG 15 to SDG 15: Life on Land.

S3
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities
SDG 13: Climate Action
SDG 15: Life on Land

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

  • Reduce the energy consumption, potable water consumption and solid waste generation in landscaping; and
  • Minimize the negative impact of the project to the environment through sustainable and effective landscape management.

Requirements

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for incorporating sustainable landscape management in the operations of the project.
  2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
    • Evaluating the existing landscape management practices in the project; and
    • Identifying and implementing strategies for the sustainable and effective landscape management in the project.
  3. Evaluate the existing landscape management practices in the project.
  4. Establish a sustainable landscape management program for the project. The project team must:
    • Identify the strategies for sustainable landscape management. The strategies may include the following:
      • The use of water-efficient plant species in the vegetated open spaces;
      • The use of water-efficient irrigation system for landscaping;
      • The adoption of green cleaning and pest management measures; and
      • The adoption of horticultural best practices.
    • Organize education, information and communication (IEC) campaigns for the users and the public on sustainable landscaping; and
    • Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  5. Implement the sustainable landscape management program. The project team must:
    • Assign roles and responsibilities to the personnel responsible for the implementation of the strategies;
    • Implement the strategies for sustainable landscape management during the performance period;
    • Conduct IEC campaigns for the users and the public on sustainable landscaping;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of the strategies during the performance period; and
    • Regularly communicate the implementation of the strategies to the project stakeholders.
  6. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implemented sustainable landscape management program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the strategies for sustainable landscape management;
    • Review if the strategies were implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Recommend actions to further improve the sustainable landscape management program.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Established a sustainable landscape management program to reduce the resource consumption for landscaping; and
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.

Compliance Notes

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to incorporate sustainable landscape management in the operations of the project.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
      • Evaluating the existing landscape management practices in the project; and
      • Identifying and implementing strategies for the sustainable and effective landscape management in the project.
    • The responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project and the expected output; and
    • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
  3. The evaluation report on the existing landscape management practices in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • The review of existing policies, procedures, strategies and practices for landscape management; and
    • The recommendations to incorporate sustainable landscape management in the operations of the project.
  4. The sustainable landscape management program for the project. The program must include the following information:
    • The strategies for sustainable landscape management;
    • The activities to highlight the sustainable landscape management of the project for the users and the public;
    • The expected impact of the strategies once implemented; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  5. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.
  6. The communication records as proof that the sustainable landscape management program was communicated to the project stakeholders.
  7. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program. The list must include the following information:
    • The name and designation of the personnel;
    • The contact number of the personnel; and
    • The roles and responsibilities assigned for the implementation of the strategies.
  8. The as-built plans and specifications for the strategies for sustainable landscape management. The plans must include the following information:
    • The implemented strategies sustainable landscape management;
    • The location of the implemented strategies; and
    • The quality and performance details of the implemented strategies, including its impacts to the performance of the project.
  9. The list of regular activities implemented for the users and the public during the performance period. The list must include the following information:
    • The name of each activity;
    • The objectives of each activity;
    • The regular schedule of each activity for at least three (3) years from the start of the performance period; and
    • A narrative on how each activity highlighted the sustainable landscape management of the project.
  10. The documentation on the regular activities implemented for the users and the public. The documentation must consist of:
    • The program of each activity;
    • The attendance list for each activity;
    • The brief profile of each instructor reflecting their qualifications and competencies to deliver the topic;
    • The photographs for each activity conducted for the project's staff; and
    • The complete presentation materials or training modules used for each activity.
  11. The monitoring reports reflecting the implementation of the strategies and activities during the performance period.
  12. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:
    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.
  13. The communication records as proof that the implementation of the sustainable landscape management program was regularly communicated to the project stakeholders.
  14. The evaluation report on the effectiveness of the implemented sustainable landscape management program. The report must include the following information:
    • The outcomes of the implementation of the strategies for sustainable landscape management;
    • The assessment on whether the strategies and activities were implemented effectively;
    • The assessment on whether the resource consumption for landscaping improved after implementing the program, including the impacts of the program in:
      • Reducing the energy consumption of the project for landscaping in kilowatts (kW);
      • Reducing the potable water consumption of the project for landscaping in cubic meters (m3);
      • Reducing the solid solid waste generation of the project for landscaping in kilograms (kg); and
      • Improving the biodiversity in the project.
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges, and
    • The recommendations to continuously improve the sustainable landscape management program.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Landscape
refers to a land area distinguished by differences in land forms, vegetation, land, use, cultural additional-reading, and aesthetic characteristics within a geographical region. (Forest Management Bureau, 2006)
Green cleaning
refers to the use of cleaning methods and products which are designed to preserve human health and well-being, and to lessen, if not eliminate, negative environmental impact.

Back to Table of Contents

SC-09 Light Pollution Reduction

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 3 to SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being, SDG 11 to SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities, and SDG 15 to SDG 15: Life on Land.

All Stages
Buildings
All Occupancy Types
SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being
SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities
SDG 15: Life on Land

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

  • Reduce sky glow, light trespass and clutter during nighttime to improve nighttime visibility in the project site; and
  • Minimize the exposure to glare caused by surrounding buildings during daytime to improve visual comfort.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for reducing the light pollution in the project.
  2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
    • Conducting an assessment on the sky conditions of the project during daytime and nighttime; and
    • Identifying and implementing strategies to reduce the light pollution in the project.
  3. Conduct an assessment on the sky conditions of the project during daytime and nighttime. The project team must:
    • Identify the potential sources of light pollution in the project during daytime and nighttime;
    • Identify the areas in the project that are affected by light pollution;
    • Determine the lighting zone category of each area in accordance with a generally accepted standard; and
    • Recommend actions to reduce the light pollution in the project.
  4. Design the project that incorporates the strategies to reduce light pollution during daytime and nighttime. The strategies should include the following:
    • The use of outdoor luminaires that meet the allowable backlight, uplight and glare (BUG) rating for each lighting zone in accordance with a generally accepted standard; and
    • The installation of technologies that minimize exposure to glare caused by surrounding buildings, and ensure that glare and heat caused by any activities within the project will not be radiated, seen or felt from any point beyond its boundaries.
Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Implement the design of the strategies to reduce light pollution during daytime and nighttime.
  2. Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies during operations.
Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for reducing the light pollution in the project.
  2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
    • Conducting an assessment on the sky conditions of the project during daytime and nighttime; and
    • Identifying and implementing strategies to reduce the light pollution in the project.
  3. Conduct an assessment on the sky conditions of the project during daytime and nighttime. The project team must:
    • Identify the sources of light pollution in the project during daytime and nighttime;
    • Identify the areas in the project that are affected by light pollution;
    • Determine the lighting zone category of each area in accordance with a generally accepted standard; and
    • Recommend actions to reduce the light pollution in the project.
  4. Establish a light pollution reduction program for the project. The project team must:
    • Identify strategies to reduce the light pollution in the project. The strategies should include the following:
      • The use of outdoor luminaires that meet the allowable BUG rating for each lighting zone in accordance with a generally accepted standard; and
      • The installation of technologies that minimize exposure to glare caused by surrounding buildings, and ensure that glare and heat caused by any activities within the project will not be radiated, seen or felt from any point beyond its boundaries.
    • Organize education, information and communication (IEC) campaigns for the users and the public on light pollution reduction; and
    • Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  5. Implement the light pollution reduction program. The project team must:
    • Assign roles and responsibilities to the personnel responsible for the implementation of the strategies;
    • Implement the strategies to reduce the light pollution in the project;
    • Conduct IEC campaigns for the users and the public on light pollution reduction;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of the strategies during the performance period; and
    • Regularly communicate the implementation of the strategies to the project stakeholders.
  6. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implemented light pollution reduction program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the strategies to reduce the light pollution in the project;
    • Review if the strategies were implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Recommend actions to continuously improve the light pollution reduction program.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Designed the project to use outdoor luminaires that meet the allowable BUG rating for each lighting zone in the project, and to minimize exposure to glare caused by surrounding buildings.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented the design of the project to use outdoor luminaires that meet the allowable BUG rating for each lighting zone in the project, and to minimize exposure to glare caused by surrounding buildings.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Established a light pollution reduction program for the project, and
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to reduce the light pollution in the project.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
      • Conducting an assessment on the sky conditions of the project during daytime and nighttime; and
      • Identifying and implementing strategies to reduce the light pollution in the project;
    • The responsibilities of the professional in the design of the project and the expected output; and
    • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
  3. The assessment report on the sky conditions of the project during daytime and nighttime prepared by the engaged professional. The report must include the following information:
    • The potential sources of light pollution in the project during daytime and nighttime;
    • The location of the areas in the project that are affected by light pollution;
    • The lighting zone category of each area in accordance with a generally accepted standard; and
    • The recommendations to reduce the light pollution in the project.
  4. The plans for the strategies to reduce light pollution in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • The design and location of the outdoor lighting system in the project; and
    • The design of the building envelope to minimize exposure to glare caused by surrounding buildings during daytime.
  5. The specifications for the strategies to reduce light pollution in the project. The specifications must include the following information:
    • The allowable BUG rating for each lighting zone;
    • The type and number of the outdoor luminaire specified for the project;
    • The BUG rating of the outdoor luminaire for the outdoor lighting system, which must meet the allowable BUG rating for each lighting zone in accordance with a generally accepted standard; and
    • The quality and performance details of the building envelope to minimize exposure to glare.
  6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.
Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The as-built plans for the strategies to reduce light pollution in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • The implemented design and location of the outdoor lighting system in the project; and
    • The implemented design of the building envelope to minimize exposure to glare caused by surrounding buildings during daytime.
  2. The as-built specifications for the strategies to reduce light pollution in the project. The specifications must include the following information:
    • The allowable BUG rating for each lighting zone;
    • The type and number of the outdoor luminaire specified for the project;
    • The BUG rating of the outdoor luminaire for the outdoor lighting system, which must meet the allowable BUG rating for each lighting zone in accordance with a generally accepted standard; and
    • The quality and performance details of the building envelope to minimize exposure to glare.
  3. The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies during operations.
  4. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:
    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to reduce the light pollution in the project.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
      • Conducting an assessment on the sky conditions of the project during daytime and nighttime; and
      • Identifying and implementing strategies to reduce the light pollution in the project;
    • The responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project and the expected output; and
    • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
  3. The assessment report on the sky conditions of the project during daytime and nighttime prepared by the engaged professional. The report must include the following information:
    • The sources of light pollution in the project during daytime and nighttime;
    • The location of the areas in the project that are affected by light pollution;
    • The lighting zone category of each area in accordance with a generally accepted standard; and
    • The recommendations to reduce the light pollution in the project.
  4. The light pollution reduction program for the project. The program must include the following information:
    • The strategies to reduce the light pollution in the project;
    • The activities for IEC campaigns for the users and the public on light pollution reduction;
    • The expected impact of the strategies once implemented; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  5. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.
  6. The communication records as proof that the light pollution reduction program was communicated to the project stakeholders.
  7. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program. The list must include the following information:
    • The name and designation of the personnel;
    • The contact number of the personnel; and
    • The roles and responsibilities assigned for the implementation of the strategies.
  8. The as-built plans for the strategies to reduce light pollution in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • The implemented design and location of the outdoor lighting system in the project; and
    • The implemented design of the building envelope to minimize exposure to glare caused by surrounding buildings during daytime.
  9. The as-built specifications for the strategies to reduce light pollution in the project. The specifications must include the following information:
    • The allowable BUG rating for each lighting zone;
    • The type and number of the outdoor luminaire specified for the project;
    • The BUG rating of the outdoor luminaire for the outdoor lighting system, which must meet the allowable BUG rating for each lighting zone in accordance with a generally accepted standard; and
    • The quality and performance details of the building envelope to minimize exposure to glare.
  10. The list of regular activities implemented for the users and the public during the performance period. The list must include the following information:
    • The name of each activity;
    • The objectives of each activity;
    • The regular schedule of each activity for at least three (3) years from the start of the performance period; and
    • A narrative on how each activity informed and educated the users and the public on light pollution reduction.
  11. The documentation on the regular activities implemented for the users and the public. The documentation must consist of:
    • The program of each activity;
    • The attendance list for each activity;
    • The brief profile of each instructor reflecting their qualifications and competencies to deliver the topic;
    • The photographs for each activity conducted for the users and the public; and
    • The complete presentation materials or training modules used for each activity.
  12. The monitoring reports reflecting the implementation of the strategies and activities during the performance period.
  13. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:
    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders; and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts;
    • Installation records; and
    • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.
  14. The communication records as proof that the implementation of the light pollution reduction program was regularly communicated to the project stakeholders.
  15. The evaluation report on the effectiveness of the implemented light pollution reduction program. The report must include the following information:
    • The outcomes of the implementation of the strategies to reduce light pollution and the activities to educate the users and the public on light pollution reduction;
    • The assessment on whether the strategies and activities were implemented effectively;
    • The assessment on whether the sky conditions of the project improved after implementing the program;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The recommendations to continuously improve the light pollution reduction program.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Backlight, uplight and glare (BUG) rating

refers to the measurement used to evaluate luminaire optical performance related to light trespass, sky glow, and high angle brightness control. (Illuminating Engineering Society, 2020)

  • Backlight (B) refers to the light directed behind the luminaire;
  • Uplight (U) refers to any light directed upward above the horizontal plane; and
  • Glare (G) refers to the amount of light emitted from the luminaire at high angles.
Clutter
refers to the bright, confusing and excessive groupings of light sources. (International Dark Sky Association, n.d.)
Glare
refers to the intense and blinding light that reduces visibility. It also refers to a light within the field of vision that is brighter than the brightness to which the eyes are adapted. (International Dark Sky Association, n.d.)
Light trespass
refers to the encroachment of light, typically across property boundaries, causing annoyance, loss of privacy, or other nuisance. (Illuminating Engineering Society, 2022)
Luminaire
refers to complete lighting unit consisting of a light source and ballast or driver (when applicable), together with the parts designed to distribute the light, to position and protect the light source, and to connect the light source to the power supply. It also known as a light fixture. (Illuminating Engineering Society, 2022)
Sky glow
refers to the diffused and scattered sky light attributable to scattered light from sources on the ground. (International Dark Sky Association, n.d.)
Visible light transmittance
refers to the ratio of total transmitted light to the total incident light with the higher value allowing more incident light to pass through glazing. (Department of Public Works and Highways, 2015)
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

  • Illuminating Engineering Society. (2020). Luminaire Classification System for Outdoor Luminaires [ANSI/IES Standard TM-15-20]. IES.
  • International Dark Sky Association, and Illuminating Engineering Society. (2011). Model Lighting Ordinance (MLO) with User's Guide. IES.

Back to Table of Contents

SC-10 Key Establishments Proximity

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 11 to SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities.

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to promote pedestrian mobility in the project by reducing the need to use transportation through the design, construction and operation of projects within close proximity to diverse key establishments.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Requirements, changed 250-meter radius to 680-meter walking distance (pathway).

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project owner must select a project site that is within proximity to different types of existing key establishments. The key establishments near the project must be:

  • Located within 680-meter walking distance (pathway) from the project's main entrance; and
  • Accessed through safe and easily accessible pedestrian routes.

In addition, the project must establish communication strategies to promote the patronage and use of the identified key establishments. The strategies may include the following:

  • The provision of information facilities, such as markers, signages, kiosks and bulletins, that explains the products or services offered by the key establishments, and provides directions to the identified key establishments;
  • The conduct of activities in partnership with the establishment owners for the promotion of the key establishments; or
  • The communication with the users to provide information on the key establishments.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, the project owner must select a building that is within close proximity to different types of existing key establishments.

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project owner must construct the project on a project site that is within close proximity to different types of existing key establishments.

In addition, the project team must implement the communication strategies to promote the patronage and use of the identified key establishments.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, the project owner must construct the project in a building that is within close proximity to different types of existing key establishments.

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for promoting pedestrian mobility in the project through the patronage and use of different types of existing key establishments that is within close proximity to the project.
  2. Establish a pedestrian mobility program for the patronage and use of key establishments. The project team must:
    • Identify different types of existing key establishments that is within close proximity to the project. The key establishments near the project must be:
      • Located within 680-meter walking distance (pathway) from the project's main entrance; and
      • Accessed through safe and accessible pedestrian routes;
    • Establish communication strategies to promote the patronage and use of the identified key establishments. The strategies may include the following:
      • The provision of information facilities, such as markers, signages, kiosks and bulletins, that explains the products or services offered by the key establishments, and provides directions to the identified key establishments;
      • The conduct of activities in partnership with the establishment owners for the promotion of the key establishments; or
      • The communication with the users to provide information on the key establishments;
    • Establish the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  3. Implement the pedestrian mobility program for the patronage and use of key establishments. The project team must:
    • Assign roles and responsibilities to the personnel responsible for the implementation of the strategies;
    • Implement the communication strategies to promote the patronage and use of the identified key establishments;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of the strategies during the performance period; and
    • Regularly communicate the implementation of the strategies to the project stakeholders.
  4. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implemented pedestrian mobility program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implemented communication strategies for the patronage and use of the identified key establishments;
    • Review if the strategies were implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Recommend actions to continuously improve the pedestrian mobility program to promote the patronage and use of the identified key establishments.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project owner:
3 points Selected a project site that is located within close proximity to ten (10) or more different types of key establishments.
2 points Selected a project site that is located within close proximity to seven (7) to nine (9) different types of key establishments.
1 point Selected a project site that is located within close proximity to four (4) to six (6) different types of key establishments.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project owner:
3 points Constructed the project on a project site that is located within close proximity to ten (10) or more different types of key establishments.
2 points Constructed the project on a project site that is located within close proximity to seven (7) to nine (9) different types of key establishments.
1 point Constructed the project on a project site that is located within close proximity to four (4) to six (6) different types of key establishments.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Established a pedestrian mobility program for the project reflecting ten (10) or more different types of key establishments are within close proximity to the project, and
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.
2 points
  • Established a pedestrian mobility program for the project reflecting seven (7) to nine (9) different types of key establishments are within close proximity to the project, and
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.
1 point
  • Established a pedestrian mobility program for the project reflecting four (4) to six (6) different types of key establishments are within close proximity to the project, and
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The site map for the project and the identified key establishments. The map must include the following information:
    • The location of the main entrance of the project;
    • The location of the identified key establishments within 680-meter walking distance (pathway);
    • The pedestrian routes from the main entrance of the project going to the identified key establishments, which must be marked up; and
    • The distances of the identified key establishments from the project, which must include the following:
      • The walking distance of each key establishment from the main entrance of the project, which must be within 680 meters; and
      • The travel time of the users from the main entrance of the project going to each key establishment.
  2. The list of key establishments within close proximity to the project. The list must include the following information:
    • The name of each establishment;
    • The type of each establishment;
    • The contact information of each establishment; and
    • The photographs of each establishment's façade.
  3. The documentation on the communication strategy for the patronage and use of the identified key establishments. The documentation may consist of:
    • The plans and specifications for the communication strategies for the patronage and use of the identified key establishments;
    • The documented agreement between the project owner and the establishment owners as proof of their partnership for the promotion of the key establishments once the project starts its operations; or
    • The documented policies and procedures for informing the potential users on the products and services offered by the key establishments.
  4. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.
Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The site map for the project and the identified key establishments. The map must include the following information:
    • The location of the main entrance of the project;
    • The location of the identified key establishments within 680-meter walking distance (pathway);
    • The pedestrian routes from the main entrance of the project going to the identified key establishments, which must be marked up; and
    • The distances of the identified key establishments from the project, which must include the following:
      • The walking distance of each key establishment from the main entrance of the project, which must be within 680 meters; and
      • The travel time of the users from the main entrance of the project going to each key establishment.
  2. The list of key establishments within close proximity to the project. The list must include the following information:
    • The name of each establishment;
    • The type of each establishment;
    • The contact information of each establishment; and
    • The photographs of each establishment's façade.
  3. The documentation on the implementation of the communication strategy for the patronage and use of the identified key establishments. The documentation may consist of:
    • The as-built plans and specifications for the implemented communication strategies for the patronage and use of the identified key establishments;
    • The documented agreement between the project owner and the establishment owners as proof of their partnership for the promotion of the key establishments once the project starts its operations; or
    • The documented policies and procedures for informing the potential users on the products and services offered by the key establishments.
  4. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:
    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to promote pedestrian mobility through the patronage and use of different types of existing key establishments that is within close proximity to the project.
  2. The pedestrian mobility program for the patronage and use of key establishments. The program must include the following information:
    • The identified types of key establishments that is within close proximity to the project;
    • The communication strategies to promote the patronage and use of the identified key establishments;
    • The expected impact of the strategies once implemented; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  3. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.
  4. The communication records as proof that the pedestrian mobility program was communicated to the project stakeholders.
  5. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program. The list must include the following information:
    • The name and designation of the personnel;
    • The contact number of the personnel; and
    • The roles and responsibilities assigned for the implementation of the strategies.
  6. The site map for the project and the identified key establishments. The map must include the following information:
    • The location of the main entrance of the project;
    • The location of the identified key establishments within 680-meter walking distance (pathway);
    • The pedestrian routes from the main entrance of the project going to the identified key establishments, which must be marked up; and
    • The distances of the identified key establishments from the project, which must include the following:
      • The walking distance of each key establishment from the main entrance of the project, which must be within 680 meters; and
      • The travel time of the users from the main entrance of the project going to each key establishment.
  7. The list of key establishments within close proximity to the project. The list must include the following information:
    • The name of each establishment;
    • The type of each establishment;
    • The contact information of each establishment; and
    • The photographs of each establishment's façade.
  8. The documentation on the implementation of the communication strategy for the patronage and use of the identified key establishments. The documentation may consist of:
    • The as-built plans and specifications for the implemented communication strategies for the patronage and use of the identified key establishments;
    • The documented agreement between the project owner and the owners of the key establishments as proof of their partnership for the promotion of the key establishments once the project starts its operations; or
    • The documented policies and procedures for informing the potential users on the products and services offered by the key establishments.
  9. The monitoring reports reflecting the implementation of the strategies during the performance period.
  10. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:
    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.
  11. The communication records as proof that the implementation of the pedestrian mobility program was regularly communicated to the project stakeholders.
  12. The evaluation report on the effectiveness of the implemented pedestrian mobility program. The report must include the following information:
    • The outcomes of the implementation of the strategies for the patronage and use of the identified key establishments;
    • The assessment on whether the strategies were implemented effectively;
    • The assessment on whether the pedestrian mobility in the project improved after implementing the program;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges, and
    • The recommendations to continuously improve the pedestrian mobility program for the patronage and use of key establishments.

Additional Information

Types of Key Establishments

The types of key establishments that may be within close proximity to the project are the following:

  • Banks
  • Childcare and educational facilities, such as:
    • Daycare centers,
    • Libraries, and
    • Schools.
  • Commercial facilities, such as:
    • Laundry or dry cleaners, and
    • Parlor or barber shops.
  • Community facilities and barangay halls
  • Health facilities, such as:
    • Health centers, and
    • Medical or dental offices, but not exclusively aesthetic services.
  • Stores and markets, such as:
    • Convenience stores, sari-sari stores or groceries,
    • Hardware stores, and
    • Supermarkets or wet markets.
  • Places of worship
  • Public parks and open spaces
  • Public utilities, such as:
    • Fire stations,
    • Police stations, and
    • Post offices.
  • Recreation and fitness facilities, such as:
    • Fitness centers and gyms,
    • Sports facilities, and
    • Theaters or movie houses.
  • Residential areas
  • Restaurants, karinderya, or turo-turo.
Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Key establishments
refers to establishments offer products or services that caters to the necessities of people.
Pedestrian mobility
refers to how walkable the pedestrian environment in the project is for all types of pedestrians. A good pedestrian mobility means that the pedestrian environment within the project is passable, accessible, safe, convenient, comfortable and enjoyable for all pedestrians. (World Bank Group, 2019)
Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the LIF-01 Pedestrian Mobility under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to Table of Contents

SC-11 Mass Transportation Access

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 11 to SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities.

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

  • Reduce the contribution of the project to air pollution attributed to vehicle travel by promoting the use of mass transportation; and
  • Reduce the traffic congestion in the surrounding areas of the project by reducing the need to use private vehicles for daily commutes.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project owner must select a project site that is within close proximity to mass transportation stations, terminals or stops. The mass transportation modes available to the project must be any of the following:

If the mass transportation mode available is: The project must have access to: With a maximum walking distance of:
Commuter rail or light rail An existing or currently planned and funded rail station 500 meters from the project
Public, campus or private bus A terminal or stop for at least two (2) bus lines 500 meters from the project
Asian utility vehicle (AUV) or a public utility vehicle (PUV) A terminal or stop for at least two (2) vehicle routes 250 meters from the project

In addition, the project team must:

  1. Engage a professional qualified and competent in identifying and implementing sustainable transportation strategies for promoting the use of mass transportation to the potential users of the project.
  2. Identify the sustainable transportation strategies for promoting the use of mass transportation to the potential users. The strategies may include the following:
    • The provision of information facilities, such as markers, signages, kiosks and bulletins, that provides information on the trip schedules and directions to nearby mass transportation stations, terminals or stops;
    • The provision of mass transportation amenities, such as covered walkways and waiting sheds with benches, for the users within the project site;
    • The partnerships with mass transportation operators to include the project as a stop in mass transportation routes; or
    • The provision of shuttle services for the users with routes going to and from the project.
Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project owner must construct the project on a project site that is within close proximity to mass transportation stations, terminals or stops.

In addition, the project team must:

  1. Implement the sustainable transportation strategies for promoting the use of mass transportation to the potential users.
  2. Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies during operations.
Stage 3 — Operations

The project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for promoting the use of mass transportation to the users of the project.
  2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
    • Evaluating the transportation patterns of the users of the project; and
    • Identifying and implementing sustainable transportation strategies for promoting the use of mass transportation to the users of the project.
  3. Evaluate the transportation patters of the users of the project. The project team must:
    • Review the existing policies, procedures, strategies and practices for promoting the use of mass transportation;
    • Determine the current transportation demand of the users;
    • Identify the existing transportation facilities in the project; and
    • Recommend actions to promote the use of mass transportation to the users of the project.
  4. Establish a sustainable transportation program for promoting the use of mass transportation. The project team must:

    • Identify the mass transportation stations, terminals or stops that is within close proximity to the project. The mass transportation modes available to the project must be any of the following:

      If the mass transportation mode available is: The project must have access to: With a maximum walking distance of:
      Commuter rail or light rail An existing or currently planned and funded rail station 500 meters from the project
      Public, campus or private bus A terminal or stop for at least two (2) bus lines 500 meters from the project
      Asian utility vehicle (AUV) or a public utility vehicle (PUV) A terminal or stop for at least two (2) vehicle routes 250 meters from the project

    • Identify sustainable transportation strategies for promoting the use of mass transportation to the users. The strategies may include the following:

      • The provision of information facilities, such as markers, signages, kiosks and bulletins, that provides information on the trip schedules and directions to nearby mass transportation stations, terminals or stops;
      • The provision of mass transportation amenities, such as covered walkways and waiting sheds with benches, for the users within the project site;
      • The partnerships with mass transportation operators to include the project as a stop in mass transportation routes; or
      • The provision of shuttle services for the users with routes going to and from the project;

    • Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.

  5. Implement the sustainable transportation program for promoting the use of mass transportation. The project team must:
    • Assign roles and responsibilities to the personnel responsible for the implementation of the strategies;
    • Implement the sustainable transportation strategies for promoting the use of mass transportation to the users;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of the strategies during the performance period; and
    • Regularly communicate the implementation of the strategies to the project stakeholders.
  6. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implemented sustainable transportation program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implemented sustainable transportation strategies for promoting the use of mass transportation to the users;
    • Review if the strategies were implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Recommend actions to continuously improve the sustainable transportation program for promoting the use of mass transportation.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project owner:
3 points Selected a project site that is located within close proximity to three (3) or more mass transportation modes.
2 points Selected a project site that is located within close proximity to two (2) mass transportation modes.
1 point Selected a project site that is located within close proximity to one (1) mass transportation mode.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project owner:
3 points Constructed the project on a project site that is located within close proximity to three (3) or more mass transportation modes.
2 points Constructed the project on a project site that is located within close proximity to two (2) mass transportation modes.
1 point Constructed the project on a project site that is located within close proximity to one (1) mass transportation mode.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Established a sustainable transportation program for the project reflecting three (3) or more mass transportation modes are within close proximity to the project, and
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.
2 points
  • Established a sustainable transportation program for the project reflecting two (2) mass transportation modes are within close proximity to the project, and
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.
1 point
  • Established a sustainable transportation program for the project reflecting one (1) mass transportation mode is within close proximity to the project, and
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The list of mass transportation modes available to the project. The list must include the following information:
    • The types of mass transportation mode available to the project;
    • The routes of each mass transportation mode; and
    • The trip schedule of each mass transportation mode.
  2. The site map for the project and the identified mass transportation stations, terminals or stops. The map must include the following information:
    • The location of the main entrance of the project;
    • The location of the identified mass transportation stations, terminals or stops within the walking distance from the project;
    • The pedestrian routes from the main entrance of the project going to the identified mass transportation stations, terminals or stops, which must be marked up; and
    • The walking distance of each mass transportation station, terminal or stop from the main entrance of the project.
  3. The photographs of each identified mass transportation station, terminal or stop.
  4. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in identifying and implementing sustainable transportation strategies for promoting the use of mass transportation to the potential users of the project;
    • The responsibilities of the professional in the design of the project and the expected output; and
    • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
  5. The plans and specifications for the sustainable transportation strategies for promoting the use of mass transportation to the potential users. The plans must include the following information:
    • The design and location of the sustainable transportation strategies for promoting the use of mass transportation; and
    • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including its impacts to the overall performance of the project.
  6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.

If the project is within close proximity to a planned and funded commuter rail or light rail, the project team should also submit:

  1. The documented information on the developer and funding organization of the rail project.
  2. The copy of the masterplan of the rail project reflecting the locations of the planned stations for the rail project. The project team must ensure that at least one (1) planned rail station is within close proximity to the project.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, the project team should also submit the communication records with the building owner and manager in coordinating the sustainable transportation strategies for promoting the use of mass transportation with the building management.

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The list of mass transportation modes available to the project. The list must include the following information:
    • The types of mass transportation mode available to the project;
    • The routes of each mass transportation mode; and
    • The trip schedule of each mass transportation mode.
  2. The site map for the project and the identified mass transportation stations, terminals or stops. The map must include the following information:
    • The location of the main entrance of the project;
    • The location of the identified mass transportation stations, terminals or stops within the walking distance from the project;
    • The pedestrian routes from the main entrance of the project going to the identified mass transportation stations, terminals or stops, which must be marked up; and
    • The walking distance of each mass transportation station, terminal or stop from the main entrance of the project.
  3. The photographs of each identified mass transportation station, terminal or stop.
  4. The as-built plans and specifications for the sustainable transportation strategies for promoting the use of mass transportation to the potential users. The plans must include the following information:
    • The implemented design and location of the sustainable transportation strategies for promoting the use of mass transportation; and
    • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including its impacts to the overall performance of the project.
  5. The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies during operations.
  6. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:
    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.

If the project is within close proximity to a planned and funded commuter rail or light rail, the project team should also submit:

  1. The documented information on the developer and funding organization of the rail project.
  2. The copy of the masterplan of the rail project reflecting the locations of the planned stations for the rail project. The project team must ensure that at least one (1) planned rail station is within close proximity to the project.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, the project team should also submit the communication records with the building owner and manager in coordinating the sustainable transportation strategies for promoting the use of mass transportation with the building management.

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to promote the use of mass transportation to the users of the project.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
      • Evaluating the transportation patterns of the users of the project; and
      • Identifying and implementing sustainable transportation strategies for promoting the use of mass transportation to the users of the project;
    • The responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project and the expected output; and
    • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
  3. The evaluation report on the transportation patters of the users of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • The review of existing policies, procedures, strategies and practices for promoting the use of mass transportation;
    • The current transportation demand of the users, which should include the following:
      • The trip origin and destination of the users; and
      • The transportation habits of users during a typical work week;
    • The existing transportation facilities in the project, which should include the following:
      • The facilities available for private vehicles;
      • The mass transportation stations, terminals or stops near the project;
      • The pathways to the mass transportation stations, terminals or stops near the project; and
      • The mass transportation amenities for the users;
    • The recommendations to promote the use of mass transportation to the users of the project.
  4. The sustainable transportation program for promoting the use of mass transportation. The program must include the following information:
    • The mass transportation modes available to the project;
    • The sustainable transportation strategies for promoting the use of mass transportation to the users;
    • The expected impact of the strategies once implemented; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  5. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.
  6. The communication records as proof that the sustainable transportation program was communicated to the project stakeholders.
  7. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program. The list must include the following information:
    • The name and designation of the personnel;
    • The contact number of the personnel; and
    • The roles and responsibilities assigned for the implementation of the strategies.
  8. The list of mass transportation modes available to the project. The list must include the following information:
    • The types of mass transportation mode available to the project;
    • The routes of each mass transportation mode; and
    • The trip schedule of each mass transportation mode.
  9. The site map for the project and the identified mass transportation stations, terminals or stops. The map must include the following information:
    • The location of the main entrance of the project;
    • The location of the identified mass transportation stations, terminals or stops within the walking distance from the project;
    • The pedestrian routes from the main entrance of the project going to the identified mass transportation stations, terminals or stops, which must be marked up; and
    • The walking distance of each mass transportation station, terminal or stop from the main entrance of the project.
  10. The photographs of each identified mass transportation station, terminal or stop.
  11. The as-built plans and specifications for the sustainable transportation strategies for promoting the use of mass transportation to the users. The plans must include the following information:
    • The implemented design and location of the sustainable transportation strategies for promoting the use of mass transportation; and
    • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including its impacts to the overall performance of the project.
  12. The monitoring reports reflecting the implementation of the strategies during the performance period.
  13. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:
    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.
  14. The communication records as proof that the implementation of the sustainable transportation program was regularly communicated to the project stakeholders.
  15. The evaluation report on the effectiveness of the implemented sustainable transportation program. The report must include the following information:
    • The outcomes of the implementation of the sustainable transportation strategies for promoting the use of mass transportation;
    • The assessment on whether the strategies were implemented effectively;
    • The assessment on whether the use of mass transportation increased after implementing the program;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges, and
    • The recommendations to continuously improve the sustainable transportation program for promoting the use of mass transportation to the users of the project.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, the project team should also submit the communication records with the building owner and manager in coordinating the sustainable transportation strategies for promoting the use of mass transportation with the building management.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Asian utility vehicle
refers to a public transport classification described as a vehicle with nine (9) passengers including the driver (2 in front, 3 in the middle and 4 at the back), such as the Toyota FX, Mitsubishi Adventure, Isuzu Highlander and other vehicles with similar body types. (Land Transportation Franchising & Regulatory Board, 2005)
Public utility jeepney
refers to public utility vehicles that are used as feeder services operating in arterial, collector, and local roads, linking neighborhoods and communities to mass transit lines and bus routes, and traversing commercial, industrial, recreational, or residential area. (Department of Transportation, 2017)
Public utility vehicle
refers to vehicles that carry passengers and cargo for a fee, offering services to the public, which may include, but are not limited to, UV express service, PUBs, and PUJs. (Department of Transportation, 2017) (PHILGBC, 2018)
Transportation impact assessment (TIA)
refers to the process of compiling and analyzing information on the impacts that the project is likely to have on the operation of roads and transport networks. The assessment also serves as a basis for the development and implementation of sustainable transportation programs for the project. The assessment supports the decision making of project owners in identifying and implementing the most appropriate strategies in promoting sustainable transportation options for the project.
Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the LIF-02 Mass Transportation Access under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to Table of Contents

SC-12 Preferred Parking — Fuel-efficient and Low-Emitting Vehicles

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 7 to SDG 7: Affordable and Clean Energy, SDG 11 to SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities, and SDG 13 to SDG 13: Climate Action.

All Stages
Buildings
All Occupancy Types
SDG 7: Affordable and Clean Energy
SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities
SDG 13: Climate Action

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

  • Reduce the contribution of the project to air pollution attributed to vehicle travel by promoting the use of fuel-efficient and low-emitting vehicles; and
  • Reduce the consumption of fossil fuels by promoting the use of alternative fuel vehicles in the project.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Limit the number of parking spaces for vehicles to the minimum regulatory requirement of the project.
  2. Designate preferred parking spaces for fuel-efficient and low-emitting vehicles (FELEVs). The project team must ensure that the preferred parking spaces do not contribute to exceeding the minimum regulatory requirement of the project for parking. The preferred parking spaces must be:
    • Clearly designated with highly visible markings and signages; and
    • Easily accessible to the users going to and from the building entrance or parking lobby.
  3. Establish policies and procedures for the use and promotion of the preferred parking spaces for FELEVs.
Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Implement the preferred parking spaces for FELEVs in the project.
  2. Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the preferred parking spaces.
Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for promoting the use of FELEVs to the users of the project.
  2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
    • Evaluating the transportation patterns of the users of the project; and
    • Identifying and implementing sustainable transportation strategies for promoting the use of FELEVs to the users of the project.
  3. Evaluate the transportation patters of the users of the project. The project team must:
    • Review the existing policies, procedures, strategies and practices for promoting the use of FELEVs;
    • Review the existing parking schemes for the users that is being implemented in the project;
    • Determine the current transportation demand of the users;
    • Identify the existing transportation facilities in the project; and
    • Recommend actions to promote the use of FELEVs to the users of the project.
  4. Establish a sustainable transportation program for promoting the use of FELEVs. The project team must:
    • Designate preferred parking spaces for fuel-efficient and low-emitting vehicles. The project team must ensure that the preferred parking spaces do not contribute to exceeding the total parking spaces in the project. The preferred parking spaces must be:
      • Clearly designated with highly visible markings and signages; and
      • Easily accessible to the users going to and from the building entrance or parking lobby;
    • Identify sustainable transportation strategies for promoting the use of FELEVs to the users. The strategies may include:
      • The provision of information facilities, such as markers, signages, kiosks and bulletins, that provides information on the benefits and impacts of using FELEVs; or
      • The establishment of preferred parking scheme on the use of the preferred parking spaces for FELEVs;
    • Establish policies and procedures for the use of the preferred parking spaces for FELEVs; and
    • Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the preferred parking spaces.
  5. Implement the sustainable transportation program for promoting the use of FELEVs. The project team must:
    • Assign roles and responsibilities to the personnel responsible for the implementation of the strategies;
    • Implement the sustainable transportation strategies for promoting the use of FELEVs to the users;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of the strategies during the performance period; and
    • Regularly communicate the implementation of the strategies to the project stakeholders.
  6. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implemented sustainable transportation program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implemented sustainable transportation strategies for promoting the use of FELEVs to the users;
    • Review if the strategies were implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Recommend actions to continuously improve the sustainable transportation program for promoting the use of FELEVs.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project owner:
1 point Designated three percent (3%) or more preferred parking spaces for FELEVs from the total parking spaces designed for the project.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project owner:
1 point Implemented three percent (3%) or more preferred parking spaces for FELEVs from the total parking spaces implemented for the project.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project owner:
1 point
  • Established a sustainable transportation program for the project reflecting the designation of three percent (3%) or more preferred parking spaces for FELEVs from the total parking spaces in the project, and
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The plans and specifications for the preferred parking spaces for FELEVs. The plans must include the following information:
    • The minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
    • The total number of parking spaces in the project, which do not exceed the minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
    • The total number and location of the preferred parking spaces designated for FELEVs; and
    • The design of the markings and signages for the preferred parking spaces designated for FELEVs.
  2. The calculation for the percentage of preferred parking spaces designated for FELEVs. The calculation must include the following information:
    • The minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
    • The total number of parking spaces in the project, which do not exceed the minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
    • The total number of the preferred parking spaces designated for FELEVs;
    • The percentage of preferred parking spaces designated for FELEVs. To calculate the percentage, the project team should use this formula:
    Percentage of preferred parking spaces for FELEVs = Total no. of preferred parking spaces designated for FELEVs × Total no. of parking spaces in the project
  3. The documented policies and procedures for the use and promotion of preferred parking spaces for FELEVs. The documentation must include the policies and procedures for:
    • Identifying the FELEVs that are allowed to use the preferred parking spaces;
    • Establishing the preferred parking scheme on the use of the preferred parking spaces for FELEVs;
    • Defining the roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the policies and procedures during operations;
    • Communicating the policies and procedures to the project stakeholders and to the potential users; and
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the policies and procedures during operations.
  4. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.

Tenants

For Tenant projects if the parking spaces are leased, the project team should also submit:

  1. The communication records as proof that the designation of the leased parking spaces as preferred parking spaces for FELEVs was communicated to the building owner and manager.
  2. The parking lease agreement with the building owner. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The ownership of the parking spaces;
    • The agreement between the project owner and the building owner to lease the parking spaces; and
    • The duration of the agreement to lease the parking spaces.
Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The as-built plans and specifications for the preferred parking spaces for FELEVs. The plans must include the following information:
    • The minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
    • The total number of parking spaces in the project, which do not exceed the minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
    • The total number and location of the preferred parking spaces implemented for FELEVs; and
    • The implemented design of the markings and signages for the preferred parking spaces implemented for FELEVs.
  2. The calculation for the percentage of preferred parking spaces implemented for FELEVs. The calculation must include the following information:
    • The minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
    • The total number of parking spaces in the project, which do not exceed the minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
    • The total number of the preferred parking spaces implemented for FELEVs;
    • The percentage of preferred parking spaces implemented for FELEVs. To calculate the percentage, the project team should use this formula:
    Percentage of preferred parking spaces for FELEVs = Total no. of preferred parking spaces implemented for FELEVs × Total no. of parking spaces in the project
  3. The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the preferred parking spaces.
  4. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:
    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.

Tenants

For Tenant projects if the parking spaces are leased, the project team should also submit:

  1. The communication records as proof that the implementation of the leased parking spaces as preferred parking spaces for FELEVs was communicated to the building owner and manager.
  2. The parking lease agreement with the building owner. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The ownership of the parking spaces;
    • The agreement between the project owner and the building owner to lease the parking spaces; and
    • The duration of the agreement to lease the parking spaces.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to promote the use of FELEVs to the users of the project.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
      • Evaluating the transportation patterns of the users of the project; and
      • Identifying and implementing sustainable transportation strategies for promoting the use of FELEVs to the users of the project.
    • The responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project and the expected output; and
    • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
  3. The evaluation report on the transportation patters of the users of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • The review of existing policies, procedures, strategies and practices for promoting the use of FELEVs;
    • The review of existing parking schemes for the users that is being implemented in the project;
    • The current transportation demand of the users, which should include the following:
      • The trip origin and destination of the users; and
      • The transportation habits of users during a typical work week;
    • The existing transportation facilities in the project, which should include the following:
      • The facilities available for private vehicles;
      • The current parking demand of the users; and
      • The location of the parking spaces in the project;
    • The recommendations to promote the use of FELEVs to the users of the project.
  4. The sustainable transportation program for promoting the use of FELEVs. The program must include the following information:
    • The total number of the preferred parking spaces designated for FELEVs;
    • The sustainable transportation strategies for promoting the use of FELEVs to the users;
    • The expected impact of the strategies once implemented;
    • The documented policies and procedures for the use of the preferred parking spaces for FELEVs; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  5. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.
  6. The communication records as proof that the sustainable transportation program was communicated to the project stakeholders.
  7. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program. The list must include the following information:
    • The name and designation of the personnel;
    • The contact number of the personnel; and
    • The roles and responsibilities assigned for the implementation of the strategies.
  8. The as-built plans and specifications for the sustainable transportation strategies for promoting the use of FELEVs to the users. The plans must include the following information:
    • The implemented design and location of the sustainable transportation strategies for promoting the use of FELEVs; and
    • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including its impacts to the overall performance of the project.
  9. The monitoring reports reflecting the implementation of the strategies during the performance period.
  10. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:
    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.
  11. The communication records as proof that the implementation of the sustainable transportation program was regularly communicated to the project stakeholders.
  12. The evaluation report on the effectiveness of the implemented sustainable transportation program. The report must include the following information:
    • The outcomes of the implementation of the sustainable transportation strategies for promoting the use of FELEVs;
    • The assessment on whether the strategies were implemented effectively;
    • The assessment on whether the use of FELEVs increased after implementing the program;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges, and
    • The recommendations to continuously improve the sustainable transportation program for promoting the use of FELEVs to the users of the project.

If there are no existing preferred parking spaces for FELEVs, the project team should also submit:

  1. The as-built plans and specifications for the preferred parking spaces for FELEVs. The plans must include the following information:
    • The minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
    • The total number of parking spaces in the project, which do not exceed the minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
    • The total number and location of the preferred parking spaces implemented for FELEVs; and
    • The implemented design of the markings and signages for the preferred parking spaces implemented for FELEVs.
  2. The calculation for the percentage of preferred parking spaces implemented for FELEVs. The calculation must include the following information:
    • The minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
    • The total number of parking spaces in the project, which do not exceed the minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
    • The total number of the preferred parking spaces implemented for FELEVs;
    • The percentage of preferred parking spaces implemented for FELEVs. To calculate the percentage, the project team should use this formula:
    Percentage of preferred parking spaces for FELEVs = Total no. of preferred parking spaces implemented for FELEVs × Total no. of parking spaces in the project
  3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:
    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.

Tenants

For Tenant projects if the parking spaces are leased, the project team should also submit:

  1. The communication records as proof that the implementation of the leased parking spaces as preferred parking spaces for FELEVs was communicated to the building owner and manager.
  2. The parking lease agreement with the building owner. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The ownership of the parking spaces;
    • The agreement between the project owner and the building owner to lease the parking spaces; and
    • The duration of the agreement to lease the parking spaces.

Additional Information

Types of Fuel-efficient and Low-emitting Vehicles

The types of vehicles that qualify as fuel-efficient and low-emitting vehicles are the following:

  • Hybrid-electric vehicles (HEV);
  • Vehicles that are powered by compressed natural gas (CNG);
  • Vehicles that are used for carpooling services; and
  • Top ten (10) vehicles with the highest fuel economic rating in kilometers per liter (km/L) per fuel type based on the latest Fuel Economy Run by the Department of Energy (DOE).
Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Carpooling
refers to an arrangement in which a group of people commute together by car.
Hybrid-electric vehicle (HEV)
refers to a vehicle with both a rechargeable energy storage system and a fueled power source for propulsion. (Electric Vehicle Industry Development Act, 2022)
Transportation impact assessment (TIA)
refers to the process of compiling and analyzing information on the impacts that the project is likely to have on the operation of roads and transport networks. The assessment also serves as a basis for the development and implementation of sustainable transportation programs for the project. The assessment supports the decision making of project owners in identifying and implementing the most appropriate strategies in promoting sustainable transportation options for the project.
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

Back to Table of Contents

SC-13 Preferred Parking — Electric Vehicles

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 7 to SDG 7: Affordable and Clean Energy, SDG 11 to SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities, and SDG 13 to SDG 13: Climate Action.

All Stages
Buildings
All Occupancy Types
SDG 7: Affordable and Clean Energy
SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities
SDG 13: Climate Action

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

  • Reduce the contribution of the project to air pollution attributed to vehicle travel by promoting the use of electric vehicles; and
  • Reduce the consumption of fossil fuels by promoting the use of electric vehicles in the project.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Limit the number of parking spaces for vehicles to the minimum regulatory requirement of the project.
  2. Designate preferred parking spaces for electric vehicles (EVs). The project team must ensure that the preferred parking spaces do not contribute to exceeding the minimum regulatory requirement of the project for parking. The preferred parking spaces must be:
    • Clearly designated with highly visible markings and signages; and
    • Easily accessible to the users going to and from the building entrance or parking lobby.
  3. Identify and engage an accredited electric vehicle charging station (EVCS) service provider to supply, construct and install EVCS in the project.
  4. Provide EVCS in the project for commercial use, which must be near the preferred parking spaces for EVs.
  5. Establish policies and procedures for the use and promotion of the preferred parking spaces for EVs.
Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Implement the preferred parking spaces for EVs in the project.
  2. Implement the EVCS in the project for commercial use, which must be near the preferred parking spaces for EVs.
  3. Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the preferred parking spaces and EVCS during operations.
Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for promoting the use of electric vehicles (EVs) for the users of the project.
  2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
    • Evaluating the transportation patterns of the users of the project; and
    • Identifying and implementing sustainable transportation strategies for promoting the use of EVs to the users of the project.
  3. Evaluate the transportation patters of the users of the project. The project team must:
    • Review the existing policies, procedures, strategies and practices for promoting the use of EVs;
    • Review the existing parking schemes for the users that is being implemented in the project;
    • Determine the current transportation demand of the users;
    • Identify the existing transportation facilities in the project; and
    • Recommend actions to promote the use of EVs to the users of the project.
  4. Establish a sustainable transportation program for promoting the use of EVs. The project team must:
    • Designate preferred parking spaces for electric vehicles (EVs). The project team must ensure that the preferred parking spaces do not contribute to exceeding the total parking spaces in the project. The preferred parking spaces must be:
      • Clearly designated with highly visible markings and signages; and
      • Easily accessible to the users going to and from the building entrance or parking lobby;
    • Provide electric vehicle charging stations (EVCS) in the project for commercial use, which must be near the preferred parking spaces for EVs;
    • Identify sustainable transportation strategies for promoting the use of EVs to the users. The strategies may include:
      • The provision of information facilities, such as markers, signages, kiosks and bulletins, that provides information on the benefits and impacts of using EVs; or
      • The establishment of preferred parking scheme on the use of the preferred parking spaces for EVs;
    • Establish policies and procedures for the use of the preferred parking spaces for EVs; and
    • Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the preferred parking spaces and EVCS.
  5. Implement the sustainable transportation program for promoting the use of EVs. The project team must:
    • Assign roles and responsibilities to the personnel responsible for the implementation of the strategies;
    • Implement the sustainable transportation strategies for promoting the use of EVs to the users;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of the strategies during the performance period; and
    • Regularly communicate the implementation of the strategies to the project stakeholders.
  6. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implemented sustainable transportation program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implemented sustainable transportation strategies for promoting the use of EVs to the users;
    • Review if the strategies were implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Recommend actions to continuously improve the sustainable transportation program for promoting the use of EVs.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project owner:
1 point
  • Designated five percent (5%) or more preferred parking spaces for EVs from the total parking spaces designed for the project, and
  • Provided EVCS in the project for commercial use near the preferred parking spaces.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project owner:
1 point
  • Implemented five percent (5%) or more preferred parking spaces for EVs from the total parking spaces implemented for the project, and
  • Implemented EVCS in the project for commercial use near the preferred parking spaces.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project owner:
1 point
  • Established a sustainable transportation program for the project reflecting:
    • The designation of five percent (5%) or more preferred parking spaces for EVs from the total parking spaces in the project, and
    • The provision of EVCS in the project for commercial use near the preferred parking spaces
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The plans and specifications for the preferred parking spaces for EVs. The plans must include the following information:
    • The minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
    • The total number of parking spaces in the project, which do not exceed the minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
    • The total number and location of the preferred parking spaces designated for EVs; and
    • The design of the markings and signages for the preferred parking spaces designated for EVs.
  2. The proof of engagement with the accredited EVCS service provider. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The relevant accreditations of the service provider to supply, construct and install EVCS in the project;
    • The responsibilities of the service provider in the design of the project and the expected output; and
    • The period of engagement with the service provider to deliver the expected output.
  3. The plans and specifications for the electric vehicle charging stations for commercial use. The plans must include the following information:
    • The design and location of the EVCS for commercial use;
    • The quality and performance details of the EVCS, including its impacts to the overall performance of the project;
    • The maintenance and calibration requirements for the EVCS; and
    • The design of the markings and signages for the EVCS.
  4. The calculation for the percentage of preferred parking spaces designated for EVs. The calculation must include the following information:
    • The minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
    • The total number of parking spaces in the project, which do not exceed the minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
    • The total number of the preferred parking spaces designated for EVs;
    • The percentage of preferred parking spaces designated for EVs. To calculate the percentage, the project team should use this formula:
    Percentage of preferred parking spaces for EVs = Total no. of preferred parking spaces designated for EVs × Total no. of parking spaces in the project
  5. The documented policies and procedures for the use and promotion of preferred parking spaces for EVs. The documentation must include the policies and procedures for:
    • Identifying the EVs that are allowed to use the preferred parking spaces;
    • Establishing the preferred parking scheme on the use of the preferred parking spaces for EVs;
    • Defining the roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the policies and procedures during operations;
    • Communicating the policies and procedures to the project stakeholders and to the potential users; and
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the policies and procedures during operations.
  6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.

Tenants

For Tenant projects if the parking spaces are leased, the project team should also submit:

  1. The communication records as proof that the designation of the leased parking spaces as preferred parking spaces for EVs was communicated to the building owner and manager.
  2. The parking lease agreement with the building owner. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The ownership of the parking spaces;
    • The agreement between the project owner and the building owner to lease the parking spaces; and
    • The duration of the agreement to lease the parking spaces.
Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The as-built plans and specifications for the preferred parking spaces for EVs. The plans must include the following information:
    • The minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
    • The total number of parking spaces in the project, which do not exceed the minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
    • The total number and location of the preferred parking spaces implemented for EVs; and
    • The implemented design of the markings and signages for the preferred parking spaces implemented for EVs.
  2. The as-built plans and specifications for the electric vehicle charging stations for commercial use. The plans must include the following information:
    • The implemented design and location of the EVCS for commercial use;
    • The quality and performance details of the EVCS, including its impacts to the overall performance of the project;
    • The maintenance and calibration requirements for the EVCS; and
    • The implemented design of the markings and signages for the EVCS.
  3. The commissioning report reflecting that the EVCS were installed, tested and evaluated successfully to meet the performance requirements based on the design of the EVCS in the project.
  4. The calculation for the percentage of preferred parking spaces implemented for EVs. The calculation must include the following information:
    • The minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
    • The total number of parking spaces in the project, which do not exceed the minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
    • The total number of the preferred parking spaces implemented for EVs;
    • The percentage of preferred parking spaces implemented for EVs. To calculate the percentage, the project team should use this formula:
    Percentage of preferred parking spaces for EVs = Total no. of preferred parking spaces implemented for EVs × Total no. of parking spaces in the project
  5. The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the preferred parking spaces and EVCS during operations.
  6. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:
    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.

Tenants

For Tenant projects if the parking spaces are leased, the project team should also submit:

  1. The communication records as proof that the designation of the leased parking spaces as preferred parking spaces for EVs was communicated to the building owner and manager.
  2. The parking lease agreement with the building owner. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The ownership of the parking spaces;
    • The agreement between the project owner and the building owner to lease the parking spaces; and
    • The duration of the agreement to lease the parking spaces.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to promote the use of EVs to the users of the project.

  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:

    • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
      • Evaluating the transportation patterns of the users of the project; and
      • Identifying and implementing sustainable transportation strategies for promoting the use of EVs to the users of the project.
    • The responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project and the expected output; and
    • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.

  3. The evaluation report on the transportation patters of the users of the project. The report must include the following information:

    • The review of existing policies, procedures, strategies and practices for promoting the use of EVs;
    • The review of existing parking schemes for the users that is being implemented in the project;
    • The current transportation demand of the users, which should include the following:
      • The trip origin and destination of the users; and
      • The transportation habits of users during a typical work week;
    • The existing transportation facilities in the project, which should include the following:
      • The facilities available for private vehicles;
      • The current parking demand of the users;
      • The location of the parking spaces in the project;
      • The location of the existing EVCS in the project and the frequency of its use; and
    • The recommendations to promote the use of EVs to the users of the project.

  4. The sustainable transportation program for promoting the use of EVs. The program must include the following information:

    • The total number of the preferred parking spaces designated for EVs;
    • The total number of EVCS provided for commercial use;
    • The sustainable transportation strategies for promoting the use of EVs to the users;
    • The expected impact of the strategies once implemented;
    • The documented policies and procedures for the use of the preferred parking spaces for EVs; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the preferred parking spaces and EVCS.

  5. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.

  6. The communication records as proof that the sustainable transportation program was communicated to the project stakeholders.

  7. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program. The list must include the following information:

    • The name and designation of the personnel;
    • The contact number of the personnel; and
    • The roles and responsibilities assigned for the implementation of the strategies.

  8. The as-built plans and specifications for the sustainable transportation strategies for promoting the use of EVs to the users. The plans must include the following information:

    • The implemented design and location of the sustainable transportation strategies for promoting the use of EVs; and
    • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including its impacts to the overall performance of the project.

  9. The monitoring reports reflecting the implementation of the strategies during the performance period.

  10. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:

    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.

  11. The communication records as proof that the implementation of the sustainable transportation program was regularly communicated to the project stakeholders.

  12. The evaluation report on the effectiveness of the implemented sustainable transportation program. The report must include the following information:

    • The outcomes of the implementation of the sustainable transportation strategies for promoting the use of EVs;
    • The assessment on whether the strategies were implemented effectively;
    • The assessment on whether the use of EVs increased after implementing the program;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges, and
    • The recommendations to continuously improve the sustainable transportation program for promoting the use of EVs to the users of the project.

If there are no existing EVCS and preferred parking spaces for EVs, the project team should also submit:

  1. The as-built plans and specifications for the preferred parking spaces for EVs. The plans must include the following information:
    • The minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
    • The total number of parking spaces in the project, which do not exceed the minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
    • The total number and location of the preferred parking spaces implemented for EVs; and
    • The implemented design of the markings and signages for the preferred parking spaces implemented for EVs.
  2. The as-built plans and specifications for the electric vehicle charging stations for commercial use. The plans must include the following information:
    • The implemented design and location of the EVCS for commercial use;
    • The quality and performance details of the EVCS, including its impacts to the overall performance of the project;
    • The maintenance and calibration requirements for the EVCS; and
    • The implemented design of the markings and signages for the EVCS.
  3. The commissioning report reflecting that the EVCS were installed, tested and evaluated successfully to meet the performance requirements based on the design of the EVCS in the project.
  4. The calculation for the percentage of preferred parking spaces implemented for EVs. The calculation must include the following information:
    • The minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
    • The total number of parking spaces in the project, which do not exceed the minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
    • The total number of the preferred parking spaces implemented for EVs;
    • The percentage of preferred parking spaces implemented for EVs. To calculate the percentage, the project team should use this formula:
    Percentage of preferred parking spaces for EVs = Total no. of preferred parking spaces implemented for EVs × Total no. of parking spaces in the project
  5. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:
    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.

Tenants

For Tenant projects if the parking spaces are leased, the project team should also submit:

  1. The communication records as proof that the implementation of the leased parking spaces as preferred parking spaces for FELEVs was communicated to the building owner and manager.
  2. The parking lease agreement with the building owner. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The ownership of the parking spaces;
    • The agreement between the project owner and the building owner to lease the parking spaces; and
    • The duration of the agreement to lease the parking spaces.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Battery electric vehicle (BEV)
refers to an electrically propelled vehicle with only a traction battery as power source for vehicle propulsion. (Electric Vehicle Industry Development Act, 2022)
Electric vehicle (EV)
refers to a vehicle with at least one (1) electric drive for vehicle propulsion. EVs include battery electric vehicles (BEVs), hybrid-electric vehicles (HEVs), and plug-in hybrid-electric vehicles (PHEV). (Adapted from the Electric Vehicle Industry Development Act, 2022)
Electric vehicle charging station (EVCS)
Refers to a facility with equipment for the delivery of electrical energy to electric vehicles or its battery, installed in an enclosure with special control functions and communications, and may be located off the vehicle. EVCS should also include battery swapping stations. (Electric Vehicle Industry Development Act, 2022)
Electric vehicle charging stations (EVCS) for commercial use
refers to the utilization of charging stations by the general public or the project users. (Adapted from the Electric Vehicle Industry Development Act, 2022)
Electric vehicle charging station (EVCS) service provider
Refers to a natural or juridical person, duly accredited by the Department of Energy, who sells, constructs, installs, maintains, owns or operates EVCS or any of its components for a fee. (Electric Vehicle Industry Development Act, 2022)
Hybrid-electric vehicle (HEV)
refers to a vehicle with both a rechargeable energy storage system and a fueled power source for propulsion. (Electric Vehicle Industry Development Act, 2022)
Transportation impact assessment (TIA)
refers to the process of compiling and analyzing information on the impacts that the project is likely to have on the operation of roads and transport networks. The assessment also serves as a basis for the development and implementation of sustainable transportation programs for the project. The assessment supports the decision making of project owners in identifying and implementing the most appropriate strategies in promoting sustainable transportation options for the project.
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

Back to Table of Contents

SC-14 Preferred Parking — Additional Accessible Parking Spaces

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Changed credit name from Preferred Parking — Accessible Parking Spaces to Preferred Parking — Additional Accessible Parking Spaces.

Under Tags, changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 10 to SDG 10: Reduced Inequalities, and SDG 11 to SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities.

All Stages
Buildings
All Occupancy Types
SDG 10: Reduced Inequalities
SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities

Purpose and Intent

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Changed the Purpose and Intent from "This credit aims to contribute to the accessibility of the project to persons with disability (PWDs) and the elderly by providing additional accessible parking spaces in the project" to "This credit aims to:

  • Provide the most reasonable number of parking spaces for persons with disability (PWDs) and the elderly;
  • Ensure the maximum distance from the accessible parking spaces to the main building entrance; and
  • Ensure there is a clear pathway from the main building entrance to all building floors for PWDs and the elderly."

This credit aims to:

  • Provide the most reasonable number of parking spaces for persons with disability (PWDs) and the elderly;
  • Ensure the maximum distance from the accessible parking spaces to the main building entrance; and
  • Ensure there is a clear pathway from the main building entrance to all building floors for PWDs and the elderly.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

14 September 2023, v5.0.0 – Committee Draft β

Changed design requirements from "The additional accessible parking spaces must be:

  • Designed in accordance with generally accepted standards for parking accessibility;
  • Clearly designated with highly visible markings and signages; and
  • Easily accessible to PWDs and elderly going to and from the building entrance or parking lobby."

to "The additional accessible parking spaces must be:

  • Be designed in conformity with generally accepted standards for parking accessibility;
  • Have a minimum length of 5 m and a minimum width of 3.70 m;
  • Have an access aisle that has a minimum width of 1.20 m;
  • Be clearly marked with slip-resistant materials and highly visible markings and signages;
  • Have easy access and clear routes leading to the building entrance or parking area; and
  • Be located within 30 m from building entrances with immediate access to elevators or stairlifts."

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Designate additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly. The additional accessible parking spaces must:
    • Be designed in conformity with generally accepted standards for parking accessibility;
    • Have a minimum length of 5 m and a minimum width of 3.70 m;
    • Have an access aisle that has a minimum width of 1.20 m;
    • Be clearly marked with slip-resistant materials and highly visible markings and signages;
    • Have easy access and clear routes leading to the building entrance or parking area; and
    • Be located within 30 m from building entrances with immediate access to elevators or stairlifts.
  2. Establish policies and procedures for the use of the accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly.

The additional accessible parking spaces must be in addition to the required number of accessible parking spaces applicable to the project.

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Implement the additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly in the project.
  2. Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the accessible parking spaces during operations.

The additional accessible parking spaces must be in addition to the required number of accessible parking spaces applicable to the project.

Stage 3 — Operations
Addenda

14 September 2023, v5.0.0 – Committee Draft β

Changed Requirement from "The additional accessible parking spaces must be:

  • Implemented in accordance with generally accepted standards for parking accessibility;
  • Clearly designated with highly visible markings and signages; and
  • Easily accessible to PWDs and elderly going to and from the building entrance or parking lobby."

to "The additional accessible parking spaces must be:

  • Be implemented in conformity with generally accepted standards for parking accessibility;
  • Have a minimum length of 5 m and a minimum width of 3.70 m;
  • Have an access aisle that has a minimum width of 1.20 m;
  • Be clearly marked with slip-resistant materials and highly visible markings and signages;
  • Have easy access and clear routes leading to the building entrance or parking area; and
  • Be located within 30 m from building entrances with immediate access to elevators or stairlifts."

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for improving the accessibility in the project for PWDs and elderly.
  2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
    • Evaluating the transportation patterns of the users of the project; and
    • Identifying and implementing sustainable transportation strategies for improving the accessibility in the project for PWDs and elderly.
  3. Evaluate the transportation patters of the users of the project. The project team must:
    • Review the existing policies, procedures, strategies and practices for accessibility;
    • Review the existing parking schemes for the users that is being implemented in the project;
    • Determine the current transportation demand of the users;
    • Identify the existing transportation facilities in the project; and
    • Recommend actions to improve the accessibility in the project for PWDs and elderly.
  4. Establish a sustainable transportation program for improving the accessibility for PWDs and elderly. The project team must:
    • Designate additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly. The additional accessible parking spaces must be:
      • Be implemented in conformity with generally accepted standards for parking accessibility;
      • Have a minimum length of 5 m and a minimum width of 3.70 m;
      • Have an access aisle that has a minimum width of 1.20 m;
      • Be clearly marked with slip-resistant materials and highly visible markings and signages;
      • Have easy access and clear routes leading to the building entrance or parking area; and
      • Be located within 30 m from building entrances with immediate access to elevators or stairlifts.
    • Establish policies and procedures for the use of the accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly; and
    • Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the accessible parking spaces.
  5. Implement the sustainable transportation program for improving the accessibility for PWDs and elderly. The project team must:
    • Assign roles and responsibilities to the personnel responsible for the implementation of the strategies;
    • Implement the additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly in the project;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of the strategies during the performance period; and
    • Regularly communicate the implementation of the strategies to the project stakeholders.
  6. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implemented sustainable transportation program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implemented additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly;
    • Review if the strategies were implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Recommend actions to continuously improve the sustainable transportation program for improving the accessibility for PWDs and elderly.

The additional accessible parking spaces must be in addition to the required number of accessible parking spaces applicable to the project.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project owner:
1 point Designated three percent (3%) or more additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly from the total parking spaces designed for the project.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project owner:
1 point Implemented three percent (3%) or more additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly from the total parking spaces implemented for the project.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project owner:
1 point
  • Established a sustainable transportation program for the project reflecting the designation of three percent (3%) or more additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly from the total parking spaces in the project, and
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The plans and specifications for the additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly. The plans must include the following information:
    • The total number of parking spaces in the project;
    • The minimum number of accessible parking spaces required for the project;
    • The design of the additional accessible parking spaces, which must be in conformity with generally accepted standards for parking accessibility;
    • The total number and location of the additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly; and
    • The design of the markings and signages for the additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly.
  2. The calculation for the percentage of additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly. The calculation must include the following information:
    • The minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
    • The total number of parking spaces in the project;
    • The minimum number of accessible parking spaces required for the project;
    • The total number of additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly; and
    • The percentage of additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly. To calculate the percentage, the project team should use this formula:
    Percentage of additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly = Total no. of additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly × Total no. of parking spaces in the project
  3. The documented policies and procedures for the use of the accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly. The documentation must include the policies and procedures for:
    • Identifying the users that are allowed to use the accessible parking spaces;
    • Establishing the preferred parking scheme on the use of the accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly;
    • Defining the roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the policies and procedures during operations;
    • Communicating the policies and procedures to the project stakeholders and to the potential users; and
    • Monitoring and recording the implementation of the policies and procedures during operations.
  4. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.
Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The as-built plans and specifications for the additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly. The plans must include the following information:
    • The total number of parking spaces in the project;
    • The minimum number of accessible parking spaces required for the project;
    • The implemented design of the additional accessible parking spaces, which must be in conformity with generally accepted standards for parking accessibility;
    • The total number and location of the additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly; and
    • The implemented design of the markings and signages for the additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly.
  2. The calculation for the percentage of additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly. The calculation must include the following information:
    • The minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
    • The total number of parking spaces in the project;
    • The minimum number of accessible parking spaces required for the project;
    • The total number of additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly; and
    • The percentage of additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly. To calculate the percentage, the project team should use this formula:
    Percentage of additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly = Total no. of additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly × Total no. of parking spaces in the project
  3. The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the accessible parking spaces during operations.
  4. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:
    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to improve the accessibility in the project for PWDs and elderly.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
      • Evaluating the transportation patterns of the users of the project; and
      • Identifying and implementing sustainable transportation strategies for improving the accessibility in the project for PWDs and elderly.
    • The responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project and the expected output; and
    • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
  3. The evaluation report on the transportation patters of the users of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • The review of existing policies, procedures, strategies and practices for accessibility;
    • The review of existing parking schemes for the users that is being implemented in the project;
    • The current transportation demand of the users, which should include the following:
      • The trip origin and destination of the users; and
      • The transportation habits of users during a typical work week;
    • The existing transportation facilities in the project, which should include the following:
      • The facilities available for private vehicles;
      • The current parking demand of the users; and
      • The location of the parking spaces in the project;
      • The number and location of the existing accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly and the frequency of its use; and
    • The recommendations to improve the accessibility in the project for PWDs and elderly.
  4. The sustainable transportation program for improving the accessibility for PWDs and elderly. The program must include the following information:
    • The total number of the existing accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly;
    • The total number of the additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly;
    • The expected impact of the strategies once implemented;
    • The documented policies and procedures for the use of the accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the accessible parking spaces.
  5. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.
  6. The communication records as proof that the sustainable transportation program was communicated to the project stakeholders.
  7. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program. The list must include the following information:
    • The name and designation of the personnel;
    • The contact number of the personnel; and
    • The roles and responsibilities assigned for the implementation of the strategies.
  8. The as-built plans and specifications for the additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly. The plans must include the following information:
    • The total number of parking spaces in the project;
    • The minimum number of accessible parking spaces required for the project;
    • The implemented design of the additional accessible parking spaces, which must be in conformity with generally accepted standards for parking accessibility;
    • The total number and location of the additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly; and
    • The implemented design of the markings and signages for the additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly.
  9. The calculation for the percentage of additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly. The calculation must include the following information:
    • The minimum number of parking spaces required for the project;
    • The total number of parking spaces in the project;
    • The minimum number of accessible parking spaces required for the project;
    • The total number of additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly; and
    • The percentage of additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly. To calculate the percentage, the project team should use this formula:
    Percentage of additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly = Total no. of additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly × Total no. of parking spaces in the project
  10. The monitoring reports reflecting the implementation of the strategies during the performance period.
  11. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:
    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.
  12. The communication records as proof that the implementation of the sustainable transportation program was regularly communicated to the project stakeholders.
  13. The evaluation report on the effectiveness of the implemented sustainable transportation program. The report must include the following information:
    • The outcomes of the implementation of the additional accessible parking spaces for PWDs and elderly;
    • The assessment on whether the accessibility of the project improved after implementing the program;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges, and
    • The recommendations to continuously improve the sustainable transportation program for improving the accessibility for PWDs and elderly.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions
Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Defined accessible parking spaces.

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Accessibility
refers to the principle of giving equal access to everyone, including access to physical environment, to transportation, to information and communications, and to other facilities and services provided to the public. (UN Convention on the Rights of Persons with Disabilities, 2006)
Accessible parking spaces
refer to parking spaces provided to PWDs and elderly. These parking spaces must be in accordance with the design requirements for accessibility parking.
Disabled persons / Person with disability (PWD)
refers to those suffering from restriction or lack of ability to perform an activity in the manner or within the range considered normal for a human being as a result of a mental, physical, or sensory impairment. (Accessibility Law, 1983)
Elderly
refers to individuals belonging to the age group 60 years and over. (Philippine Statistics Authority, n.d.)
Transportation impact assessment (TIA)
refers to the process of compiling and analyzing information on the impacts that the project is likely to have on the operation of roads and transport networks. The assessment also serves as a basis for the development and implementation of sustainable transportation programs for the project. The assessment supports the decision making of project owners in identifying and implementing the most appropriate strategies in promoting sustainable transportation options for the project.
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the COM-07 Design for All under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to Table of Contents

SC-15 Cyclist Facilities

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 3 to SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being, and SDG 11 to SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities.

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being
SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

  • Reduce the contribution of the project to air pollution attributed to vehicle travel by encouraging cycling in the project; and
  • Reduce the consumption of fossil fuels by promoting the active transportation in the project.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for encouraging cycling in the project.
  2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in identifying and implementing sustainable transportation strategies for encouraging cycling in the project.
  3. Design the project that incorporates cycling facilities to encourage cycling in the project. The cycling facilities must include the following:
    • Bicycle parking spaces;
    • Shower stalls and changing rooms.
  4. Identify sustainable transportation strategies for encouraging cycling in the project. The strategies may include the following:
    • The provision of information facilities, such as markers, signages, kiosks and bulletins, that provides information on the benefits of cycling to the health and well-being of the users, and on the impacts of cycling to the reduction of air pollution attributed to vehicle travel;
    • The installation of wayfindings that provide directions and distance in meters (m) going to nearby cycling facilities; and
    • The provision of cycling amenities, such as bicycle repair stands and bicycle-friendly outdoor tables, for the users within the project site.

When designing the bicycle parking spaces for the project, the project team must:

  • Provide bicycle parking spaces for at least three percent (3%) of the total number of users for the project based on the projected occupancy profile or at least four (4) bicycle parking spaces, whichever is higher;
  • Ensure that the bicycle parking spaces are easily accessible to the potential users of the project; and
  • Ensure that the bicycle parking spaces are safe and secure.

When designing the shower stalls and changing rooms for the project, the project team must:

  • Provide one (1) shower stall every ten (10) bicycle parking space or at least one (1) shower stall and changing room, whichever is higher; and
  • Ensure that each shower stall has an adjacent changing room.

Residential buildings

For Residential buildings, the project team must:

  1. Provide the cycling facilities only for the staff employed in the project. The project team do not need to provide cycling facilities for its tenants.
  2. Provide an appropriate number of lockers for the staff employed in the project.
Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Implement the design of the cycling facilities to encourage cycling in the project.
  2. Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies during operations.

Residential buildings

For Residential buildings, the project team must:

  1. Provide the cycling facilities only for the staff employed in the project. The project team do not need to provide cycling facilities for its tenants.
  2. Provide an appropriate number of lockers for the staff employed in the project.
Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for encouraging and promoting cycling in the project.
  2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
    • Evaluating the transportation patterns of the users of the project; and
    • Identifying and implementing sustainable transportation strategies for encouraging cycling in the project.
  3. Evaluate the transportation patterns of the users of the project. The project team must:
    • Review the existing policies, procedures, strategies and practices for encouraging and promoting cycling;
    • Determine the current transportation demand of the users;
    • Identify the existing transportation facilities in the project; and
    • Recommend actions to encourage cycling in the project.
  4. Establish a sustainable transportation program for encouraging and promoting cycling. The project team must:
    • Provide cycling facilities to encourage cycling in the project. The cycling facilities must include the following:
      • Bicycle parking spaces;
      • Shower stalls and changing rooms; and
    • Identify sustainable transportation strategies for promoting cycling in the project. The strategies may include the following:
      • The provision of information facilities, such as markers, signages, kiosks and bulletins, that provides information on the benefits of cycling to the health and well-being of the users, and on the impacts of cycling to the reduction of air pollution attributed to vehicle travel;
      • The installation of wayfindings that provide directions and distance in meters (m) going to nearby cycling facilities; and
      • The provision of cycling amenities, such as bicycle repair stands and bicycle-friendly outdoor tables, for the users within the project site;
    • Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  5. Implement the sustainable transportation program for encouraging and promoting cycling. The project team must:
    • Assign roles and responsibilities to the personnel responsible for the implementation of the strategies;
    • Implement the cycling facilities to encourage cycling in the project;
    • Implement the sustainable transportation strategies for promoting cycling to the users;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of the strategies during the performance period; and
    • Regularly communicate the implementation of the strategies to the project stakeholders.
  6. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implemented sustainable transportation program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implemented sustainable transportation strategies for encouraging and promoting cycling to the users;
    • Review if the strategies were implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Recommend actions to continuously improve the sustainable transportation program for encouraging and promoting cycling.

When providing the bicycle parking spaces for the project, the project team must:

  • Provide bicycle parking spaces for at least three percent (3%) of the total number of users for the project based on the projected occupancy profile or at least four (4) bicycle parking spaces, whichever is higher;
  • Ensure that the bicycle parking spaces are easily accessible to the potential users of the project; and
  • Ensure that the bicycle parking spaces are safe and secure.

When providing the shower stalls and changing rooms for the project, the project team must:

  • Provide one (1) shower stall every ten (10) bicycle parking space or at least one (1) shower stall and changing room, whichever is higher; and
  • Ensure that each shower stall has an adjacent changing room.

Residential buildings

For Residential buildings, the project team must:

  1. Provide the cycling facilities only for the staff employed in the project. The project team do not need to provide cycling facilities for its tenants.
  2. Provide an appropriate number of lockers for the staff employed in the project.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project owner:
3 points Designed cycling facilities equal to ten percent (10%) or more of the total number of users for the project.
2 points Designed cycling facilities equal to five percent (5%) to less than ten percent (<10%) of the total number of users for the project.
1 point Designed cycling facilities equal to three percent (3%) to less than five percent (<5%) of the total number of users for the project.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project owner:
3 points Implemented the design of the cycling facilities equal to ten percent (10%) or more of the total number of users for the project.
2 points Implemented the design of the cycling facilities equal to five percent (5%) to less than ten percent (<10%) of the total number of users for the project.
1 point Implemented the design of the cycling facilities equal to three percent (3%) to less than five percent (<5%) of the total number of users for the project.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project owner:
3 points
  • Established a sustainable transportation program for the project reflecting the provision of cycling facilities equal to ten percent (10%) or more of the total users for the project, and
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.
2 points
  • Established a sustainable transportation program for the project reflecting the provision of cycling facilities equal to five percent (5%) to less than ten percent (<10%) of the total users for the project, and
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.
1 point
  • Established a sustainable transportation program for the project reflecting the provision of cycling facilities equal to three percent (3%) to less than five percent (<5%) of the total users for the project, and
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The plans and specifications for the cycling facilities in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • The design of the cycling facilities, which must include the following:
      • Bicycle parking spaces;
      • Shower stalls and changing rooms; and
      • If the project is a residential building, lockers for the staff employed in the project;
    • The number and location of the cycling facilities; and
    • The quality and performance details of the cycling facilities, including its impacts to the overall performance of the project.
  2. The plans and specifications for the sustainable transportation strategies for encouraging cycling in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • The design and location of the sustainable transportation strategies for encouraging cycling; and
    • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including its impacts to the overall performance of the project.
  3. The projected occupancy profile for the project. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The description of the project's intended use;
    • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
    • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift;
    • The maximum number of users per shift; and
    • If the project is a residential building, the maximum number of staff per shift.
  4. The calculation for the number of cycling facilities designed for the users. The project team should use this formula:
    No. of bicycle parking space = Total no. of users for the project based on the projected occupancy profile × Target percentage for providing cycling facilities in the project
    No. of shower stalls
    and changing rooms    		 = No. of bicycle parking space
    10
  5. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.

Tenants

Shared Facilities

For Tenant projects if the building owner provided cycling facilities for its tenants, the project team should also submit:

  1. The documented policy of the building owner or an agreement between the building owner and the project owner authorizing the users of the project to access and use the cycling facilities.
  2. The as-built plans and specifications for the cycling facilities provided by the building owner reflecting the number of cycling facilities can accommodate the users of the project, as well as the users of other tenants.
Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The as-built plans and specifications for the cycling facilities in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • The implemented design of the cycling facilities, which must include the following:
      • Bicycle parking spaces;
      • Shower stalls and changing rooms; and
      • If the project is a residential building, lockers for the staff employed in the project;
    • The number and location of the cycling facilities; and
    • The quality and performance details of the cycling facilities, including its impacts to the overall performance of the project.
  2. The as-built plans and specifications for the sustainable transportation strategies for encouraging cycling in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • The implemented design and location of the sustainable transportation strategies for encouraging cycling; and
    • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including its impacts to the overall performance of the project.
  3. The projected occupancy profile for the project. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The description of the project's intended use;
    • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
    • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift;
    • The maximum number of users per shift; and
    • If the project is a residential building, the maximum number of staff per shift.
  4. The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies during operations.
  5. The calculation for the number of cycling facilities implemented for the users. The project team should use this formula:
    No. of bicycle parking space = Total no. of users for the project based on the projected occupancy profile × Target percentage for providing cycling facilities in the project
    No. of shower stalls
    and changing rooms    		 = No. of bicycle parking space
    10
  6. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:
    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.

Tenants

Shared Facilities

For Tenant projects if the building owner provided cycling facilities for its tenants, the project team should also submit:

  1. The documented policy of the building owner or an agreement between the building owner and the project owner authorizing the users of the project to access and use the cycling facilities.
  2. The as-built plans and specifications for the cycling facilities provided by the building owner reflecting the number of cycling facilities can accommodate the users of the project, as well as the users of other tenants.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to encourage and promote cycling in the project.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
      • Evaluating the transportation patterns of the users of the project; and
      • Identifying and implementing sustainable transportation strategies for encouraging cycling in the project;
    • The responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project and the expected output; and
    • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
  3. The evaluation report on the transportation patters of the users of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • The review of existing policies, procedures, strategies and practices for encouraging and promoting cycling;
    • The current transportation demand of the users, which should include the following:
      • The trip origin and destination of the users; and
      • The transportation habits of users during a typical work week;
    • The existing transportation facilities in the project, which should include the following:
      • The facilities available for private vehicles;
      • The current parking demand of the users; and
      • The number and location of existing cycling facilities, which are bicycle parking spaces, shower stalls and changing rooms;
      • The location of existing amenities for cyclists; and
    • The recommendations to encourage cycling in the project.
  4. The sustainable transportation program for encouraging and promoting cycling. The program must include the following information:
    • The total number of cycling facilities provided in the project;
    • The sustainable transportation strategies for promoting cycling in the project;
    • The expected impact of the strategies once implemented; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  5. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.
  6. The communication records as proof that the sustainable transportation program was communicated to the project stakeholders.
  7. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program. The list must include the following information:
    • The name and designation of the personnel;
    • The contact number of the personnel; and
    • The roles and responsibilities assigned for the implementation of the strategies.
  8. The as-built plans and specifications for the sustainable transportation strategies for encouraging cycling in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • The implemented design and location of the sustainable transportation strategies for encouraging cycling; and
    • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including its impacts to the overall performance of the project.
  9. The monitoring reports reflecting the implementation of the strategies during the performance period.
  10. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:
    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.
  11. The communication records as proof that the implementation of the sustainable transportation program was regularly communicated to the project stakeholders.
  12. The evaluation report on the effectiveness of the implemented sustainable transportation program. The report must include the following information:
    • The outcomes of the implementation of the sustainable transportation strategies for encouraging and promoting cycling;
    • The assessment on whether the strategies were implemented effectively;
    • The assessment on whether the use of bicycles going to and from the project increased after implementing the program;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges, and
    • The recommendations to continuously improve the sustainable transportation program for encouraging and promoting cycling.

If there are no existing cycling facilities in the project, the project team should also submit:

  1. The as-built plans and specifications for the cycling facilities in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • The implemented design of the cycling facilities, which must include the following:
      • Bicycle parking spaces;
      • Shower stalls and changing rooms; and
      • If the project is a residential building, lockers for the staff employed in the project;
    • The number and location of the cycling facilities; and
    • The quality and performance details of the cycling facilities, including its impacts to the overall performance of the project.
  2. The actual occupancy profile for the project during the performance period. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The description of the project's use;
    • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
    • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift;
    • The maximum number of users per shift; and
    • If the project is a residential building, the maximum number of staff per shift.
  3. The calculation for the number of cycling facilities implemented for the users. The project team should use this formula:
    No. of bicycle parking space = Total no. of users for the project based on the projected occupancy profile × Target percentage for providing cycling facilities in the project
    No. of shower stalls
    and changing rooms    		 = No. of bicycle parking space
    10
  4. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:
    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.

Tenants

Shared Facilities

For Tenant projects if the building owner provided cycling facilities for its tenants, the project team should also submit:

  1. The documented policy of the building owner or an agreement between the building owner and the project owner authorizing the users of the project to access and use the cycling facilities.
  2. The as-built plans and specifications for the cycling facilities provided by the building owner reflecting the number of cycling facilities can accommodate the users of the project, as well as the users of other tenants.
Additional Information
Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Transportation impact assessment (TIA)
refers to the process of compiling and analyzing information on the impacts that the project is likely to have on the operation of roads and transport networks. The assessment also serves as a basis for the development and implementation of sustainable transportation programs for the project. The assessment supports the decision making of project owners in identifying and implementing the most appropriate strategies in promoting sustainable transportation options for the project.
Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the LIF-03 Cyclists Amenities under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to Table of Contents

SC-16 Pedestrian Mobility

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 3 to SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being, and SDG 11 to SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities.

All Stages
Buildings
All Occupancy Types
SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being
SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

  • Reduce the contribution of the project to air pollution attributed to vehicle travel by incorporating pedestrian mobility in the project; and
  • Reduce the traffic congestion in the surrounding areas of the project by encouraging walking around the project.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project owner must select a site that is within 250-m walking distance to existing pedestrian amenities in the surrounding area. The pedestrian amenities near the project may be:

  • Crossings, underpasses and overpasses in road network;
  • Bicycle lanes along road network;
  • Bicycle parking spaces for public use;
  • Waiting sheds for mass transportation;
  • Trees providing natural shade along pedestrian sidewalks;
  • Public benches;
  • Drinking water fountains; or
  • Wayfindings that provide directions and distance going to nearby key establishments or landmarks.

In addition, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for incorporating pedestrian mobility in the project.
  2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in identifying and implementing strategies for incorporating pedestrian mobility in the project.
  3. Design dedicated walkways in the project for the users and the public. The walkways must be:
    • Passable and unobstructed from any obstacles, whether installed permanently or temporarily;
    • Easily accessible to the users and the public;
    • Designed in accordance with generally accepted standards for accessibility; and
    • Designed with good visibility and adequate lighting during nighttime;
  4. Identify strategies for encouraging walking around the project. The strategies may be:
    • The provision of pass-through for the users and the public going to adjacent locations or as direct access to nearby pedestrian amenities;
    • The provision of waiting sheds as a stop along mass transportation routes;
    • The provision of drinking water fountains or water refilling stands along walkways for the users and the public;
    • The installation of wayfindings that provide directions and distance in meters (m) going to nearby key establishments or landmarks; or
    • The installation of artworks from Filipino artists that contributes to the local streetscape.
Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project owner must construct the project on a project site that is within 250-m walking distance to existing pedestrian amenities in the surrounding area.

In addition, the project team must:

  1. Implement the design of dedicated walkways in the project for the users and the public.
  2. Implement strategies for encouraging walking around the project.
  3. Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies during operations.
Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for improving pedestrian mobility in the project.

  2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:

    • Evaluating the transportation patterns of the users of the project; and
    • Identifying and implementing strategies for improving pedestrian mobility in the project.

  3. Evaluate the transportation patters of the users of the project. The project team must:

    • Review the existing policies, procedures, strategies and practices for improving pedestrian mobility;
    • Determine the current transportation demand of the users;
    • Identify the existing pedestrian amenities in the project; and
    • Recommend actions to improve pedestrian mobility in the project.

  4. Establish a pedestrian mobility program for the project. The project team must:

    • Ensure that existing walkways in the project are:
      • Passable and unobstructed from any obstacles, whether installed permanently or temporarily;
      • Easily accessible to the users and the public;
      • Designed in accordance with generally accepted standards for accessibility; and
      • Designed with good visibility and adequate lighting during nighttime;
    • Identify strategies for improving pedestrian mobility in the project. The strategies may be:
      • The provision of pass-through for the users and the public going to adjacent locations or as direct access to nearby pedestrian amenities;
      • The provision of waiting sheds as a stop along mass transportation routes;
      • The provision of drinking water fountains or water refilling stands along walkways for the users and the public;
      • The installation of wayfindings that provide directions and distance in meters (m) going to nearby key establishments or landmarks; or
      • The installation of artworks from Filipino artists that contributes to the local streetscape.
    • Establish policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.

  5. Implement the pedestrian mobility program for the project. The project team must:

    • Assign roles and responsibilities to the personnel responsible for the implementation of the strategies;
    • Implement the improvements to the existing walkways in the project;
    • Implement the strategies for improving pedestrian mobility in the project;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of the strategies during the performance period; and
    • Regularly communicate the implementation of the strategies to the project stakeholders.

  6. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implemented pedestrian mobility program. The project team must:

    • Present the outcomes of the implemented strategies for improving pedestrian mobility;
    • Review if the strategies were implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Recommend actions to continuously improve the pedestrian mobility program.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project owner:
3 points
  • Selected a project site that is located within 250-m walking distance from existing pedestrian amenities,
  • Designed dedicated walkways in the project for the users and the public, and
  • Designed three (3) or more strategies to incorporate pedestrian mobility in the project.
2 points
  • Selected a project site that is located within 250-m walking distance from existing pedestrian amenities,
  • Designed dedicated walkways in the project for the users and the public, and
  • Designed two (2) strategies to incorporate pedestrian mobility in the project.
1 point
  • Selected a project site that is located within 250-m walking distance from existing pedestrian amenities,
  • Designed dedicated walkways in the project for the users and the public, and
  • Designed one (1) strategy to incorporate pedestrian mobility in the project.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project owner:
3 points
  • Constructed the project on a project site that is located within 250-m walking distance from existing pedestrian amenities,
  • Implemented the design of dedicated walkways in the project for the users and the public, and
  • Implemented the design of three (3) or more strategies to incorporate pedestrian mobility in the project.
2 points
  • Constructed the project on a project site that is located within 250-m walking distance from existing pedestrian amenities,
  • Implemented the design of dedicated walkways in the project for the users and the public, and
  • Implemented the design of two (2) strategies to incorporate pedestrian mobility in the project.
1 point
  • Constructed the project on a project site that is located within 250-m walking distance from existing pedestrian amenities,
  • Implemented the design of dedicated walkways in the project for the users and the public, and
  • Implemented the design of one (1) strategy to incorporate pedestrian mobility in the project.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project owner:
3 points
  • Established a pedestrian mobility program for the project reflecting three (3) or more strategies to improve pedestrian mobility in the project, and
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.
2 points
  • Established a pedestrian mobility program for the project reflecting two (2) strategies to improve pedestrian mobility in the project, and
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.
1 point
  • Established a pedestrian mobility program for the project reflecting one (1) strategy to improve pedestrian mobility in the project, and
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The site map for the project and the identified pedestrian amenities in the surrounding area. The map must include the following information:
    • The location of the main entrance of the project;
    • The location of the identified pedestrian amenities within 250-m walking distance;
    • The pedestrian routes from the main entrance of the project going to the existing pedestrian amenities, which must be marked up; and
    • The walking distance of each pedestrian amenity from the main entrance of the project.
  2. The photographs of each identified pedestrian amenity in the surrounding area.
  3. The documented policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to incorporate pedestrian mobility in the project.
  4. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in identifying and implementing strategies for incorporating pedestrian mobility in the project;
    • The responsibilities of the professional in the design of the project and the expected output; and
    • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
  5. The plans and specifications for the dedicated walkways for the users and the public. The plans must include the following information:
    • The design and location of the dedicated walkways in the project; and
    • The quality and performance details of the walkways, including its impacts to the overall pedestrian mobility of the project.
  6. The plans and specifications for the strategies for encouraging walking around the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • The design and location of the strategies for encouraging walking around the project; and
    • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including its impacts to the overall performance of the project.
  7. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.
Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The site map for the project and the identified pedestrian amenities in the surrounding area. The map must include the following information:
    • The location of the main entrance of the project;
    • The location of the identified pedestrian amenities within 250-m walking distance;
    • The pedestrian routes from the main entrance of the project going to the existing pedestrian amenities, which must be marked up; and
    • The walking distance of each pedestrian amenity from the main entrance of the project.
  2. The photographs of each identified pedestrian amenity in the surrounding area.
  3. The as-built plans and specifications for the dedicated walkways for the users and the public. The plans must include the following information:
    • The implemented design and location of the dedicated walkways in the project; and
    • The quality and performance details of the walkways, including its impacts to the overall pedestrian mobility of the project.
  4. The as-built plans and specifications for the strategies for encouraging walking around the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • The implemented design and location of the strategies for encouraging walking around the project; and
    • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including its impacts to the overall performance of the project.
  5. The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies during operations.
  6. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:
    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner to improve pedestrian mobility in the project.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
      • Evaluating the transportation patterns of the users of the project; and
    • Identifying and implementing strategies for improving pedestrian mobility in the project;
    • The responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project and the expected output; and
    • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
  3. The evaluation report on the transportation patters of the users of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • The review of existing policies, procedures, strategies and practices for improving pedestrian mobility;
    • The current transportation demand of the users, which should include the following:
      • The number of walking commuters in the project;
      • The trip origin and destination of the users; and
      • The transportation habits of users during a typical work week;
    • The existing pedestrian amenities in the project, which should include the following:
      • The number and location of the existing pedestrian amenities in the project; and
      • The pathways to the existing pedestrian amenities;
    • The recommendations to improve the pedestrian mobility in the project.
  4. The pedestrian mobility program for the project. The program must include the following information:
    • The improvements to the existing walkways in the project;
    • The strategies for improving the pedestrian mobility in the project;
    • The expected impact of the strategies once implemented; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  5. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.
  6. The communication records as proof that the pedestrian mobility program was communicated to the project stakeholders.
  7. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program. The list must include the following information:
    • The name and designation of the personnel;
    • The contact number of the personnel; and
    • The roles and responsibilities assigned for the implementation of the strategies.
  8. The as-built plans and specifications for the improvements to the dedicated walkways for the users and the public. The plans must include the following information:
    • The implemented improvements and location of the dedicated walkways in the project; and
    • The quality and performance details of the walkways, including its impacts to the overall pedestrian mobility of the project.
  9. The monitoring reports reflecting the implementation of the strategies during the performance period.
  10. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:
    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.
  11. The communication records as proof that the implementation of the pedestrian mobility program was regularly communicated to the project stakeholders.
  12. The evaluation report on the effectiveness of the implemented pedestrian mobility program. The report must include the following information:
    • The outcomes of the implementation of the strategies for improving pedestrian mobility;
    • The assessment on whether the strategies were implemented effectively;
    • The assessment on whether the pedestrian mobility improved after implementing the program;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges, and
    • The recommendations to continuously improve the pedestrian mobility program for the project.

If there are no existing pedestrian amenities in the project, the project team should also submit:

  1. The as-built plans and specifications for the strategies for improving pedestrian mobility in the project. The plans must include the following information:
    • The implemented design and location of the strategies for improving pedestrian mobility in the project; and
    • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including its impacts to the overall performance of the project.
  2. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:
    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Key establishments
refers to establishments offer products or services that caters to the necessities of people.
Pedestrian mobility
refers to how walkable the pedestrian environment in the project is for all types of pedestrians. A good pedestrian mobility means that the pedestrian environment within the project is passable, accessible, safe, convenient, comfortable and enjoyable for all pedestrians. (World Bank Group, 2019)
Transportation impact assessment (TIA)
refers to the process of compiling and analyzing information on the impacts that the project is likely to have on the operation of roads and transport networks. The assessment also serves as a basis for the development and implementation of sustainable transportation programs for the project. The assessment supports the decision making of project owners in identifying and implementing the most appropriate strategies in promoting sustainable transportation options for the project.
Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the LIF-01 Pedestrian Mobility under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to Table of Contents

Energy

Energy category focuses on managing, reducing, or eliminating the excessive use of energy in the project. The planning and implementation of energy efficiency and conservation strategies, as well as the utilization of on-site or off-site renewable energy, should result in a significant reduction from the project's overall energy consumption.

No. Credit Name Certification Stage Project Type Occupancy Type Sustainable Development Goal
EN-01 Energy Consumption Reduction All Stages All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 7: Affordable and Clean Energy
SDG 13: Climate Action
EN-02 Renewable Energy All Stages Buildings All Occupancy Types SDG 7: Affordable and Clean Energy
SDG 13: Climate Action
EN-03 Fuel Consumption Reduction S3 All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 7: Affordable and Clean Energy
SDG 13: Climate Action

Back to Table of Contents

EN-01 Energy Consumption Reduction

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 7 to SDG 7: Affordable and Clean Energy, and SDG 13 to SDG 13: Climate Action.

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 7: Affordable and Clean Energy
SDG 13: Climate Action

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

  • Reduce the energy consumption of the project through energy efficiency and conservation; and
  • Improve the overall energy performance of the project.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish the target energy consumption reduction for the project.
  2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
    • Preparing the energy base case for the project; and
    • Identifying and implementing energy efficiency and conservation strategies in the project.
  3. Establish an energy base case. The energy base case should be a simulation or calculation of the projected energy use patterns during the operations of the project. The energy base case must include the following:
    • The projected annual operational energy consumption in kilowatt-hours (kWh) per energy end use,
    • The projected annual total operational energy consumption in kWh, and
    • The energy use intensity in kilowatt-hours per square meter (kWh/m2).
  4. Design the project that incorporates the following:
    • Passive design strategies for energy conservation. Passive design strategies should include the following:
      • The appropriate building shape and orientation considering the site location;
      • The proper design of the building envelope to:
        • Reduce heat gain, and
        • Reduce air and moisture infiltration in air-conditioned spaces.
      • The effective use of natural ventilation to reduce the need for active cooling technologies;
      • The effective use of daylighting to reduce the need for artificial lighting; and
      • The use of cogeneration and trigeneration to maximize energy use in the project.
    • Active energy-efficient products, technologies and equipment. Energy-efficient strategies should include the specification and procurement of energy-efficient products, technologies and equipment, including:
      • Lighting,
      • Heating, ventilation, air conditioning (HVAC) and refrigeration,
      • Pumps and motors for mechanical and electrical equipment, and
      • Building automation.
  5. Establish an energy metering and monitoring system to monitor and manage the energy consumption during the operations of the project. The project team must be able to measure and monitor the energy consumption of the project by energy end use or by area. The project team may incorporate a building automation system (BAS) in the design to centrally monitor and manage the energy consumption of the project.
  6. Present the energy design case. The energy design case must include the following:
    • The projected annual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use based on the design of the project,
    • The projected annual total operational energy consumption in kWh,
    • The energy use intensity in kWh/m2,
    • The percentage of energy consumption reduction attributed to:
      • Passive design strategies to conserve energy; and
      • Active energy-efficient products, technologies and equipment to optimize energy use.
    • The total percentage of energy consumption reduction compared to the energy base case.
Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Implement the design for incorporating:
    • Passive design strategies to conserver energy; and
    • Active energy-efficient products, technologies and equipment to optimize energy use.
  2. Install energy meters for the implementation of the energy metering and monitoring system to monitor and manage the energy consumption during the operations of the project. he project team may implement a building automation system (BAS) to centrally monitor and manage the energy consumption of the project.
  3. Conduct commissioning and testing for the implemented building systems and equipment in the project. Through the commissioning and testing, the project team must confirm the achievement of the performance requirements for all implemented building systems and equipment. The commissioning and testing must be:
    • Conducted by a third-party commissioning body;
    • Based on the performance requirements and manufacturer's specifications identified during the design of the project; and
    • Based on testing methodologies from generally accepted standards. Appropriate standards must be used for the commissioning and testing of each building system and equipment.
  4. Present the energy as-built case. The energy as-built case must include the following:
    • The projected annual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use based on the implemented design of the project,
    • The projected annual total operational energy consumption in kWh,
    • The energy use intensity in kWh/m2,
    • The percentage of energy consumption reduction attributed to:
      • Passive design strategies to conserve energy; and
      • Active energy-efficient products, technologies and equipment to optimize energy use.
    • The total percentage of energy consumption reduction compared to the energy base case.
  5. Establish maintenance and management measures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the energy efficiency and conservation strategies during the operations of the project. The project team must:
    • Engage a service provider for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies;
    • Employ or designate a professional qualified and competent in:
      • Managing the energy consumption of the building systems and equipment;
      • Implementing and improving the energy and conservation strategies during operations;
      • Conducting regular energy audits for the project; and
      • Preparing the annual energy consumption and energy efficiency and conservation reports submitted to the government.
    • Develop a maintenance and management program for the operations of the project; and
    • Provide trainings to workers and staff to improve their knowledge and skills on the proper operations, management and maintenance of the building systems and equipment.
Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish the target energy consumption reduction for the project.
  2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
    • Evaluating the energy use in the project; and
    • Planning and implementing strategies to effectively manage energy use and to improve the energy performance of the project.
  3. Evaluate the energy use in the project. The evaluation must include the following:
    • The effectiveness of the implementation of existing energy efficiency and conservation strategies, which should include:
      • Passive design strategies for energy conservation. Passive design strategies should include the following:
        • The building shape and orientation considering the site location;
        • The proper design of the building envelope to:
          • Reduce heat gain, and
          • Reduce air and moisture infiltration in air-conditioned spaces.
        • The effective use of natural ventilation to reduce the need for active cooling technologies;
        • The effective use of daylighting to reduce the need for artificial lighting; and
        • The use of cogeneration and trigeneration to maximize energy use in the project.
      • Active energy-efficient products, technologies and equipment. Energy-efficient strategies should include the specification and procurement of energy-efficient products, technologies and equipment, including:
        • Lighting,
        • HVAC and refrigeration,
        • Pumps and motors for mechanical and electrical equipment, and
        • Building automation.
    • The implementation of the existing policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the energy efficiency and conservation strategies; and
    • The implementation of the energy metering and monitoring system to monitor and manage the energy consumption of the project.
  4. Establish an energy base case. The energy base case should be the actual energy consumption during the operations of the project prior to the performance period. The energy base case for operations must include the following:
    • The actual annual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use,
    • The actual annual total operational energy consumption in kWh, and
    • The energy use intensity in kWh/m2.
  5. Establish an energy efficiency and conservation program. The program must include the following:
    • The energy efficiency and conservation strategies to further improve the energy performance of the project;
    • The identified activities to:
      • Inform the users on the energy efficiency and conservation strategies in the project and its benefits, and
      • Educate the users on energy efficiency and conservation;
    • The maintenance and management measures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the energy efficiency and conservation strategies.
  6. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the energy efficiency and conservation program. The action plan must include the following:
    • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
    • The communication of the energy efficiency and conservation program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  7. Implement the energy efficiency and conservation program. The project team must:
    • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Implement the energy efficiency and conservation strategies;
    • Implement the activities to:
      • Inform the users on the energy efficiency and conservation strategies in the project and its benefits, and
      • Educate the users on energy efficiency and conservation;
    • Implement the maintenance and management measures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the energy efficiency and conservation strategies;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period; and
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  8. Present the energy as-built case. The energy as-built case for operations must include the following:
    • The actual annual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use,
    • The actual annual total operational energy consumption in kWh,
    • The energy use intensity in kWh/m2,
    • The percentage of energy consumption reduction attributed to:
      • Implemented passive design strategies and other energy conservation strategies during operations; and
      • Improvements to active energy-efficient products, technologies and equipment to further optimize energy use.
    • The total percentage of energy consumption reduction compared to the energy base case.
  9. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the energy efficiency and conservation program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the energy performance of the project after the performance period.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Presented a projected energy consumption reduction of fifty percent (50%) or more compared to the energy base case based on design.
2 points Presented a projected energy consumption reduction of thirty percent (30%) to less than fifty percent (<50%) compared to the energy base case based on design.
1 point Presented a projected energy consumption reduction of fifteen percent (15%) to less than thirty percent (<30%) compared to the energy base case based on design.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Presented a projected energy consumption reduction of fifty percent (50%) or more compared to the energy base case based on the implemented design.
2 points Presented a projected energy consumption reduction of thirty percent (30%) to less than fifty percent (<50%) compared to the energy base case based on the implemented design.
1 point Presented a projected energy consumption reduction of fifteen percent (15%) to less than thirty percent (<30%) compared to the energy base case based on the implemented design.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Presented an actual energy consumption reduction of forty percent (40%) or more compared to the energy base case during the performance period.
2 points Presented an actual energy consumption reduction of twenty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) compared to the energy base case during the performance period.
1 point Presented an actual energy consumption reduction of ten percent (10%) to less than twenty percent (<20%) compared to the energy base case during the performance period.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the target energy consumption reduction of the project. The policy must reflect the target percentage (%) of energy consumption reduction for the project.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
      • Preparing the energy base case for the project; and
      • Identifying and implementing energy efficiency and conservation strategies in the project;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the design and construction of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. The energy base case. The report must reflect the projected annual operational energy consumption based on the design of the project.
  4. The projected occupancy profile for the project. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Description of the project's intended use;
    • Number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
    • Number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
    • Maximum number of users per shift.
  5. The plans for the energy efficiency and conservation strategies. The plans must include the following information:
    • Design of all energy-related building systems in the project, which should include:
      • Building shape and orientation,
      • Building envelope,
      • Lighting and daylighting,
      • HVAC and refrigeration,
      • Pumps and motors, and
      • Receptacle loads.
    • Location of all energy-related building systems;
    • Location of energy meters in the project; and
    • Scope of each energy meter, which must be by energy and use or by area.
  6. The specifications for the energy efficiency and conservation strategies. The specifications must reflect the quality and performance details for the following:
    • All energy-related building systems in the project,
    • Passive design strategies incorporated in the project, which should include:
      • Orientation and building design reflecting the following information:
        • Building orientation,
        • Building shape or the surface area to gross floor area ratio,
        • Service core location,
        • Position of entrances,
        • Hardscapes around the building, and
        • Spatial organization of various building functions;
      • Building envelope design reflecting the following information:
        • Material information reflecting the following:
          • Heat transfer protection,
          • Humidity protection,
          • Mean radiant temperature (MRT) effect,
          • Envelope color, and
          • Infiltration protection and control;
        • Shading information reflecting the following:
          • Efficiency of the shading devices, and
          • Use of natural shading devices;
        • Fenestration information reflecting the following:
          • Location, nature and size of openings, and
          • Solar heat gain coefficient;
      • Overall heat transfer through the building envelope reflecting the following information:
        • Wall OTTV in watts per square meter (W/m2), and
        • Roof OTTV in W/m2;
      • Effective use of natural ventilation reflecting the following information:
        • Use of natural ventilation in regularly occupied spaces, and
        • Average ventilation rate in naturally ventilated spaces in cubic meter per hour per person (m3/hour/person);
      • Effective use of daylighting reflecting the following information:
        • Use of daylight in regularly occupied spaces,
        • Zoning for integrated lighting and daylighting,
        • Use of sensors to maintain illumination levels, and
        • Contrast ratio of brightness;
    • Active design strategies specified for the project, which should include:
      • Lighting system reflecting the following information:
        • Lighting power density of each space in W/m2, and
        • Projected total operational energy consumption in kWh;
      • HVAC and refrigeration system reflecting the following information:
        • HVAC system efficiency in kilowatts per ton (kW/ton) and W/m2,
        • Cooling seasonal performance factor of the air-conditioning system, and
        • Projected total operational energy consumption in kWh;
      • Pumps and motors reflecting the following information:
        • System efficiency in W/m2, and
        • Projected total operational energy consumption in kWh;
      • Receptacle loads reflecting the projected total operational energy consumption in kWh;
    • Renewable energy system designed for the project reflecting the following information:
      • Type of renewable energy system,
      • Potential energy produced by the renewable energy system in kW, and
      • Equivalent energy intensity of the potential renewable energy production in kWh/m2.
  7. The schedule of the energy meters. The schedule must include the following information:
    • Product name and model;
    • Technical description and specifications;
    • Number of energy meters; and
    • Scope of each energy meter, which must be by energy and use or by area.
  8. The documented policies and procedures for the proper use of the energy meters to monitor, record and report the energy consumption of the project during operations.
  9. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
  10. The energy design case. The report must include the following information:
    • Analysis how the project team selected the final design option for the project;
    • Projected annual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use based on the design of the project,
    • Projected annual total operational energy consumption in kWh,
    • Energy use intensity in kWh/m2,
    • Percentage of energy consumption reduction attributed to:
      • Passive design strategies to conserve energy; and
      • Active energy-efficient products, technologies and equipment to optimize energy use.
    • Total percentage of energy consumption reduction compared to the energy base case.

If the project team incorporated a BAS in the design, the project team should also submit the plans and specifications of the BAS. The documentation must include the following information:

  • Location of the BAS in the project,
  • Connection of the energy meters to the BAS,
  • Scope of the remote and automatic control function, and
  • Scope of the performance monitoring.
Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The as-built plans for the energy efficiency and conservation strategies. The plans must include the following information:

    • Design of all energy-related building systems in the project, which should include:
      • Building shape and orientation,
      • Building envelope,
      • Lighting and daylighting,
      • HVAC and refrigeration,
      • Pumps and motors, and
      • Receptacle loads.
    • Location of all energy-related building systems;
    • Location of energy meters in the project; and
    • Scope of each energy meter, which must be by energy and use or by area.

  2. The as-built specifications for the energy efficiency and conservation strategies. The specifications must reflect the quality and performance details for the following:

    • All energy-related building systems in the project,
    • Passive design strategies implemented in the project, which should include:
      • Orientation and building design reflecting the following information:
        • Building orientation,
        • Building shape or the surface area to gross floor area ratio,
        • Service core location,
        • Position of entrances,
        • Hardscapes around the building, and
        • Spatial organization of various building functions;
      • Building envelope design reflecting the following information:
        • Material information reflecting the following:
          • Heat transfer protection,
          • Humidity protection,
          • Mean radiant temperature (MRT) effect,
          • Envelope color, and
          • Infiltration protection and control;
        • Shading information reflecting the following:
          • Efficiency of the shading devices, and
          • Use of natural shading devices;
        • Fenestration information reflecting the following:
          • Location, nature and size of openings, and
          • Solar heat gain coefficient;
      • Overall heat transfer through the building envelope reflecting the following information:
        • Wall OTTV in watts per square meter (W/m2), and
        • Roof OTTV in W/m2;
      • Effective use of natural ventilation reflecting the following information:
        • Use of natural ventilation in regularly occupied spaces, and
        • Average ventilation rate in naturally ventilated spaces in cubic meter per hour per person (m3/hour/person);
      • Effective use of daylighting reflecting the following information:
        • Use of daylight in regularly occupied spaces,
        • Zoning for integrated lighting and daylighting,
        • Use of sensors to maintain illumination levels, and
        • Contrast ratio of brightness;
    • Active design strategies specified for the project, which should include:
      • Lighting system reflecting the following information:
        • Lighting power density of each space in W/m2, and
        • Projected total operational energy consumption in kWh;
      • HVAC and refrigeration system reflecting the following information:
        • HVAC system efficiency in kilowatts per ton (kW/ton) and W/m2,
        • Cooling seasonal performance factor of the air-conditioning system, and
        • Projected total operational energy consumption in kWh;
      • Pumps and motors reflecting the following information:
        • System efficiency in W/m2, and
        • Projected total operational energy consumption in kWh;
      • Receptacle loads reflecting the projected total operational energy consumption in kWh;
    • Renewable energy system designed for the project reflecting the following information:
      • Type of renewable energy system,
      • Potential energy produced by the renewable energy system in kW, and
      • Equivalent energy intensity of the potential renewable energy production in kWh/m2.

  3. The projected occupancy profile for the project. The documentation must include the following information:

    • Description of the project's intended use;
    • Number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
    • Number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
    • Maximum number of users per shift.

  4. The commissioning report reflecting all energy-related building systems were successfully installed, tested and evaluated. The commissioning report must also contain the confirmation that all energy-related building systems meet the performance requirements based on the design of the project.

  5. The energy as-built case. The report must include the following information:

    • Projected annual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use based on the implemented design of the project,
    • Projected annual total operational energy consumption in kWh,
    • Energy use intensity in kWh/m2,
    • Percentage of energy consumption reduction attributed to:
      • Implemented passive design strategies to conserve energy; and
      • Implemented active energy-efficient products, technologies and equipment to optimize energy use.
    • Total percentage of energy consumption reduction compared to the energy base case.
    % Ereduced = Ebase − Eas-built × 100%
    Ebase

    where:

    Ereduced = Energy consumption reduction
    Ebase = Energy consumption based on energy base case
    Eas-built = Energy consumption based on energy as-built case

  6. The documented policies and procedures for the proper use of the energy meters to monitor, record and report the energy consumption of the project during operations.

  7. The maintenance and management measures during the operations of the project. The documentation must consist of the following:

    • Proof of engagement with a service provider for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies during operations;
    • Proof of engagement with a qualified and competed professional for the energy management of the project;
    • Maintenance and management program for the energy-related building systems; and
    • Training program for the workers and staff to improve their knowledge and skills of the proper operations, management and maintenance of the building systems and equipment.

  8. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:

    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the target energy consumption reduction of the project. The policy must reflect the target percentage (%) of energy consumption reduction for the project.

  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:

    • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
      • Preparing the energy base case for the project; and
      • Identifying and implementing energy efficiency and conservation strategies in the project;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.

  3. The energy base case. The report must reflect the actual annual operational energy consumption during the operations of the project prior to the performance period.

  4. The actual occupancy profile for the project. The documentation must include the following information:

    • Description of the project's use;
    • Number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
    • Number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
    • Maximum number of users per shift.

  5. The energy efficiency and conservation program. The program must include the following information:

    • Energy efficiency and conservation strategies to further improve the energy performance of the project;
    • Regular activities identified to:
      • Inform the users on the energy efficiency and conservation strategies in the project and its benefits, and
      • Educate the users on energy efficiency and conservation;
    • Schedule for conducting the regular activities for energy efficiency and conservation;
    • Maintenance and management measures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the energy efficiency and conservation strategies; and
    • Resources allocated to support the implementation of the program.

  6. The action plan for the implementation of the energy efficiency and conservation program. The action plan must include the following information:

    • Roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • Methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
    • Documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.

  7. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.

  8. The communication records as proof that the energy efficiency and conservation program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.

  9. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:

    • Name of the personnel,
    • Designation and contact information, and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.

  10. The as-built plans for the energy efficiency and conservation strategies. The plans must include the following information:

    • Implemented design of all energy-related building systems in the project, which should include:
      • Building shape and orientation,
      • Building envelope,
      • Lighting and daylighting,
      • HVAC and refrigeration,
      • Pumps and motors, and
      • Receptacle loads.
    • Location of all energy-related building systems;
    • Location of energy meters in the project; and
    • Scope of each energy meter, which must be by energy and use or by area.

  11. The as-built specifications for the energy efficiency and conservation strategies. The specifications must reflect the quality and performance details for the following:

    • All energy-related building systems in the project,
    • Passive design strategies implemented in the project, which should include:
      • Orientation and building design reflecting the following information:
        • Building orientation,
        • Building shape or the surface area to gross floor area ratio,
        • Service core location,
        • Position of entrances,
        • Hardscapes around the building, and
        • Spatial organization of various building functions;
      • Building envelope design reflecting the following information:
        • Material information reflecting the following:
          • Heat transfer protection,
          • Humidity protection,
          • Mean radiant temperature (MRT) effect,
          • Envelope color, and
          • Infiltration protection and control;
        • Shading information reflecting the following:
          • Efficiency of the shading devices, and
          • Use of natural shading devices;
        • Fenestration information reflecting the following:
          • Location, nature and size of openings, and
          • Solar heat gain coefficient;
      • Overall heat transfer through the building envelope reflecting the following information:
        • Wall OTTV in watts per square meter (W/m2), and
        • Roof OTTV in W/m2;
      • Effective use of natural ventilation reflecting the following information:
        • Use of natural ventilation in regularly occupied spaces, and
        • Average ventilation rate in naturally ventilated spaces in cubic meter per hour per person (m3/hour/person);
      • Effective use of daylighting reflecting the following information:
        • Use of daylight in regularly occupied spaces,
        • Zoning for integrated lighting and daylighting,
        • Use of sensors to maintain illumination levels, and
        • Contrast ratio of brightness;
    • Active design strategies specified for the project, which should include:
      • Lighting system reflecting the following information:
        • Lighting power density of each space in W/m2, and
        • Actual total operational energy consumption in kWh;
      • HVAC and refrigeration system reflecting the following information:
        • HVAC system efficiency in kilowatts per ton (kW/ton) and W/m2,
        • Cooling seasonal performance factor of the air-conditioning system, and
        • Actual total operational energy consumption in kWh;
      • Pumps and motors reflecting the following information:
        • System efficiency in W/m2, and
        • Actual total operational energy consumption in kWh;
      • Receptacle loads reflecting the projected total operational energy consumption in kWh;
    • Renewable energy system implemented in the project reflecting the following information:
      • Type of renewable energy system,
      • Potential energy produced by the renewable energy system in kW, and
      • Equivalent energy intensity of the potential renewable energy production in kWh/m2.

  12. The energy as-built case for operations. The report must include the following information:

    • Energy consumption data for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
    • Reference of the energy data usage, which must be either of the following:
      • Utility bills, or
      • Metering reports;
    • Calculation of the energy consumption reduction achieved in the operations in kWh/m2; and
    • Calculation of the percentage of energy consumption reduction compared to the energy base case. To calculate for the energy consumption reduction, you may use this formula:
    % Ereduced = Ebase − Eperformance × 100%
    Ebase

    where:

    Ereduced = Energy consumption reduction
    Ebase = Energy consumption based on the actual operational energy consumption for at least twelve (12) months prior to the performance period
    Eperformance = Energy consumption based on the actual operational energy consumption for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period

  13. The documented policies and procedures for the proper use of the energy meters to monitor, record and report the energy consumption of the project during operations.

  14. The maintenance and management measures during the operations of the project. The documentation must consist of the following:

    • Proof of engagement with a service provider for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies during operations;
    • Proof of engagement with a qualified and competed professional for the energy management of the project;
    • Maintenance and management program for the energy-related building systems; and
    • Training program for the workers and staff to improve their knowledge and skills of the proper operations, management and maintenance of the building systems and equipment.

  15. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:

    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records,
    • Photographs, and
    • Regular energy audit reports.

  16. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:

    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the energy efficiency and conservation program after the performance period.

Additional Information

Energy base case

The project team must use one of the following options to establish the energy base case:

  1. Simulate the project's energy base case.
  2. Calculate the project's energy base case.
  3. Use the energy base case of an existing comparable project.
  4. Use the energy base case from a reference standard.
  5. Use the actual energy consumption of the project for the past twelve (12) months.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, the project team may use energy base case of the base building.

Simulate the energy base case

When simulating the energy base case, the project team must use a computer simulation program to simulate the energy base case of the project. The project team must provide the narrative how the project and its energy-related building systems will be used to simulate the potential energy use in the project.

The project team must submit:

  1. The copy of the reference codes or generally accepted standards used for the energy simulation of the project.
  2. The report on the scope and narrative description of the project used in the computer simulation. The report must include the following information:
    • The total gross floor area in m2;
    • The occupancy profile reflecting the following:
      • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
      • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
      • The maximum number of users per shift;
    • The description of the project's intended use;
    • The technical description of all energy-related building systems in the project;
    • The computer simulation program and the version used for the simulation; and
    • The summary of the energy simulation input data.
  3. The report on the simulated energy base case of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • The projected annual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use;
    • The projected annual total operational energy consumption in kWh; and
    • The energy use intensity in kWh/m2.
Calculate the energy base case

When calculating the energy base case, the calculation for the energy performance must be reflective of the potential energy use patterns during the operations of the project. The project team must provide the narrative how the project and its energy-related building systems will be used to estimate the potential energy use in the project.

The project team must submit:

  1. The report on the scope and narrative description of the project used for the calculation. The report must include the following information:
    • The total gross floor area in m2;
    • The occupancy profile reflecting the following:
      • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
      • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
      • The maximum number of users per shift;
    • The description of the project's intended use; and
    • The technical description of all energy-related building systems in the project.
  2. The copy of the reference codes or generally accepted standards used for the energy consumption rates of all energy-related building systems in the calculation.
  3. The report on the calculated energy base case of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • The projected annual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use;
    • The projected annual total operational energy consumption in kWh; and
    • The energy use intensity in kWh/m2.
Use the energy base case of an existing comparable project

When using an energy base base of an existing comparable project, the project team must be able to establish how the identified comparable project is similar to the design, function and use of the project. This is to ensure that the established base case will be similar to the projected energy performance of the project.

The project team must submit:

  1. The report on the technical description of the identified existing comparable project. The report must include the following information:
    • The comparable project's name;
    • The comparable project's location;
    • The comparable project owner's name;
    • The total gross floor area of the comparable project in m2;
    • The occupancy profile reflecting the following:
      • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
      • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
      • The maximum number of users per shift;
    • The description of the comparable project's use.
  2. The proof of ownership or an authorization from the comparable project owner for using the energy consumption data of the comparable projects to establish the energy base case of the project.
  3. The documentation on the energy consumption data of the comparable project, which must be based on either of the following:
    • The energy consumption of all energy-related building systems of the comparable project, which must include the following:
      • The energy consumption rates of all energy-related building systems of the comparable project;
      • The projected annual total energy consumption of the comparable project in kWh;
      • The projected annual energy consumption each identified energy-related building systems in kWh based on reference codes or generally accepted standards; and
      • The copy of the reference codes or generally accepted standards used for the energy consumption rates of all energy-related building systems.
    • The actual energy consumption of the comparable project for at least twelve (12) months, which must be based on either the following:
      • Utility bills; or
      • Energy monitoring reports.
  4. The report on the calculated energy base case of the project based on the data from the comparable project. The report must include the following information:
    • The projected annual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use;
    • The projected annual total operational energy consumption in kWh; and
    • The energy use intensity in kWh/m2.
Use the energy base case from a reference standard

When using an energy base case from a reference standard, the project team must use the base case applicable to the project, which may be based on the scope of the base case, project type or occupancy type.

The project team must submit:

  1. The copy of the reference standard used for the energy base case.
  2. The projected occupancy profile for the project. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
    • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
    • The maximum number of users per shift.
  3. The report on the calculated energy base case of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • The projected annual total operational energy consumption in kWh; and
    • The energy use intensity in kWh/m2.
Use the actual energy consumption

S3

For projects under operations, the project team should present the actual energy consumption of the project for at least twelve (12) months prior to the performance period of the project.

The project team must submit:

  1. The copy of the reference documents reflecting the actual energy consumption of the project for at least twelve (12) months, which must be based on either of the following:
    • Utility bills; or
    • Energy monitoring reports.
  2. The actual occupancy profile for the project. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
    • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
    • The maximum number of users per shift.
  3. The report on the presented energy base case of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • The actual annual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use;
    • The actual annual total operational energy consumption in kWh; and
    • The energy use intensity in kWh/m2.
Use the energy base case of the base building

Tenants

When using the energy base case of the base building, the project team is responsible for securing the energy consumption data from the building owner or manager. The energy base case of the base building may be used to calculate for the projected energy consumption of the tenant space.

The project team must submit:

  1. The documentation on the energy consumption data of the base building, which must be base on either of the following:
    • The energy consumption of all energy-related building systems of the base building, which must include the following:
      • The energy consumption rates of all energy-related building systems of the base building;
      • The projected annual total energy consumption of the base building in kWh;
      • The projected annual energy consumption each identified energy-related building systems in kWh based on reference codes or generally accepted standards; and
      • The copy of the reference codes or generally accepted standards used for the energy consumption rates of all energy-related building systems.
    • The actual energy consumption of the base building for at least twelve (12) months, which must be based on either the following:
      • Utility bills; or
      • Energy monitoring reports.
  2. The report on the calculated energy base case of the project based on the data from the base building. The report must include the following information:
    • The projected annual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use;
    • The projected annual total operational energy consumption in kWh; and
    • The energy use intensity in kWh/m2.
Energy design case

When preparing the energy design case, the project team must demonstrate how the energy performance of the project improved through incorporating energy efficiency and conservation strategies in the design of the project.

The project team should submit the energy design case. The design case must include the following information:

  • The schedule of electrical loads reflecting the energy consumption rates of all energy-related building systems in the design of the project;
  • The analysis how the project team selected the final design option for the project;
  • The projected annual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use based on the design of the project;
  • The projected annual total operational energy consumption in kWh;
  • The energy use intensity in kWh/m2;
  • The percentage of energy consumption reduction attributed to:
    • Passive design strategies to conserve energy; and
    • Active energy-efficient products, technologies and equipment to optimize energy use.
  • The total percentage of energy consumption reduction compared to the energy base case.
% Ereduced = Ebase − Edesign × 100%
Ebase

where:

Ereduced = Energy consumption reduction
Ebase = Energy consumption based on energy base case
Edesign = Energy consumption based on energy design case
Terms and Definition

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Base case
refers to the modelling, calculation, or set of data used as the basis for comparison where the performance of a project is measured from.
Building automation system
refers refers to a management system, usually with additional capabilities, relating to the overall operation of the building in which it is installed, such as equipment monitoring, protection of equipment against power failure, and building security. (American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-conditioning Engineers, Inc., n.d.)
Certified Energy Conservation Officer (CECO)
refers to a professional who obtains a certification as a CECO after demonstrating high levels of experience, competence, proficiency and ethical fitness in the energy management profession, and who shall be responsible for the supervision and maintenance of the facilities of Type 1 designated establishments for the proper management of energy consumption and such other functions deemed necessary for the efficient and judicious utilization of energy under this act. (Energy Efficiency and Conservation Act, 2019)
Certified Energy Manager (CEM)
refers to a licensed engineer who obtains a certification as a CEM after demonstrating high levels of experience, competence, proficiency and ethical fitness in the energy management profession, and who shall be chosen by Type 2 designated establishments to plan, lead, manage, coordinate, monitor, evaluate the implementation of sustainable energy management within their organizations. (Energy Efficiency and Conservation Act, 2019)
Commissioning
refers to the systematic process of functional performance testing, verification, documentation and training intended to ensure that the building and its systems operate in accordance with the defined objectives and criteria of the project. (International Organization for Standardization, 2017)
Design case
refers to the modelling, calculation, or set of data reflecting the improved performance of the project based on the design of the project.
Energy
refers to the power from the utilization of renewable or non-renewable resources to be used for heating, cooling, lighting and ventilation of the building.
Energy Audit
refers to the systematic analysis of energy use and energy consumption within a defined energy audit scope, in order to identify, quantify and report on the opportunities for improved energy performance. (Bureau of Philippine Standards, 2014)
Energy base case
refers to the base case for energy consumption where the projected energy consumption reduction of a project is measured from. The energy base case should be a simulation or calculation of the projected energy use patterns for the project's operations.
Energy use intensity
refers to the measure of the energy use of projects, and it is primarily used to evaluate the reduction of the overall energy consumption of a project. EUI is also used to benchmark the energy consumption of a project to other comparable projects.
Energy conservation
refers to the reduction or elimination of unnecessary energy use and waste. (United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, n.d.)
Energy-related building systems

refers to all electrical loads designed or installed in a project that consumes energy. These loads includes:

  • Lighting;
  • Small power or receptacle loads;
  • Motors, such as:
    • Elevators;
    • Escalators;
    • Walkways;
    • Pumps;
  • Heating, Ventilation, and Air Conditioning (HVAC) systems, such as:
    • Heaters;
    • Fans; and
    • Air conditioners.
Energy efficiency
refers to the way of managing and restraining the growth in energy consumption resulting in the delivery of more services for the same energy input or the same services for less energy input. (Energy Efficiency and Conservation Act, 2019)
Net Zero Energy

refers to the conservation and optimization of the energy use in projects, and the use of the renewable energy for the project's remaining operational energy demand. Projects may be recognized as a Net Zero Energy project when the project team:

  • Achieves a minimum of BERDE 4-Star Certification;
  • Achieve a perfect score under the Energy Efficiency and Conservation category; and
  • Use 100% renewable energy for the project's operational energy demand.

The project will be awarded with a separate certification as a Net Zero Energy project.

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

  • Republic of the Philippines. (2008). Renewable Energy Act of 2008 [Republic Act No. 9513]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/2008/12/16/republic-act-no-9513/.
  • Republic of the Philippines. (2019). Energy Efficiency and Conservation Act [Republic Act No. 11285]. https://www.officialgazette.gov.ph/downloads/2019/04apr/20190412-RA-11285-RRD.pdf.
  • Department of Energy. (2019). Implementing rules and regulations of Republic Act No. 11285 [DOE Department Circular No. DC2019-11-0014]. https://www.doe.gov.ph/sites/default/files/pdf/issuances/dc2019-11-0014-updated.PDF.
  • Department of Energy. (2018). Promulgating the Rules and Guidelines Governing the Establishment of the Green Energy Option Program Pursuant to the Renewable Energy Act of 2008 [Department Circular No. DC2018-07-0019]. https://www.doe.gov.ph/sites/default/files/pdf/issuances/dc2018-07-0019_0.PDF.
  • Bureau of Philippine Standards. (2011). Energy management systems — Requirements with guidance for use [PNS ISO 50001:2011]. BPS.
  • Bureau of Philippine Standards. (2014). Energy audits — Requirements with guidance for use [PNS ISO 50002:2014]. BPS.
  • International Organization for Standardization. (2020). Energy management systems — Guidance for the implementation, maintenance and improvement of an ISO 50001 energy management system [ISO Standard 50004]. ISO.
  • International Organization for Standardization. (2018). Energy management systems — Requirements with guidance for use [ISO Standard 50001]. ISO.
  • International Code Council. (2018). 2018 international energy conservation code [2018 IECC]. ICC.
Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the Requirements of the Advancing Net Zero Philippines — Advancing Net Zero Energy — Version 1.1.0.

Back to Table of Contents

EN-02 Renewable Energy

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 7 to SDG 7: Affordable and Clean Energy, and SDG 13 to SDG 13: Climate Action.

All Stages
Buildings
All Occupancy Types
SDG 7: Affordable and Clean Energy
SDG 13: Climate Action

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

  • Use renewable energy to reduce the demand for non-renewable energy sources; and
  • Reduce the overall energy demand of the project through the use of on- or off-site renewable energy.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a target renewable energy generation for the project.
  2. Identify and engage a qualified professional competent in:
    • Conducting an assessment to determine the appropriate use of renewable energy for the project; and
    • Identifying and implementing strategies to use renewable energy in the project.
  3. Present the energy design case. The energy design case must include the following:
    • The projected annual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use based on the design of the project,
    • The projected annual total operational energy consumption in kWh, and
    • The energy use intensity in kWh/m2.
  4. Identify the appropriate renewable energy system for the project. The project should:
    • Generate electricity using on-site renewable energy;
    • Purchase renewable energy from a registered retail electricity supplier; or
    • Use a combination of on- and off-site renewable energy.
  5. Establish an energy metering and monitoring system to monitor and manage the renewable energy generation and use during the operations of the project.
  6. Present the projected energy production equivalent of the renewable energy identified in the project in kWh/m2.
On-site Renewable Energy

If the project will use on-site renewable energy, the project team must:

  1. Identify the appropriate on-site renewable energy system for the project.
  2. Present the projected percentage of renewable energy that will be generated by the on-site renewable energy system.
Off-site Renewable Energy

If the project will purchase off-site renewable energy, the project team must identify and engage a registered retail electricity supplier to:

  • Supply 100% renewable energy to the project based on its projected annual operational energy demand.
  • Supply renewable energy for at least five (5) years from the start of the project's operations.
Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Implement the appropriate renewable energy system for the project.
  2. Install energy meters for the implementation of the energy metering and monitoring system to monitor and manage the renewable energy generation and use during the operations of the project.
  3. Present the projected energy production equivalent of the renewable energy identified in the project in kWh/m2.
On-site Renewable Energy

If the project used on-site renewable energy, the project team must:

  1. Implement the appropriate on-site renewable energy system for the project.
  2. Conduct commissioning and testing for the implemented renewable energy system in the project. Through the commissioning and testing, the project team must confirm the achievement of the performance requirements for the implemented renewable energy system. The commissioning and testing must be:
    • Conducted by a third-party commissioning body;
    • Based on the performance requirements and manufacturer's specifications identified during the design of the project; and
    • Based on testing methodologies from generally accepted standards. Appropriate standards must be used for the commissioning and testing of the renewable energy system.
  3. Present the projected percentage of renewable energy that will be generated by the on-site renewable energy system.
Off-site Renewable Energy

If the project purchased off-site renewable energy, the project team must confirm the engagement of a registered retail electricity supplier to:

  • Supply 100% renewable energy to the project based on its projected annual operational energy demand.
  • Supply renewable energy for at least five (5) years from the start of the project's operations.
Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish the target renewable energy use for the project.
  2. Identify and engage a qualified professional competent in:
    • Conducting an assessment on the existing use of renewable energy for the project; and
    • Identifying and implementing strategies to use renewable energy in the project.
  3. Evaluate the renewable energy use in the project. The project team must:
    • Review the renewable energy use prior to the performance period of the project;
    • Review the existing policies and procedures for renewable energy use in the project; and
    • Recommend actions to improve the use of renewable energy in the project.
  4. Present the energy base case. The energy base case should be the actual energy consumption during the operations of the project prior to the performance period. The energy base case for operations must include the following:
    • The actual annual operational energy consumption in kWh per energy end use,
    • The actual annual total operational energy consumption in kWh, and
    • The energy use intensity in kWh/m2.
  5. Identify improvements in the use of renewable energy in the project to further improve its energy performance.
  6. Implement the improvements in the use of renewable energy in the project. The project team must:
    • Assign roles and responsibilities to the personnel responsible for the implementation of the strategies;
    • Implement the improvements in the use of renewable energy;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of the strategies during the performance period; and
    • Regularly communicate the implementation of the strategies to the project stakeholders.
  7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implemented improvements in the use of renewable energy. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the strategies for renewable energy use;
    • Review if the strategies were implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to continuously improve the energy performance of the project.
On-site Renewable Energy

If the project has an existing on-site renewable energy system, the project team must:

  1. Present the existing on-site renewable energy system for the project.
  2. Present the actual percentage of renewable energy generated by the on-site renewable energy system.
Off-site Renewable Energy

If the project is purchasing off-site renewable energy, the project team must present the renewable energy supplied by registered retail electricity supplier. The renewable energy supplied must be:

  • 100% renewable energy based on the actual annual operational energy demand of the project.
  • For at least three (3) years from the start of the performance period.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Engaged a retail electricity supplier to supply off-site renewable energy for one hundred percent (100%) of the projected operational energy demand of the project for at least five (5) years.
3 points Designed an on-site renewable energy system to supply ten percent (10%) or more renewable energy based on the projected operational energy demand of the project.
2 points Designed an on-site renewable energy system to supply five percent (5%) to less than ten percent (<10%) renewable energy based on the projected operational energy demand of the project.
1 point Designed an on-site renewable energy system to supply three percent (3%) to less than five percent (<5%) renewable energy based on the projected operational energy demand of the project.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Engaged a retail electricity supplier to supply off-site renewable energy for one hundred percent (100%) of the projected operational energy demand of the project for at least five (5) years.
3 points Implemented an on-site renewable energy system to supply ten percent (10%) or more renewable energy based on the projected operational energy demand of the project.
2 points Implemented an on-site renewable energy system to supply five percent (5%) to less than ten percent (<10%) renewable energy based on the projected operational energy demand of the project.
1 point Implemented an on-site renewable energy system to supply three percent (3%) to less than five percent (<5%) renewable energy based on the projected operational energy demand of the project.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Provided supply of off-site renewable energy for one hundred percent (100%) of the operational energy demand of the project for at least three (3) years.
3 points Implemented an on-site renewable energy system to supply ten percent (10%) or more renewable energy based on the operational energy demand of the project.
2 points Implemented an on-site renewable energy system to supply five percent (5%) to less than ten percent (<10%) renewable energy based on the operational energy demand of the project.
1 point Implemented an on-site renewable energy system to supply three percent (3%) to less than five percent (<5%) renewable energy based on the operational energy demand of the project.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the target renewable energy generation for the project. The policy must reflect the target percentage (%) of renewable energy utilization for the project.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
      • Conducting an assessment to determine the appropriate use of renewable energy for the project; and
      • Identifying and implementing strategies to use renewable energy in the project;
    • The responsibilities of the professional in the design of the project and the expected output; and
    • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
  3. The energy base case. The base case must reflect the projected annual operational energy consumption based on the initial design of the project.
  4. The energy design case. The design case must include the following information:
    • The equivalent energy intensity in kWh/m2 for renewable energy; and
    • The percentage of the equivalent energy intensity for renewable energy compared to the projected annual total operational energy consumption in the energy base case.
  5. The documented policies and procedures for the proper use of the energy meters to monitor, record and report the energy consumption of the project during operations.

If the project will use on-site renewable energy, the project team should also submit:

  1. The feasibility report reflecting the appropriate renewable energy system for the project, including the projected renewable energy generation of the system.
  2. The plans and specifications for the on-site renewable energy system. The plans must include the following information:
    • The design and location of the on-site renewable energy system; and
    • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including its impacts to the overall performance of the project.
  3. The proof of engagement with the service provider for on-site renewable energy. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The relevant accreditations of the service provider to supply, construct and install renewable energy systems in the project;
    • The responsibilities of the service provider in the design of the project and the expected output;
    • The period of engagement with the service provider to deliver the expected output;
    • If the on-site renewable energy system is leased by the project owner, the period of lease for the use of the renewable energy system, which must be for at least five (5) years from the start of the project's operations.
  4. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.

If the project will purchase off-site renewable energy, the project team should also submit the approved supply contract with the registered retail electricity supplier. The documentation must include the following information:

  • The total supply of renewable energy, which must be equivalent to 100% of the projected annual operational energy demand in the energy design case; and
  • The duration of the supply, which must be for at least five (5) years from the start of the project's operations.
Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The commissioning report reflecting that the renewable energy system were installed, tested and evaluated successfully to meet the performance requirements based on the design of the renewable energy system in the project.
  2. The energy as-built case. The as-built case must include the following information:
    • The equivalent energy intensity in kWh/m2 for renewable energy; and
    • The percentage of the equivalent energy intensity for renewable energy compared to the projected annual total operational energy consumption in the energy base case.
  3. The documented policies and procedures for the proper use of the energy meters to monitor, record and report the energy consumption of the project during operations.

If the project used on-site renewable energy, the project team should also submit:

  1. The as-built plans and specifications for the on-site renewable energy system. The plans must include the following information:
    • The implemented design and location of the on-site renewable energy system; and
    • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including its impacts to the overall performance of the project.
  2. The proof of engagement with the service provider for on-site renewable energy. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The relevant accreditations of the service provider to supply, construct and install renewable energy systems in the project;
    • The responsibilities of the service provider in the construction of the project and the expected output;
    • The period of engagement with the service provider to deliver the expected output; and
    • If the on-site renewable energy system is leased by the project owner, the period of lease for the use of the renewable energy system, which must be for at least five (5) years from the start of the project's operations.
  3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.

If the project purchased off-site renewable energy, the project team should also submit the approved supply contract with the registered retail electricity supplier. The documentation must include the following information:

  • The total supply of renewable energy, which must be equivalent to 100% of the projected annual operational energy demand in the energy design case; and
  • The duration of the supply, which must be for at least five (5) years from the start of the project's operations.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the target renewable energy generation for the project. The policy must reflect the target percentage (%) of renewable energy utilization for the project.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
      • Conducting an assessment to existing use of renewable energy for the project; and
      • Identifying and implementing strategies to use renewable energy in the project.
    • The responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project and the expected output; and
    • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
  3. The evaluation report for the renewable energy use in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • The renewable energy use prior to the performance period of the project;
    • The review of existing policies and procedures for renewable energy use in the project;
    • The recommendations to improve the use of renewable energy in the project.
  4. The energy base case. The report must reflect the actual annual operational energy consumption during the operations of the project prior to the performance period.
  5. The report on the improvements to the use of renewable energy in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • The expected impact of using on-site renewable energy for the project;
    • The expected impact of purchasing off-site renewable energy for the project; or
    • The expected impact of using both on- and off-site renewable energy.
  6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
  7. The communication records as proof that the improvements to the use of renewable energy were communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  8. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program. The list must include the following information:
    • The name and designation of the personnel;
    • The contact number of the personnel; and
    • The roles and responsibilities assigned for the implementation of the strategies.
  9. The energy as-built case for operations. The as-built case must include the following information:
    • The equivalent energy intensity in kWh/m2 for renewable energy; and
    • The percentage of the equivalent energy intensity for renewable energy compared to the projected annual total operational energy consumption in the energy base case.
  10. The documented policies and procedures for the proper use of the energy meters to monitor, record and report the energy consumption of the project during operations.
  11. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies during the performance period.
  12. The evaluation report on the effectiveness of the implemented improvements to the use of renewable energy. The report must include the following information:
    • The outcomes of the implementation of the improvements to the use of renewable energy;
    • The assessment on whether the strategies were implemented effectively;
    • The assessment on whether the energy performance of the project improved after implementing the strategies;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The recommendations to continuously improve the renewable energy use in the project.

If the project used on-site renewable energy, the project team should also submit:

  1. The commissioning report reflecting that the renewable energy system were installed, tested and evaluated successfully to meet the performance requirements based on the design of the renewable energy system in the project.
  2. The as-built plans and specifications for the on-site renewable energy system. The plans must include the following information:
    • The implemented design and location of the on-site renewable energy system; and
    • The quality and performance details of the strategies, including its impacts to the overall performance of the project.
  3. The proof of engagement with the service provider for on-site renewable energy. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The relevant accreditations of the service provider to supply, construct and install renewable energy systems in the project;
    • The responsibilities of the service provider in the construction of the project and the expected output;
    • The period of engagement with the service provider to deliver the expected output; and
    • If the on-site renewable energy system is leased by the project owner, the period of lease for the use of the renewable energy system, which must be for at least three (3) years from the start of the project's operations.
  4. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.

If the project purchased off-site renewable energy, the project team should also submit the approved supply contract with the registered retail electricity supplier. The documentation must include the following information:

  • The total supply of renewable energy, which must be equivalent to 100% of the projected annual operational energy demand in the energy design case; and
  • The duration of the supply, which must be for at least three (3) years from the start of the performance period.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Biomass resources
refer to non-fossilized, biodegradable organic material originating from naturally occurring or cultured plants, animals and microorganisms, including agricultural products, by-products and residues that can be used in bioconversion process and other processes, as well as gases and liquids recovered from the decomposition and/or extraction of non-fossilized and biodegradable organic materials. (Renewable Energy Act of 2008, 2008)
Geothermal resources
refer to mineral resources, classified as renewable energy source, in the form of all products of geothermal processes, embracing indigenous steam, hot water and hot brines, heat or associated energy found in geothermal formations, and any by-product derived from them. (Renewable Energy Act of 2008, 2008)
Hydropower resources
refer to water resources found technically feasible for development of hydropower projects which include rivers, lakes, waterfalls, irrigation canals, springs, ponds, and other water bodies. (Renewable Energy Act of 2008, 2008)
On-site renewable energy system
refers to photovoltaic, solar thermal, geothermal energy, and wind systems used to generate energy and location on the building project or within the project's site. (American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-conditioning Engineers, Inc., 2017)
Retail electricity supplier
refers to any person or entity authorized by the Energy Regulatory Commission (ERC) to sell, broker, market, or aggregate electricity to the end-users. (Energy Regulatory Commission, 2011)
Solar energy
refers to the energy derived from solar radiation that can be converted into useful thermal or electrical energy. (Renewable Energy Act of 2008, 2008)
Wind energy
refers to the energy that can be derived from wind that is converted into useful electrical or mechanical energy. (Renewable Energy Act of 2008, 2008)
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the Requirements of the Advancing Net Zero Philippines — Advancing Net Zero Energy — Version 1.1.0.

Back to Table of Contents

EN-03 Fuel Consumption Reduction

S3
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 7: Affordable and Clean Energy
SDG 13: Climate Action

Purpose and Intent

Addenda

14 September 2023, v5.0.0 – Committee Draft β

Changed Purpose and Intent from "This credit aims to:

  • Reduce the fuel consumption of the project for fuel-based energy-related building systems; and
  • Improve the overall energy performance of the project."

to "This credit aims to:

  • Encourage the use of clean energy sources to support building decarbonization; and
  • Eliminate or reduce the fossil fuel consumption of fossil fuel-based building systems and equipment used in the project."

This credit aims to:

  • Encourage the use of clean energy sources to support building decarbonization; and
  • Eliminate or reduce the fossil fuel consumption of fossil fuel-based building systems and equipment used in the project.

Requirements

Stage 3 — Operations
Addenda

14 September 2023, v5.0.0 – Committee Draft β

Under Requirements, included additional fossil fuel-based building systems and equipment used in projects; included the types of fossil fuels commonly used in buildings; and added the use of alternatives to fossil fuel-based building systems and equipment.

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish the target fossil fuel consumption reduction for the project.
  2. Engage a qualified professional competent in:
    • Evaluating the fossil fuel use in the project; and
    • Planning and implementing strategies to eliminate or reduce fossil fuel consumption, including the use of alternatives to fossil fuel-based building systems and equipment.
  3. Evaluate the fossil fuel use in the project. The evaluation must include the following:
    • The fossil fuel-based building systems and equipment used in the project, which may include:
      • Stand-by generator sets for emergency power;
      • Commercial boilers and furnaces for space and water heating;
      • Combined heat and power (CHP) systems for cogeneration;
      • Combined cooling, heat and power (CCHP) systems for trigeneration; and
      • Cooking and clothes drying equipment;
    • The types of fossil fuels used by the building systems and equipment in the project, which may include:
      • Natural gas, and
      • Oil products, such as liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) and diesel fuel;
    • The implementation of the existing policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the fossil fuel-based building systems and equipment; and
    • The recommendations to eliminate or reduce the fossil fuel consumption in the project, including the use of alternatives to fossil fuel-based building systems and equipment.
  4. Establish a program for fossil fuel consumption reduction. The program must include the following:
    • The strategies to eliminate or reduce the fossil fuel consumption in the project, which may include:
      • Using clean and safe alternatives to the fossil fuel-based building systems and equipment,
      • Utilizing renewable energy to eliminate the use of fossil fuels in the project, and
      • Improving the efficiency of the systems and equipment to reduce its fossil fuel consumption;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the identified strategies.
  5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the program for fossil fuel consumption reduction. The action plan must contain:
    • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
    • The communication of the program for fossil fuel consumption reduction and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  6. Implement the program for fossil fuel consumption reduction. The project team must:
    • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Implement the strategies for fossil fuel consumption reduction during operations;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the program for fossil fuel consumption reduction. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the program for fossil fuel consumption reduction after the performance period.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
1 point
  • Established program for fossil fuel consumption reduction and action plan for its implementation to eliminate or reduce fossil fuel consumption in the project, and
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.

Compliance Notes

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the target fossil fuel consumption reduction of the project. The policy must reflect the target percentage (%) of fossil fuel consumption reduction for the project.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
      • Evaluating the fossil fuel use in the project; and
      • Identifying and implementing strategies to eliminate or reduce fossil fuel consumption, including the use of alternatives to fossil fuel-based building systems and equipment;
    • The responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project and the expected output; and
    • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
  3. The evaluation report of the fossil fuel use in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • The fossil fuel-based building systems and equipment used in the project;
    • The types of fossil fuels used by the building systems and equipment in the project;
    • The consumption and efficiency of the fossil fuel-based building systems and equipment used in the project;
    • The review of existing policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the fossil fuel-based building systems and equipment; and
    • The recommendations to eliminate or reduce the fossil fuel consumption in the project, including the use of alternatives to fossil fuel-based building systems and equipment.
  4. The fossil fuel consumption reduction program for the project. The program must include the following information:
    • The strategies to eliminate or reduce the fossil fuel consumption in the project;
    • The expected impact of the strategies once implemented; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  5. The action plan for the implementation of the fossil fuel consumption reduction program. The action plan must include the following information:
    • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
  7. The communication records as proof that the fossil fuel consumption reduction program was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  8. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program. The list must include the following information:
    • The name and designation of the personnel;
    • The contact number of the personnel; and
    • The roles and responsibilities assigned for the implementation of the strategies.
  9. The as-built plans and specifications of the strategies to eliminate or reduce the fossil fuel consumption in the project, which must include the following information:
    • The implemented design and location of the strategies within the project; and
    • The technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the implemented strategies.
  10. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies during the performance period.
  11. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  12. The evaluation report on the effectiveness of the implemented fossil fuel consumption reduction program. The report must include the following information:
    • The outcomes of the implementation of the strategies to eliminate or reduce fossil fuel consumption;
    • The assessment on whether the strategies were implemented effectively;
    • The assessment on whether the fossil fuel consumption of the project reduced or eliminated after implementing the program;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The recommendations to continuously improve the fossil fuel consumption reduction program.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Energy
refers to all types of energy available commercially, including natural gas (liquid natural gas and liquid oil gas), all heating and cooling fuels (including district heating and district cooling), coal, transport fuels, and renewable energy sources. (Energy Efficiency and Conservation Act, 2019)
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

Back to Table of Contents

Water

Water category focuses on effective management and reduction of the overall water demand for the project. The efficient use of potable water and the effective management of wastewater in projects lessen their environmental impact, and provides the project team with economic benefits through potential savings and decreased demand for water supply.

No. Credit Name Certification Stage Project Type Occupancy Type Sustainable Development Goal
WT-01 Water Consumption Reduction All Stages All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 6: Clean Water and Sanitation
SDG 13: Climate Action
WT-02 Graywater Reuse All Stages Buildings All Occupancy Types SDG 6: Clean Water and Sanitation
SDG 13: Climate Action
WT-03 Rainwater Harvesting All Stages Buildings All Occupancy Types SDG 6: Clean Water and Sanitation
SDG 13: Climate Action

Back to Table of Contents

WT-01 Water Consumption Reduction

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 6 to SDG 6: Clean Water and Sanitation, and SDG 13 to SDG 13: Climate Action.

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 6: Clean Water and Sanitation
SDG 13: Climate Action

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

  • Reduce the potable water consumption of the project through water efficiency and conservation; and
  • Improve the overall water performance of the project.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish the target water consumption reduction for the project.
  2. Identify and engage a qualified professional competent in
    • Preparing the water base case for the project; and
    • Identifying and implementing water efficiency and conservation strategies in the project.
  3. Establish a water base case. The water base case should be a simulation or calculation of the projected water use patterns during the operations of the project. The water base case must include the following:
    • The projected annual operational potable water consumption in cubic meters (m3) per water end use,
    • The projected annual total operational potable water consumption in m3, and
    • The water use intensity in cubic meters per square meter (m3/m2).
  4. Design the project that incorporates water efficiency and conservation strategies. The strategies may include the following:
    • The use of water-efficient fixtures, such as:
      • Toilets and urinals,
      • Faucets, and
      • Shower heads;
    • The provision of water-efficient landscaping and irrigation;
    • The reduction of water use in HVAC systems; and
    • The provision of leak detection systems.
  5. Establish an water metering and monitoring system to monitor and manage the potable water consumption during the operations of the project. The project team must be able to measure and monitor the potable water consumption of the project by water end use or by area. The project team may incorporate a building automation system (BAS) in the design to centrally monitor and manage the potable water consumption of the project.
  6. Present the water design case. The water design case must include the following:
    • The projected annual operational potable water consumption in m3 per water end use based on the design of the project,
    • The projected annual total operational potable water consumption in m3,
    • The water use intensity in m3/m2,
    • The percentage of water consumption reduction attributed to water efficiency and conservation strategies; and
    • The total percentage of water consumption reduction compared to the water base case.
Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Implement the design for incorporating water efficiency and conservation strategies in the project.
  2. Install water meters for the implementation of the water metering and monitoring system to monitor and manage the potable water consumption during the operations of the project. The project team may implement a building automation system (BAS) to centrally monitor and manage the potable water consumption of the project.
  3. Conduct commissioning and testing for the implemented building systems and equipment in the project. Through the commissioning and testing, the project team must confirm the achievement of the performance requirements for all implemented building systems and equipment. The commissioning and testing must be:
    • Conducted by a third-party commissioning body;
    • Based on the performance requirements and manufacturer's specifications identified during the design of the project; and
    • Based on testing methodologies from generally accepted standards. Appropriate standards must be used for the commissioning and testing of each building system and equipment.
  4. Present the water as-built case. The water as-built case must include the following:
    • The projected annual operational potable water consumption in m3 per water end use based on the implemented design of the project,
    • The projected annual total operational potable water consumption in m3,
    • The water use intensity in m3/m2,
    • The percentage of water consumption reduction attributed to water efficiency and conservation strategies,
    • The total percentage of water consumption reduction compared to the water base case.
  5. Establish maintenance and management measures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the water efficiency and conservation strategies during the operations of the project. The project team must:
    • Engage a service provider for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies;
    • Employ or designate a qualified professional competent in:
      • Managing the potable water consumption of the building systems and equipment;
      • Implementing and improving the water and conservation strategies during operations;
      • Conducting regular water audits for the project; and
      • Preparing the annual water consumption and water efficiency and conservation reports of the project.
    • Develop a maintenance and management program for the operations of the project; and
    • Provide trainings to workers and staff to improve their knowledge and skills on the proper operations, management and maintenance of the building systems and equipment.
Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish the target water consumption reduction for the project.
  2. Identify and engage a qualified professional competent in:
    • Evaluating the potable water use in the project; and
    • Planning and implementing strategies to effectively manage potable water use and to improve the water performance of the project.
  3. Evaluate the potable water use in the project. The project team must:
    • Review the effectiveness of the implementation of existing water efficiency and conservation strategies, which should include:
      • The use of water-efficient fixtures;
      • The provision of water-efficient landscaping and irrigation;
      • The reduction of water use in HVAC systems; and
      • The provision of leak detection systems;
    • Review the implementation of the existing policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the water efficiency and conservation strategies; and
    • Review the implementation of the water metering and monitoring system to monitor and manage the potable water consumption of the project.
  4. Establish an water base case. The water base case should be the actual potable water consumption during the operations of the project prior to the performance period. The water base case for operations must include the following:
    • The actual annual operational potable water consumption in m3 per water end use,
    • The actual annual total operational potable water consumption in m3, and
    • The water use intensity in m3/m2.
  5. Establish a water efficiency and conservation program. The project team must:
    • Identify the water efficiency and conservation strategies to further improve the water performance of the project;
    • Identify activities to inform the users and the public on the water efficiency and conservation strategies in the project and its benefits, and to educate the users on water efficiency and conservation; and
    • Establish maintenance and management measures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the water efficiency and conservation strategies.
  6. Implement the water efficiency and conservation program. The project team must:
    • Assign roles and responsibilities to the personnel responsible for the implementation of the strategies;
    • Implement the water efficiency and conservation strategies;
    • Implement the activities to inform the users and the public on the water efficiency and conservation strategies in the project and its benefits, and to educate the users on water efficiency and conservation;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of the strategies during the performance period; and
    • Regularly communicate the implementation of the strategies to the project stakeholders.
  7. Present the water as-built case. The water as-built case for operations must include the following:
    • The actual annual operational potable water consumption in m3 per water end use,
    • The actual annual total operational potable water consumption in m3,
    • The water use intensity in m3/m2,
    • The percentage of water consumption reduction attributed to the improvements to the water efficiency and conservation strategies; and
    • The total percentage of water consumption reduction compared to the water base case.
  8. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implemented water efficiency and conservation program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the water efficiency and conservation strategies;
    • Review if the strategies and activities were implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to continuously improve the water performance of the project.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Presented a projected water consumption reduction of fifty percent (50%) or more compared to the water base case based on design.
2 points Presented a projected water consumption reduction of forty percent (40%) to less than fifty percent(<50%) compared to the water base case based on design.
1 point Presented a projected water consumption reduction of thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) compared to the water base case based on design.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Presented a projected water consumption reduction of fifty percent (50%) or more compared to the water base case based on the implemented design.
2 points Presented a projected water consumption reduction of forty percent (40%) to less than fifty percent(<50%) compared to the water base case based on the implemented design.
1 point Presented a projected water consumption reduction of thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) compared to the water base case based on the implemented design.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Presented an actual water consumption reduction of twenty-five percent (25%) or more compared to the water base case during the performance period.
2 points Presented an actual water consumption reduction of fifteen percent (15%) to less than twenty-five percent (<25%) compared to the water base case during the performance period.
1 point Presented an actual water consumption reduction of ten percent (10%) to less than fifteen percent (<15%) compared to the water base case during the performance period.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the target water consumption reduction of the project. The policy must reflect the target percentage (%) of water consumption reduction for the project.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
      • Preparing the water base case for the project; and
      • Identifying and implementing water efficiency and conservation strategies in the project;
    • The responsibilities of the professional in the design of the project and the expected output; and
    • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
  3. The water base case. The base case must reflect the projected annual operational potable water consumption based on the initial design of the project.
  4. The projected occupancy profile for the project. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The description of the project's intended use;
    • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
    • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
    • The maximum number of users per shift.
  5. The plans for the water efficiency and conservation strategies. The plans must include the following information:
    • The design of all water-related building systems in the project;
    • The location of all water-related building systems;
    • The location of water meters in the project; and
    • The scope of each water meter, which must be by water end use or by area.
  6. The specifications for the water efficiency and conservation strategies. The specifications must reflect the quality and performance details for the following:
    • All water-related building systems in the project; and
    • Water efficiency and conservation strategies incorporated in the project.
  7. The schedule of the water meters. The schedule must include the following information:
    • The product name and model;
    • The technical description and specifications;
    • The number of water meters; and
    • The scope of each water meter, which must be by water end use or by area.
  8. The documented policies and procedures for the proper use of the water meters to monitor, record and report the potable water consumption of the project during operations.
  9. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.
  10. The water design case. The design case must include the following information:
    • The analysis how the project team selected the final design option for the project;
    • The projected annual operational potable water consumption in m3 per water end use based on the design of the project,
    • The projected annual total operational potable water consumption in m3,
    • The water use intensity in m3/m2,
    • The percentage of water consumption reduction attributed to the water efficiency and conservation strategies; and
    • The total percentage of water consumption reduction compared to the water base case.

If there is a BAS in the design of the project, the project team should also submit the plans and specifications of the BAS. The documentation must include the following information:

  • The location of the BAS in the project,
  • The connection of the water meters to the BAS,
  • The scope of the remote and automatic control function, and
  • The scope of the performance monitoring.
Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The as-built plans for the water efficiency and conservation strategies. The plans must include the following information:

    • The implemented design of all water-related building systems in the project;
    • The location of all water-related building systems;
    • The location of water meters in the project; and
    • The scope of each water meter, which must be by water end use or by area.

  2. The as-built specifications for the water efficiency and conservation strategies. The specifications must reflect the quality and performance details for the following:

    • All water-related building systems in the project; and
    • Water efficiency and conservation strategies implemented in the project.

  3. The projected occupancy profile for the project. The documentation must include the following information:

    • The description of the project's intended use;
    • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
    • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
    • The maximum number of users per shift.

  4. The commissioning report reflecting all water-related building systems were successfully installed, tested and evaluated. The commissioning report must also contain the confirmation that all water-related building systems meet the performance requirements based on the design of the project.

  5. The water as-built case. The as-built case must include the following information:

    • The projected annual operational potable water consumption in m3 per water end use based on the implemented design of the project,
    • The projected annual total operational potable water consumption in m3,
    • The water use intensity in m3/m2,
    • The percentage of water consumption reduction attributed to the water efficiency and conservation strategies;
    • The total percentage of water consumption reduction compared to the water base case.
    % Wreduced = Wbase − Was-built × 100%
    Wbase

    where:

    Wreduced = Water consumption reduction
    Wbase = Water consumption based on water base case
    Was-built = Water consumption based on water as-built case

  6. The documented policies and procedures for the proper use of the water meters to monitor, record and report the water consumption of the project during operations.

  7. The maintenance and management measures during the operations of the project. The documentation must consist of the following:

    • Proof of engagement with a service provider for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies during operations;
    • Proof of engagement with a qualified and competed professional for the water management of the project;
    • Maintenance and management program for the water-related building systems; and
    • Training program for the workers and staff to improve their knowledge and skills of the proper operations, management and maintenance of the building systems and equipment.

  8. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:

    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the target water consumption reduction of the project. The policy must reflect the target percentage (%) of water consumption reduction for the project.

  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:

    • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
      • Preparing the water base case for the project; and
      • Identifying and implementing water efficiency and conservation strategies in the project;
    • The responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project and the expected output; and
    • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.

  3. The water base case. The report must reflect the actual annual operational potable water consumption during the operations of the project prior to the performance period.

  4. The actual occupancy profile for the project. The documentation must include the following information:

    • The description of the project's use;
    • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
    • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
    • The maximum number of users per shift.

  5. The water efficiency and conservation program. The program must include the following information:

    • The water efficiency and conservation strategies to further improve the water performance of the project;
    • The regular activities identified to inform the users and the public on the water efficiency and conservation strategies in the project and its benefits, and to educate the users on water efficiency and conservation;
    • The schedule for conducting the regular activities for water efficiency and conservation;
    • The expected impact of the strategies once implemented; and
    • The maintenance and management measures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the water efficiency and conservation strategies.

  6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.

  7. The communication records as proof that the water efficiency and conservation program was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.

  8. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program. The list must include the following information:

    • The name and designation of the personnel;
    • The contact number of the personnel; and
    • The roles and responsibilities assigned for the implementation of the strategies.

  9. The as-built plans for the water efficiency and conservation strategies. The plans must include the following information:

    • The implemented design of all water-related building systems in the project;
    • The location of all water-related building systems;
    • The location of water meters in the project; and
    • The scope of each water meter, which must be by water end use or by area.

  10. The as-built specifications for the water efficiency and conservation strategies. The specifications must reflect the quality and performance details for the following:

    • All water-related building systems in the project; and
    • Water efficiency and conservation strategies implemented in the project.

  11. The water as-built case for operations. The as-built case must include the following information:

    • The potable water consumption data for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
    • The references of the water data usage, which must be either of the following:
      • Utility bills, or
      • Metering reports;
    • The calculation of the water consumption reduction achieved in the operations in m3/m2; and
    • The calculation of the percentage of water consumption reduction compared to the water base case.
    % Wreduced = Wbase − Wdesign × 100%
    Wbase

    where:

    Wreduced = Water consumption reduction
    Wbase = Water consumption based on water base case
    Wdesign = Water consumption based on water design case

  12. The documented policies and procedures for the proper use of the water meters to monitor, record and report the potable water consumption of the project during operations.

  13. The maintenance and management measures during the operations of the project. The documentation must consist of the following:

    • Proof of engagement with a service provider for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies during operations;
    • Proof of engagement with a qualified and competed professional for the water management of the project;
    • Maintenance and management program for the water-related building systems; and
    • Training program for the workers and staff to improve their knowledge and skills of the proper operations, management and maintenance of the building systems and equipment.

  14. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:

    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records,
    • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project, and
    • Regular water audit reports.

  15. The evaluation report on the effectiveness of the implemented water efficiency and conservation program. The report must include the following information:

    • The outcomes of the implementation of the water efficiency and conservation strategies and the activities to educate the users and the public on water efficiency and conservation;
    • The assessment on whether the strategies and activities were implemented effectively;
    • The assessment on whether the water performance of the project improved after implementing the program;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The recommendations to continuously improve the water efficiency and conservation program.

Additional Information

Water base case

The project team must use one of the following options to establish the water base case:

  1. Simulate the project's water base case.
  2. Calculate the project's water base case.
  3. Use the water base case of an existing comparable project.
  4. Use the water base case from a reference standard.
  5. Use the actual water consumption of the project for the past twelve (12) months.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, the project team may use water base case of the base building.

Simulate the water base case

When simulating the water base case, the project team must use a computer simulation program to simulate the water base case of the project. The project team must provide the narrative how the project and its water-related building systems will be used to simulate the potential water use in the project.

The project team must submit:

  1. The copy of the reference codes or generally accepted standards used for the water simulation of the project.
  2. The report on the scope and narrative description of the project used in the computer simulation. The report must include the following information:
    • The total gross floor area in m2;
    • The occupancy profile reflecting the following:
      • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
      • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
      • The maximum number of users per shift;
    • The description of the project's intended use;
    • The technical description of all water-related building systems in the project;
    • The computer simulation program and the version used for the simulation; and
    • The summary of the water simulation input data.
  3. The report on the simulated water base case of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • The projected annual operational potable water consumption in m3 per water end use;
    • The projected annual total operational potable water consumption in m3; and
    • The water use intensity in m3/m2.
Calculate the water base case

When calculating the water base case, the calculation for the water performance must be reflective of the potential water use patterns during the operations of the project. The project team must provide the narrative how the project and its water-related building systems will be used to estimate the potential water use in the project.

The project team must submit:

  1. The report on the scope and narrative description of the project used for the calculation. The report must include the following information:
    • The total gross floor area in m2;
    • The occupancy profile reflecting the following:
      • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
      • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
      • The maximum number of users per shift;
    • The description of the project's intended use; and
    • The technical description of all water-related building systems in the project.
  2. The copy of the reference codes or generally accepted standards used for the water consumption rates of all water-related building systems in the calculation.
  3. The report on the calculated water base case of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • The projected annual operational potable water consumption in m3 per water end use;
    • The projected annual total operational potable water consumption in m3; and
    • The water use intensity in m3/m2.
Use the water base case of an existing comparable project

When using an water base base of an existing comparable project, the project team must be able to establish how the identified comparable project is similar to the design, function and use of the project. This is to ensure that the established base case will be similar to the projected water performance of the project.

The project team must submit:

  1. The report on the technical description of the identified existing comparable project. The report must include the following information:
    • The comparable project's name;
    • The comparable project's location;
    • The comparable project owner's name;
    • The total gross floor area of the comparable project in m2;
    • The occupancy profile reflecting the following:
      • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
      • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
      • The maximum number of users per shift;
    • The description of the comparable project's use.
  2. The proof of ownership or an authorization from the comparable project owner for using the water consumption data of the comparable projects to establish the water base case of the project.
  3. The documentation on the water consumption data of the comparable project, which must be based on either of the following:
    • The potable water consumption of all water-related building systems of the comparable project, which must include the following:
      • The water consumption rates of all water-related building systems of the comparable project;
      • The projected annual total potable water consumption of the comparable project in m3;
      • The projected annual potable water consumption each identified water-related building systems in m3 based on reference codes or generally accepted standards; and
      • The copy of the reference codes or generally accepted standards used for the water consumption rates of all water-related building systems.
    • The actual water consumption of the comparable project for at least twelve (12) months, which must be based on either the following:
      • Utility bills; or
      • Water monitoring reports.
  4. The report on the calculated water base case of the project based on the data from the comparable project. The report must include the following information:
    • The projected annual operational potable water consumption in m3 per water end use;
    • The projected annual total operational potable water consumption in m3; and
    • The water use intensity in m3/m2.
Use the water base case from a reference standard

When using an water base case from a reference standard, the project team must use the base case applicable to the project, which may be based on the scope of the base case, project type or occupancy type.

The project team must submit:

  1. The copy of the reference standard used for the water base case.
  2. The projected occupancy profile for the project. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
    • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
    • The maximum number of users per shift.
  3. The report on the calculated water base case of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • The projected annual total operational potable water consumption in m3; and
    • The water use intensity in m3/m2.
Use the actual potable water consumption

S3

For projects under operations, the project team should present the actual potable water consumption of the project for at least twelve (12) months prior to the performance period of the project.

The project team must submit:

  1. The copy of the reference documents reflecting the actual potable water consumption of the comparable project for at least twelve (12) months, which must be based on either the following:
    • Utility bills; or
    • Water monitoring reports.
  2. The actual occupancy profile for the project. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
    • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
    • The maximum number of users per shift.
  3. The report on the presented water base case of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • The actual annual operational potable water consumption in m3 per water end use;
    • The actual annual total operational potable water consumption in m3; and
    • The water use intensity in m3/m2.
Use the water base case of the base building

Tenants

When using the water base case of the base building, the project team is responsible for securing the potable water consumption data from the building owner or manager. The water base case of the base building may be used to calculate for the projected potable water consumption of the tenant space.

The project team must submit:

  1. The documentation on the water consumption data of the base building, which must be based on either of the following:
    • The potable water consumption of all water-related building systems of the base building, which must include the following:
      • The water consumption rates of all water-related building systems of the base building;
      • The projected annual total potable water consumption of the base building in m3;
      • The projected annual potable water consumption each identified water-related building systems in m3 based on reference codes or generally accepted standards; and
      • The copy of the reference codes or generally accepted standards used for the water consumption rates of all water-related building systems.
    • The actual water consumption of the base building for at least twelve (12) months, which must be based on either the following:
      • Utility bills; or
      • Water monitoring reports.
  2. The report on the calculated water base case of the project based on the data from the base building. The report must include the following information:
    • The projected annual operational potable water consumption in m3 per water end use;
    • The projected annual total operational potable water consumption in m3; and
    • The water use intensity in m3/m2.
Water design case

When preparing the water design case, the project team must demonstrate how the water performance of the project improved through incorporating water efficiency and conservation strategies in the design of the project.

The project team should submit the water design case. The design case must include the following information:

  • The schedule of plumbing loads reflecting the water consumption rates of all water-related building systems in the design of the project;
  • The analysis how the project team selected the final design option for the project;
  • The projected annual operational potable water consumption in m3 per water end use based on the design of the project;
  • The projected annual total operational potable water consumption in m3;
  • The water use intensity in m3/m2;
  • The percentage of water consumption reduction attributed to the water efficiency and conservation strategies; and
  • The total percentage of water consumption reduction compared to the water base case.
% Wreduced = Wbase − Wdesign × 100%
Wbase

where:

Wreduced = Water consumption reduction
Wbase = Water consumption based on water base case
Wdesign = Water consumption based on water design case
Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Base case
refers to the modelling, calculation, or set of data used as the basis for comparison where the performance of a project is measured from.
Blackwater
refers to wastewater or sewage which originates from toilets and kitchens has gross fecal coliform contamination and generally has high concentrations of organic matter. (World Health Organization, 2006)
Design case
refers to the modelling, calculation, or set of data reflecting the improved performance of the project based on the design of the project.
Potable water
refers to water suitable (both health and acceptability considerations) for drinking and cooking purposes. (Department of Health, 2017)
Wastewater
refers to waste in liquid state containing pollutants. (Philippine Clean Water Act of 2004, 2004)
Water Base Case
refers to the base case for water consumption where the projected water consumption reduction of a project is measured from. The water base case should be a simulation or calculation of the projected water use patterns for the project's operations.
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

Back to Table of Contents

WT-02 Graywater Reuse

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 6 to SDG 6: Clean Water and Sanitation, and SDG 13 to SDG 13: Climate Action.

All Stages
Buildings
All Occupancy Types
SDG 6: Clean Water and Sanitation
SDG 13: Climate Action

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

  • Treat and reuse graywater to reduce the demand for potable water in the project; and
  • Effectively manage the quality of effluent discharge in the project.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish the target graywater reuse in the project.
  2. Identify and engage a qualified professional competent in identifying and implementing strategies to maintain effluent quality and to reuse treated graywater in the project.
  3. Present the water base case. The water base case should be a simulation or calculation of the projected water use patterns during the operations of the project. The water base case must include the following:
    • The projected annual operational potable water consumption in m3 per water end use,
    • The projected annual total operational potable water consumption in m3, and
    • The water use intensity in m3/m2.
  4. Establish a water metering and monitoring system to monitor and manage the effluent quality and graywater reuse during the operations of the project.
  5. Present the percentage of water consumption reduction attributed to graywater reuse in the project.
On-site Graywater Treatment

If the project will treat graywater on site, the project team must:

  1. Identify the graywater treatment, storage and plumbing system to meet the effluent quality for the project in accordance with applicable regulations.
  2. Calculate the potential graywater reuse in the project for non-potable uses.
  3. Establish a water metering and monitoring system to monitor and manage the effluent quality and graywater reuse during the operations of the project.
Off-site Graywater Treatment

If the project will treat graywater off site, the project team must:

  1. Identify and engage a graywater service provider to treat and supply graywater for the project for non-potable uses.
  2. Identify the graywater storage and plumbing system for the supplied graywater for the project.
  3. Calculate the potential graywater reuse in the project for non-potable uses.
  4. Establish a water metering and monitoring system to monitor and manage the graywater reuse during the operations of the project.
Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must implement the strategies for graywater treatment and reuse.

On-site Graywater Treatment

If the project will treat graywater on site, the project team must:

  1. Implement the graywater treatment, storage and plumbing system to meet the effluent quality for the project in accordance with applicable regulations.
  2. Install water meters for the implementation of the water metering and monitoring system to monitor and manage the graywater reuse during the operations of the project.
  3. Conduct commissioning and testing for the implemented graywater system in the project. Through the commissioning and testing, the project team must confirm the achievement of the performance requirements for the implemented graywater system. The commissioning and testing must be:
    • Conducted by a third-party commissioning body;
    • Based on the performance requirements and manufacturer's specifications identified during the design of the project; and
    • Based on testing methodologies from generally accepted standards. Appropriate standards must be used for the commissioning and testing of the graywater system.
  4. Calculate the potential graywater reuse in the project for non-potable uses.
Off-site Graywater Treatment

If the project will treat graywater off site, the project team must:

  1. Confirm the supply of graywater for non-potable uses from a graywater service provider for at least five (5) years from the start of the operations of the project.
  2. Implement the graywater storage and plumbing system for the supplied graywater for the project.
  3. Install water meters for the implementation of the water metering and monitoring system to monitor and manage the graywater reuse during the operations of the project.
  4. Conduct commissioning and testing for the implemented graywater system in the project. Through the commissioning and testing, the project team must confirm the achievement of the performance requirements for the implemented graywater system. The commissioning and testing must be:
    • Conducted by a third-party commissioning body;
    • Based on the performance requirements and manufacturer's specifications identified during the design of the project; and
    • Based on testing methodologies from generally accepted standards. Appropriate standards must be used for the commissioning and testing of the graywater system.
  5. Calculate the potential graywater reuse in the project for non-potable uses.
Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish the target graywater reuse in the project.
  2. Identify and engage a qualified professional competent in:
    • Conducting an assessment on the existing reuse of graywater for the project; and
    • Identifying and implementing strategies to maintain effluent quality and to improve graywater reuse in the project.
  3. Evaluate the graywater reuse in the project. The project team must:
    • Review the graywater reuse prior to the performance period of the project;
    • Review the existing policies and procedures for graywater reuse in the project; and
    • Recommend actions to improve the reuse of graywater in the project.
  4. Present the water base case. The water base case should be the actual potable water consumption during the operations of the project prior to the performance period. The water base case for operations must include the following:
    • The actual annual operational potable water consumption in m3 per water end use,
    • The actual annual total operational potable water consumption in m3, and
    • The water use intensity in m3/m2.
  5. Identify improvements in the reuse of graywater in the project to further improve its water performance.
  6. Implement the improvements in the reuse of graywater in the project. The project team must:
    • Assign roles and responsibilities to the personnel responsible for the implementation of the strategies;
    • Implement the improvements in the reuse of graywater;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of the strategies during the performance period; and
    • Regularly communicate the implementation of the strategies to the project stakeholders.
  7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implemented improvements in the reuse of graywater. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the strategies for graywater reuse;
    • Review if the strategies were implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to continuously improve the water performance of the project.
On-site Graywater Treatment

If the project is treating graywater on site, the project team must:

  1. Present the graywater treatment, storage and plumbing system implemented to meet the effluent quality for the project in accordance with applicable regulations.
  2. Calculate the actual annual graywater reuse in the project for non-potable uses.
Off-site Graywater Treatment

If the project is treating graywater off site, the project team must:

  1. Confirm the supply of graywater for non-potable uses from a graywater service provider for at least three (3) years from the start of the performance period.
  2. Present the graywater storage and plumbing system implemented for the supplied graywater for the project.
  3. Calculate the actual annual graywater reuse in the project for non-potable uses.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Engaged a graywater service provider to supply of graywater to the project for at least five (5) years; or
  • Designed an on-site graywater system in the project.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Engaged a graywater service provider to supply of graywater to the project for at least five (5) years; or
  • Implemented the design of an on-site graywater system in the project.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Engaged a graywater service provider to supply of graywater to the project for at least three (3) years; or
  • Provided an on-site graywater system in the project.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the target graywater reuse for the project. The policy of the project must reflect the target percentage (%) of graywater reuse for the project.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in identifying and implementing strategies to maintain effluent quality and to reuse treated graywater in the project;
    • The responsibilities of the professional in the design of the project and the expected output; and
    • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
  3. The water base case. The base case must reflect the projected annual operational potable water consumption based on the initial design of the project.
  4. The water design case. The design case must include the following information:
    • The projected annual operational potable water consumption in m3 per water end use based on the design of the project,
    • The projected annual total operational potable water consumption in m3,
    • The water use intensity in m3/m2,
  5. The documented policies and procedures for the proper use of the water meters to monitor, record and report the graywater reuse of the project during operations.

If the project will treat graywater on site, the project team should also submit:

  1. The plans for the graywater treatment, storage and plumbing system. The plans must include the following information:
    • The design and location of the graywater treatment, storage and plumbing system;
    • The sources of graywater in the project;
    • The plumbing layout for potable and non-potable water;
    • The location of the water meters for graywater; and
    • The scope of each water meter for graywater.
  2. The specifications for the graywater treatment, storage and plumbing system. The specifications must include the following information:
    • The quality and performance details for the graywater treatment, storage and plumbing system;
    • The sources of graywater in the project;
    • The quality of treatment the graywater treatment system must meet in accordance with applicable regulations;
    • The quality of treatment the graywater treatment system is capable to meet the required effluent quality;
    • The potential uses for graywater, such as:
      • Landscape irrigation, and
      • Flushing for water fixtures;
    • The size of the graywater storage system, which must be greater than or equal to the target graywater reuse for the project; and
    • The scope of each water meter for graywater.
  3. The calculation for the potential graywater reuse in the project. The calculation must include the following information:
    • The potential graywater reuse in m3 based on the annual total water consumption; and
    • The percentage of potential graywater reuse compared to the water base case.
  4. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.

If the project will treat graywater off site, the project team should also submit:

  1. The approved supply contract with the graywater service provider to supply graywater in the project for non-potable uses. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The total supply of graywater, which must be equivalent to the target graywater reuse for the project; and
    • The duration of the supply, which must be for at least five (5) years from the start of the project's operations.
  2. The plans for the graywater storage and plumbing system. The plans must include the following information:
    • The design and location of the graywater storage and plumbing system;
    • The sources of graywater in the project;
    • The plumbing layout for potable and non-potable water;
    • The location of the water meters for graywater; and
    • The scope of each water meter for graywater.
  3. The specifications for the graywater storage and plumbing system. The specifications must include the following information:
    • The quality and performance details for the graywater storage and plumbing system;
    • The sources of graywater in the project;
    • The quality of the supplied graywater, which must meet the required effluent quality for the project;
    • The potential uses for graywater, such as:
      • Landscape irrigation, and
      • Flushing for water fixtures;
    • The size of the graywater storage system, which must be greater than or equal to the target graywater reuse for the project; and
    • The scope of each water meter for graywater.
  4. The calculation for the potential graywater reuse in the project. The calculation must include the following information:
    • The potential graywater reuse in m3 based on the annual total water consumption; and
    • The percentage of potential graywater reuse compared to the water base case.
  5. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.
Stage 2 — Construction

If the project will treat graywater on site, the project team should submit:

  1. The as-built plans for the graywater treatment, storage and plumbing system. The plans must include the following information:
    • The implemented design and location of the graywater treatment, storage and plumbing system;
    • The sources of graywater in the project;
    • The plumbing layout for potable and non-potable water;
    • The location of the water meters for graywater; and
    • The scope of each water meter for graywater.
  2. The as-built specifications for the graywater treatment, storage and plumbing system. The specifications must include the following information:
    • The quality and performance details for the graywater treatment, storage and plumbing system;
    • The sources of graywater in the project;
    • The quality of treatment the graywater treatment system must meet in accordance with applicable regulations;
    • The quality of treatment the graywater treatment system is capable to meet the required effluent quality;
    • The potential uses for graywater, such as:
      • Landscape irrigation, and
      • Flushing for water fixtures;
    • The size of the graywater storage system, which must be greater than or equal to the target graywater reuse for the project; and
    • The scope of each water meter for graywater.
  3. The commissioning report reflecting that the graywater treatment, storage and plumbing system were installed, tested and evaluated successfully to meet the performance requirements based on the design of the graywater treatment, storage and plumbing system in the project.
  4. The calculation for the potential graywater reuse in the project. The calculation must include the following information:
    • The potential graywater reuse in m3 based on the annual total water consumption; and
    • The percentage of potential graywater reuse compared to the water base case.
  5. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:
    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.

If the project will treat graywater off site, the project team should submit:

  1. The approved supply contract with the graywater service provider to supply graywater in the project for non-potable uses. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The total supply of graywater, which must be equivalent to the target graywater reuse for the project; and
    • The duration of the supply, which must be for at least five (5) years from the start of the project's operations.
  2. The as-built plans for the graywater storage and plumbing system. The plans must include the following information:
    • The implemented design and location of the graywater storage and plumbing system;
    • The sources of graywater in the project;
    • The plumbing layout for potable and non-potable water;
    • The location of the water meters for graywater; and
    • The scope of each water meter for graywater.
  3. The as-built specifications for the graywater storage and plumbing system. The specifications must include the following information:
    • The quality and performance details for the graywater storage and plumbing system;
    • The sources of graywater in the project;
    • The quality of the supplied graywater, which must meet the required effluent quality for the project;
    • The potential uses for graywater, such as:
      • Landscape irrigation, and
      • Flushing for water fixtures;
    • The size of the graywater storage system, which must be greater than or equal to the target graywater reuse for the project; and
    • The scope of each water meter for graywater.
  4. The commissioning report reflecting that the graywater storage and plumbing system were installed, tested and evaluated successfully to meet the performance requirements based on the design of the graywater storage and plumbing system in the project.
  5. The calculation for the potential graywater reuse in the project. The calculation must include the following information:
    • The potential graywater reuse in m3 based on the annual total water consumption; and
    • The percentage of potential graywater reuse compared to the water base case.
  6. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:
    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the target graywater reuse for the project. The policy of the project must reflect the target percentage (%) of graywater reuse for the project.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
      • Conducting an assessment on the existing reuse of graywater for the project; and
      • Identifying and implementing strategies to maintain effluent quality and to improve graywater reuse in the project.
    • The responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project and the expected output; and
    • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
  3. The evaluation report for the graywater reuse in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • The graywater reuse prior to the performance period of the project;
    • The review of existing policies and procedures for graywater reuse in the project; and
    • The recommendations to improve the reuse of graywater in the project.
  4. The water base case. The base case must reflect the projected annual operational potable water consumption based on the initial design of the project.
  5. The report on the improvements to the reuse of graywater in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • The expected impact of treating and reusing on-site graywater; or
    • The expected impact of reusing off-site graywater.
  6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.
  7. The communication records as proof that the improvements to the reuse of graywater were communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  8. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program. The list must include the following information:
    • The name and designation of the personnel;
    • The contact number of the personnel; and
    • The roles and responsibilities assigned for the implementation of the strategies.
  9. The documented policies and procedures for the proper use of the water meters to monitor, record and report the water consumption of the project during operations.
  10. The calculation for the potential graywater reuse in the project. The calculation must include the following information:
    • The potential graywater reuse in m3 based on the annual total water consumption; and
    • The percentage of potential graywater reuse compared to the water base case.
  11. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies during the performance period.
  12. The evaluation report on the effectiveness of the implemented improvements to the reuse of graywater. The report must include the following information:
    • The outcomes of the implementation of the improvements to the use of graywater;
    • The assessment on whether the strategies were implemented effectively;
    • The assessment on whether the water performance of the project improved after implementing the strategies;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The recommendations to continuously improve the graywater reuse in the project.

If the project is treating graywater on site, the project team should also submit:

  1. The as-built plans for the graywater treatment, storage and plumbing system. The plans must include the following information:
    • The implemented design and location of the graywater treatment, storage and plumbing system;
    • The sources of graywater in the project;
    • The plumbing layout for potable and non-potable water;
    • The location of the water meters for graywater; and
    • The scope of each water meter for graywater.
  2. The as-built specifications for the graywater treatment, storage and plumbing system. The specifications must include the following information:
    • The quality and performance details for the graywater treatment, storage and plumbing system;
    • The sources of graywater in the project;
    • The quality of treatment the graywater treatment system must meet in accordance with applicable regulations;
    • The quality of treatment the graywater treatment system is capable to meet the required effluent quality;
    • The potential uses for graywater, such as:
      • Landscape irrigation, and
      • Flushing for water fixtures;
    • The size of the graywater storage system, which must be greater than or equal to the target graywater reuse for the project; and
    • The scope of each water meter for graywater.
  3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:
    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.

If the project is treating graywater off site, the project team should submit:

  1. The approved supply contract with the graywater service provider to supply graywater in the project for non-potable uses. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The total supply of graywater, which must be equivalent to the target graywater reuse for the project; and
    • The duration of the supply, which must be for at least five (5) years from the start of the project's operations.
  2. The as-built plans for the graywater storage and plumbing system. The plans must include the following information:
    • The implemented design and location of the graywater storage and plumbing system;
    • The sources of graywater in the project;
    • The plumbing layout for potable and non-potable water;
    • The location of the water meters for graywater; and
    • The scope of each water meter for graywater.
  3. The as-built specifications for the graywater storage and plumbing system. The specifications must include the following information:
    • The quality and performance details for the graywater storage and plumbing system;
    • The sources of graywater in the project;
    • The quality of the supplied graywater, which must meet the required effluent quality for the project;
    • The potential uses for graywater, such as:
      • Landscape irrigation, and
      • Flushing for water fixtures;
    • The size of the graywater storage system, which must be greater than or equal to the target graywater reuse for the project; and
    • The scope of each water meter for graywater.
  4. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:
    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Base case
refers to the modelling, calculation, or set of data used as the basis for comparison where the performance of a project is measured from.
Blackwater
refers to wastewater or sewage which originates from toilets and kitchens has gross fecal coliform contamination and generally has high concentrations of organic matter. (World Health Organization, Regional Office for the Eastern Mediterranean, 2006)
Design case
refers to the modelling, calculation, or set of data reflecting the improved performance of the project based on the design of the project.
Effluent
refers to the discharge from known sources which is passed into a body of water or land, or wastewater flowing out of a manufacturing plant, industrial plant including domestic, commercial and recreational facilities. (Philippine Clean Water Act of 2004, 2004)
Graywater
Refers to water not intended for potable use. Greywater is treated to ensure appropriate level of effluent quality before its discharge to sewers.
Potable water
refers to water suitable (both health and acceptability considerations) for drinking and cooking purposes. (Department of Health, 2017)
Sewage
refers to water-borne human or animal wastes, excluding oil or oil wastes, removed from residences, buildings, institutions, industrial and commercial establishments together with such groundwater, surface water and stormwater as maybe present including such waste from vessels, offshore structures, other receptacles intended to receive or retain wastes, or other places or the combination thereof. (Philippine Clean Water Act of 2004, 2004)
Sewage treatment plant
refers to an industrial structure designed to remove biological or chemical waste products from water, thereby permitting the treated water to be used for other purposes. (Department of Public Works and Highways, 2015)
Stormwater
refers to the water obtained from precipitation and over land flow that enters sewers. (United Nations Statistics Division, n.d.)
Wastewater
refers to waste in liquid state containing pollutants. (Philippine Clean Water Act of 2004, 2004)
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the following credits under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0:

Back to Table of Contents

WT-03 Rainwater Harvesting

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 6 to SDG 6: Clean Water and Sanitation, and SDG 13 to SDG 13: Climate Action.

All Stages
Buildings
All Occupancy Types
SDG 6: Clean Water and Sanitation
SDG 13: Climate Action

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to harvest, treat and use rainwater to reduce the demand for potable water in the project.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

14 September 2023, v5.0.0 – Committee Draft β

Under Requirements, added Rainwater Catchment Systems Standard [ARCSA/ASPE/ANSI Standard 63] as a reference for determining the capacity of the rainwater storage for the project; and removed whichever is more stringent.

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Requirements, added The capacity of the rainwater storage must be in accordance with any of the following, whichever is more stringent: The Philippine Green Building Code or other generally accepted standards.

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish the target rainwater harvesting and use in the project.
  2. Identify and engage a qualified professional competent in identifying and implementing strategies to use harvested rainwater in the project.
  3. Present the water base case. The water base case should be a simulation or calculation of the projected water use patterns during the operations of the project. The water base case must include the following:
    • The projected annual operational potable water consumption in m3 per water end use,
    • The projected annual total operational potable water consumption in m3, and
    • The water use intensity in m3/m2.
  4. Design the project that incorporates a rainwater harvesting, treatment, storage and plumbing system in the project. The capacity of the rainwater storage must be in accordance with any of the following:
    • The Philippine Green Building Code;
    • The Rainwater Catchment Systems Standard [ARCSA/ASPE/ANSI Standard 63]; or
    • Other generally accepted standards.
  5. Establish a water metering and monitoring system to monitor and manage the rainwater harvesting and use during the operations of the project.
  6. Present the percentage of water consumption reduction attributed to rainwater harvesting and use in the project.
Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Implement the rainwater harvesting, treatment, storage and plumbing system in the project.
  2. Install water meters for the implementation of the water metering and monitoring system to monitor and manage the rainwater harvesting and use during the operations of the project.
  3. Conduct commissioning and testing for the implemented rainwater harvesting system in the project. Through the commissioning and testing, the project team must confirm the achievement of the performance requirements for the implemented rainwater harvesting system. The commissioning and testing must be:
    • Conducted by a third-party commissioning body;
    • Based on the performance requirements and manufacturer's specifications identified during the design of the project; and
    • Based on testing methodologies from generally accepted standards. Appropriate standards must be used for the commissioning and testing of the rainwater harvesting system.
  4. Calculate the potential rainwater harvesting and use in the project for non-potable uses.
Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish the target rainwater harvesting and use in the project.
  2. Identify and engage a qualified professional competent in:
    • Conducting an assessment on the existing use of rainwater for the project; and
    • Identifying and implementing strategies to improve rainwater harvesting and use in the project.
  3. Evaluate the rainwater harvesting and use in the project. The project team must:
    • Review the rainwater harvesting and use prior to the performance period of the project;
    • Review the existing policies and procedures for rainwater harvesting and use in the project; and
    • Recommend actions to improve the use of rainwater in the project.
  4. Present the water base case. The water base case should be the actual potable water consumption during the operations of the project prior to the performance period. The water base case for operations must include the following:
    • The actual annual operational potable water consumption in m3 per water end use,
    • The actual annual total operational potable water consumption in m3, and
    • The water use intensity in m3/m2.
  5. Identify improvements in the harvesting and use of rainwater in the project to further improve its water performance.
  6. Implement the improvements in the harvesting and use of rainwater in the project. The project team must:
    • Assign roles and responsibilities to the personnel responsible for the implementation of the strategies;
    • Implement the improvements in the harvesting and use of rainwater;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of the strategies during the performance period; and
    • Regularly communicate the implementation of the strategies to the project stakeholders.
  7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implemented improvements in the harvesting and use of rainwater. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the strategies for rainwater harvesting and use;
    • Review if the strategies were implemented effectively;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to continuously improve the water performance of the project.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Designed the rainwater harvesting system for the non-potable uses in the project.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented the design of the rainwater harvesting system for the non-potable uses in the project.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Provided the rainwater harvesting system for the non-potable uses in the project.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the target rainwater harvesting and use for the project. The policy must reflect the target percentage (%) of rainwater harvesting and use for the project.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in identifying and implementing strategies to use harvested rainwater in the project;
    • The responsibilities of the professional in the design of the project and the expected output; and
    • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
  3. The water base case. The base case must reflect the projected annual operational potable water consumption based on the initial design of the project.
  4. The water design case. The design case must include the following information:
    • The projected annual operational potable water consumption in m3 per water end use based on the design of the project,
    • The projected annual total operational potable water consumption in m3,
    • The water use intensity in m3/m2,
  5. The plans for the rainwater harvesting, treatment, storage and plumbing system. The plans must include the following information:
    • The design and location of the rainwater harvesting, treatment, storage and plumbing system;
    • The location of the collection points for rainwater;
    • The plumbing layout for potable and non-potable water;
    • The location of the water meters for rainwater; and
    • The scope of each water meter for rainwater.
  6. The specifications for the rainwater harvesting, treatment, storage and plumbing system. The specifications must include the following information:
    • The quality and performance details for the rainwater harvesting, treatment, storage and plumbing system;
    • The projected amount of rainwater that will be collected by the system for at least twelve (12) months;
    • The potential uses for rainwater, such as:
      • Landscape irrigation, and
      • Flushing for water fixtures;
    • The capacity of the rainwater storage, which must be in accordance with the Philippine Green Building Code or other generally accepted standards, whichever is more stringent; and
    • The scope of each water meter for rainwater.
  7. The calculation for the potential rainwater use in the project. The calculation must include the following information:
    • The potential rainwater use in m3 based on the annual total water consumption; and
    • The percentage of potential rainwater use compared to the water base case.
  8. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.
Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The as-built plans for the rainwater harvesting, treatment, storage and plumbing system. The plans must include the following information:
    • The implemented design and location of the rainwater harvesting, treatment, storage and plumbing system;
    • The location of the collection points for rainwater;
    • The plumbing layout for potable and non-potable water;
    • The location of the water meters for rainwater; and
    • The scope of each water meter for rainwater.
  2. The as-built specifications for the rainwater harvesting, treatment, storage and plumbing system. The specifications must include the following information:
    • The quality and performance details for the rainwater harvesting, treatment, storage and plumbing system;
    • The projected amount of rainwater that will be collected by the system for at least twelve (12) months;
    • The potential uses for rainwater, such as:
      • Landscape irrigation, and
      • Flushing for water fixtures;
    • The capacity of the rainwater storage, which must be in accordance with the Philippine Green Building Code or other generally accepted standards, whichever is more stringent; and
    • The scope of each water meter for rainwater.
  3. The commissioning report reflecting that the rainwater harvesting, treatment, storage and plumbing system were installed, tested and evaluated successfully to meet the performance requirements based on the design of the rainwater harvesting, treatment, storage and plumbing system in the project.
  4. The calculation for the potential rainwater use in the project. The calculation must include the following information:
    • The potential rainwater use in m3 based on the annual total water consumption; and
    • The percentage of potential rainwater use compared to the water base case.
  5. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The documentation must consist of:
    • Purchase records, such as:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs for the implementation of the strategies in the project.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the target rainwater harvesting and use for the project. The policy must reflect the target percentage (%) of rainwater harvesting and use for the project.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The relevant qualifications and competencies of the professional in:
      • Conducting an assessment on the existing use of rainwater for the project; and
      • Identifying and implementing strategies to improve rainwater harvesting and use in the project.
    • The responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project and the expected output; and
    • The period of engagement with the professional to deliver the expected output.
  3. The evaluation report for the rainwater harvesting and use in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • The rainwater harvesting and use prior to the performance period of the project;
    • The review of existing policies and procedures for rainwater harvesting and use in the project; and
    • The recommendations to improve the use of rainwater in the project.
  4. The water base case. The base case must reflect the projected annual operational potable water consumption based on the initial design of the project.
  5. The report on the improvements to the harvesting and use of rainwater in the project. The report must include information on the expected impact of harvesting and using rainwater in the project.
  6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to purchase products, technologies and equipment for the implementation of the strategies.
  7. The communication records as proof that the improvements to the harvesting and use of rainwater were communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  8. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program. The list must include the following information:
    • The name and designation of the personnel;
    • The contact number of the personnel; and
    • The roles and responsibilities assigned for the implementation of the strategies.
  9. The as-built plans for the rainwater harvesting, treatment, storage and plumbing system. The plans must include the following information:
    • The implemented design and location of the rainwater harvesting, treatment, storage and plumbing system;
    • The location of the collection points for rainwater;
    • The plumbing layout for potable and non-potable water;
    • The location of the water meters for rainwater; and
    • The scope of each water meter for rainwater.
  10. The as-built specifications for the rainwater harvesting, treatment, storage and plumbing system. The specifications must include the following information:
    • The quality and performance details for the rainwater harvesting, treatment, storage and plumbing system;
    • The actual amount of rainwater collected by the system for at least twelve (12) months;
    • The potential uses for rainwater, such as:
      • Landscape irrigation, and
      • Flushing for water fixtures;
    • The capacity of the rainwater storage, which must be in accordance with the Philippine Green Building Code or other generally accepted standards, whichever is more stringent; and
    • The scope of each water meter for rainwater.
  11. The documented policies and procedures for the proper use of the water meters to monitor, record and report the water consumption of the project during operations.
  12. The calculation for the actual rainwater use in the project. The calculation must include the following information:
    • The actual rainwater use in m3 based on the annual total water consumption; and
    • The percentage of actual rainwater use compared to the water base case.
  13. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies during the performance period.
  14. The evaluation report on the effectiveness of the implemented improvements to the harvesting and use of rainwater. The report must include the following information:
    • The outcomes of the implementation of the improvements to the harvesting and use of rainwater;
    • The assessment on whether the strategies were implemented effectively;
    • The assessment on whether the water performance of the project improved after implementing the strategies;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The recommendations to continuously improve the rainwater harvesting and use in the project.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Base case
refers to the modelling, calculation, or set of data used as the basis for comparison where the performance of a project is measured from.
Design case
refers to the modelling, calculation, or set of data reflecting the improved performance of the project based on the design of the project.
Potable water
refers to water suitable (both health and acceptability considerations) for drinking and cooking purposes. (Department of Health, 2017)
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

Back to Table of Contents

Materials and Circularity

Materials and Circularity category focuses on the procurement and use of materials that have positive environmental, social and economic impacts, and the proper management of solid waste to reduce the solid waste generated in the project and divert solid waste from landfills.

No. Credit Name Certification Stage Project Type Occupancy Type Sustainable Development Goal
MC-01 Green Procurement All Stages All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 12: Responsible Consumption and Production
SDG 13: Climate Action
MC-02 Local Procurement All Stages All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 8: Decent Work and Economic Growth
SDG 12: Responsible Consumption and Production
MC-03 Community-based Enterprise Procurement All Stages All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 1: No Poverty
SDG 12: Responsible Consumption and Production
MC-04 Waste Management All Stages All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 12: Responsible Consumption and Production
SDG 13: Climate Action

Back to Table of Contents

MC-01 Green Procurement

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 12 to SDG 12: Responsible Consumption and Production, and SDG 13 to SDG 13: Climate Action.

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 12: Responsible Consumption and Production
SDG 13: Climate Action

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to procure and use materials with less environmental impact for the project through a green procurement program.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for prioritizing the procurement and use of green materials for the project.
  2. Establish a green procurement program for the project. The program must contain:
    • The requirements for specifying, procuring and using green materials for the project. The sustainability qualifications for green materials must be any of the following:
      • Materials with post-consumer recycled content;
      • Materials with low volatile organic compound (VOC) content; or
      • Eco-labeled products, which should be labeled under:
        • The National Ecolabelling Program — Green Choice Philippines, or
        • An equivalent labeling program under the Global Ecolabelling Network (GEN);
        • For wood products, it must be certified wood, which should be certified under:
          • The Program for the Endorsement of Forest Certification (PEFC), or
          • The Forest Stewardship Council (FSC).
    • The activities to educate the project stakeholders and potential users on green procurement; and
    • The policies and procedures for prioritizing the procurement of green materials during design and construction.
  3. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the green procurement program. The action plan must contain:
    • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation;
    • The communication of the green procurement program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.
  4. Present the percentage of green materials specified for the project. The calculation is based on the total estimated cost of all materials for the project.
Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Implement the green procurement program. The project team must:
    • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procure and use green materials for the project;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy and its progress;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  2. Present the percentage of green materials procured and used for the project. The calculation is based on the total actual cost of all materials for the project.
  3. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the green procurement program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • Review if the program was implemented successfully;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the green procurement program once the project starts its operations.
Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for prioritizing the procurement and use of green materials for the project.
  2. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the existing green procurement program.
  3. Establish a green procurement program for the project. The program must contain:
    • The requirements for specifying, procuring and using green materials for the project. The sustainability qualifications for green materials must be any of the following:
      • Materials with post-consumer recycled content;
      • Materials with low volatile organic compound (VOC) content; or
      • Eco-labeled products, which should be labeled under:
        • The National Ecolabelling Program — Green Choice Philippines, or
        • An equivalent labeling program under the Global Eco-Labelling Network (GEN);
        • For wood products, it must be certified wood, which should be certified under:
          • The Program for the Endorsement of Forest Certification (PEFC), or
          • The Forest Stewardship Council (FSC).
    • The activities to educate the project stakeholders and potential users on green procurement; and
    • The policies and procedures for prioritizing the procurement of green materials during operations.
  4. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the green procurement program. The action plan must contain:
    • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
    • The communication of the green procurement program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.
  5. Implement the green procurement program. The project team must:
    • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procure and use green materials for the project;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  6. Present the percentage of green materials procured and used for the project. The calculation is based on the average monthly cost of all procured materials during the performance period.
  7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the green procurement program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the green procurement program after the performance period.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Specified materials that meet the sustainability requirements in the design of the project equal to fifty percent (50%) or more of all specified materials based on cost.
2 points Specified materials that meet the sustainability requirements in the design of the project equal to forty percent (40%) to less than fifty percent (<50%) of all specified materials based on cost.
1 point Specified materials that meet the sustainability requirements in the design of the project equal to thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) of all specified materials based on cost.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Procured and used materials that meet the sustainability requirements in the construction of the project equal to fifty percent (50%) or more of all procured materials based on cost.
2 points Procured and used materials that meet the sustainability requirements in the construction of the project equal to forty percent (40%) to less than fifty percent (<50%) of all procured materials based on cost.
1 point Procured and used materials that meet the sustainability requirements in the construction of the project equal to thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) of all procured materials based on cost.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Procured and used materials that meet the sustainability requirements in the operations of the project equal to thirty percent (30%) or more of the average monthly cost of procured materials.
2 points Procured and used materials that meet the sustainability requirements in the operations of the project equal to twenty percent (20%) to less than thirty percent (<30%) of the average monthly cost of procured materials.
1 point Procured and used materials that meet the sustainability requirements in the operations of the project equal to ten percent (10%) to less than twenty percent (<20%) of the average monthly cost of procured materials.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to prioritize the procurement and use of green materials for the project.

  2. The green procurement program reflecting the following:

    • The sustainability requirements for specifying, procuring and using green materials for the project, which must include the following information:
      • Material type;
      • Sustainability requirement for each material type; and
      • Copy of the generally accepted standard used to determine the sustainability requirement of each material type;
    • The regular activities identified to educate the project stakeholders and potential users on green procurement; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for prioritizing the procurement of green materials.

  3. The action plan for the implementation of the green procurement program reflecting the following:

    • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program; and
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation.

  4. The material specifications for all materials. The specifications must include the following information:

    • Material type;
    • Sustainability requirement for each material type; and
    • Copy of the generally accepted standard used to determine the sustainability requirement of each material type;

  5. The list of specified materials that meet the sustainability requirements. The list must include the following information:

    • Material type;
    • Material name;
    • Manufacturer or supplier's name; and
    • Sustainability qualifications of each specified material.

  6. The documentation on the sustainability qualifications of specified materials that meet the sustainability requirements. The documentation must be any of the following:

    • Certificates from a third-party certification body reflecting the sustainability qualifications of the material;
    • Material safety data sheets reflecting the relevant material parameters are within acceptable limits; or
    • Product certificates reflecting compliance with third-party product certification programs or labeling schemes.

  7. The bill of materials for all materials. The documentation must include the following information:

    • Quantity specified for each material;
    • Estimated cost per unit of each material; and
    • Total estimated cost of all materials.

  8. The report on the calculation of the percentage of specified materials that meet the sustainability requirements. The report must include the following information:

    • Total estimated cost of all materials;
    • Total estimated cost of materials that meet the sustainability requirements; and
    • Percentage of specified materials that meet the sustainability requirements.
    % Mspecified = Mgreen × 100%
    Mtotal

    where:

    Mspecified = Percentage of specified materials that meet the sustainability requirements
    Mgreen = Total cost of specified materials that meet the sustainability requirements
    Mtotal = Total cost of all specified materials

  9. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.

  10. The communication records as proof that the green procurement program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:

    • Name of the personnel,
    • Designation and contact information, and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.

  2. The as-built material specifications for all materials. The specifications must include the following information:

    • Material type;
    • Sustainability requirement for each material type; and
    • Copy of the generally accepted standard used to determine the sustainability requirement of each material type;

  3. The list of procured materials that meet the sustainability requirements. The list must include the following information:

    • Material type;
    • Material name;
    • Manufacturer or supplier's name; and
    • Sustainability qualifications of each procured material.

  4. The documentation on the sustainability qualifications of procured materials that meet the sustainability requirements. The documentation must be any of the following:

    • Certificates from a third-party certification body reflecting the sustainability qualifications of the material;
    • Material safety data sheets reflecting the relevant material parameters are within acceptable limits; or
    • Product certificates reflecting compliance with third-party product certification programs or labeling schemes.

  5. The bill of materials for all materials. The documentation must include the following information:

    • Quantity procured for each material;
    • Actual cost per unit of each material; and
    • Total actual cost of all materials.

  6. The report on the calculation of the percentage of procured materials that meet the sustainability requirements. The report must include the following information:

    • Total actual cost of all materials;
    • Total actual cost of materials that meet the sustainability requirements; and
    • Percentage of procured materials that meet the sustainability requirements.
    % Mprocured = Mgreen × 100%
    Mtotal

    where:

    Mprocured = Percentage of procured materials that meet the sustainability requirements
    Mgreen = Total cost of procured materials that meet the sustainability requirements
    Mtotal = Total cost of all procured materials

  7. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program.

  8. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:

    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.

  9. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:

    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the green procurement program once the project starts its operations.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to prioritize the procurement and use of green materials for the project.

  2. The report on the evaluation of the existing green procurement program. The report must include the following information:

    • Review of existing procurement requirements and processes;
    • List of consumable goods and equipment procured monthly for the operations of the project;
    • Feedback regarding the procurement of green materials for the project; and
    • Recommendations to prioritize the procurement and use of green materials for the project.

  3. The green procurement program reflecting the following:

    • The sustainability requirements for specifying, procuring and using green materials for the project, which must include the following information:
      • Material type;
      • Sustainability requirement for each material type; and
      • Copy of the generally accepted standard used to determine the sustainability requirement of each material type;
    • The regular activities identified to educate the project stakeholders and potential users on green procurement; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for prioritizing the procurement of green materials.

  4. The action plan for the implementation of the green procurement program reflecting the following:

    • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program; and
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation.

  5. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.

  6. The communication records as proof that the green procurement program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.

  7. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:

    • Name of the personnel,
    • Designation and contact information, and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.

  8. The as-built material specifications for all materials. The specifications must include the following information:

    • Material type;
    • Sustainability requirement for each material type; and
    • Copy of the generally accepted standard used to determine the sustainability requirement of each material type;

  9. The list of procured materials that meet the sustainability requirements. The list must include the following information:

    • Material type;
    • Material name;
    • Manufacturer or supplier's name; and
    • Sustainability qualifications of each procured material.

  10. The documentation on the sustainability qualifications of procured materials that meet the sustainability requirements. The documentation must be any of the following:

    • Certificates from a third-party certification body reflecting the sustainability qualifications of the material;
    • Material safety data sheets reflecting the relevant material parameters are within acceptable limits; or
    • Product certificates reflecting compliance with third-party product certification programs or labeling schemes.

  11. The bill of materials for all materials. The documentation must include the following information:

    • Quantity procured for each material;
    • Actual cost per unit of each material; and
    • Total cost of all procured materials for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.

  12. The report on the calculation of the percentage of procured materials during operations that meet the sustainability requirements. The report must include the following information:

    • Total cost of all procured materials for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
    • Total cost of procured materials that meet the sustainability requirements for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period; and
    • Monthly percentage of procured materials that meet the sustainability requirements.
    % Maverage = Mgreen × 100% ÷ 12
    Mtotal

    where:

    Maverage = Monthly percentage of procured materials that meet the sustainability requirements
    Mgreen = Total cost of procured materials that meet the sustainability requirements for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period
    Mtotal = Total cost of all procured materials for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period

  13. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.

  14. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:

    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.

  15. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:

    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the green procurement program after the performance period.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Green procurement
refers to the procurement of materials that promotes the protection of environment and sustainable development, provide social benefit to the community, and support economic development within the area.
Green materials
refer to materials are environmentally responsible, and considers the lifecycle of products. Green materials also meet sustainability requirements, such as materials with post-consumer recycled content, materials with low VOC content, certified wood or eco-labeled products.
Additional Readings
Addenda

14 September 2023, v5.0.0 – Committee Draft β

Under Additional Readings, added link to the ecolabeling programs under the Global Ecolabelling Network (GEN).

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Additional Readings, added a disclaimer on the use of products and services listed in the GreeenBuilding/PH.

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

  • Republic of the Philippines. (2022). Extended Producer Responsibility Act of 2022 [Republic Act No. 11898]. http://legacy.senate.gov.ph/republic_acts/ra%2011898.pdf.
  • Green Building Procurement Hub. (2023). https://greenbuildingph.org/.
    The Green Building Procurement Hub (GreenBuilding/PH) is a service provided for the members of the PHILGBC. It was also designed to inform the public on the available products, services and technologies that may be of use, on any building project. For this service, the PHILGBC does not, in any way, attest to the functionality or reliability of the products listed in the GreenBuilding/PH. All entries are merely compiled information from the product owner or service provider, or sourced out from publicly available information from their official websites. While significant effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information provided, PHILGBC is not responsible for any errors or omissions that may occur. All information on products and services does not imply an endorsement by the PHILGBC. The non-endorsement extends to all information found in all outbound website links in the GreenBuilding/PH.
  • Global Ecolabelling Programs. (n.d.). https://globalecolabelling.net/organisations/.
Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the following credits under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0:

Back to Table of Contents

MC-02 Local Procurement

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 8 to SDG 8: Decent Work and Economic Growth, and SDG 12 to SDG 12: Responsible Consumption and Production.

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 8: Decent Work and Economic Growth
SDG 12: Responsible Consumption and Production

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to procure and use locally manufactured materials for the project through a local procurement program.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

14 September 2023, v5.0.0 – Committee Draft β

Under Requirements, changed the proximity requirement for procuring locally manufactured materials for the project.

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for prioritizing the procurement and use of locally manufactured materials for the project.
  2. Establish a local procurement program for the project. The program must contain:
    • The requirements for specifying, procuring and using locally manufactured materials for the project. Locally manufactured materials must be:
      • Manufactured depending on where the project is located, which must be in:
        • The Philippines,
        • The region where the project is located, or
        • The province where the project is located;
      • Materials that are permanently installed in the project.
    • The activities to educate the project stakeholders and potential users on local procurement; and
    • The policies and procedures for prioritizing the procurement of locally manufactured materials during design and construction.
  3. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the local procurement program. The action plan must contain:
    • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation;
    • The communication of the local procurement program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.
  4. Present the percentage of locally manufactured materials specified for the project. The calculation is based on the total estimated cost of all materials for the project.
Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Implement the local procurement program. The project team must:
    • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procure and use locally manufactured materials for the project;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy and its progress;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  2. Present the percentage of locally manufactured materials procured and used for the project. The calculation is based on the total actual cost of all materials for the project.
  3. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the local procurement program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • Review if the program was implemented successfully;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the local procurement program once the project starts its operations.
Stage 3 — Operations
Addenda

14 September 2023, v5.0.0 – Committee Draft β

Under Requirements, changed the proximity requirement for procuring locally manufactured materials for the project.

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for prioritizing the procurement and use of locally manufactured materials for the project.
  2. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the existing local procurement program.
  3. Establish a local procurement program for the project. The program must contain:
    • The requirements for specifying, procuring and using locally manufactured materials for the project. Locally manufactured materials must be:
      • Manufactured depending on where the project is located, which must be in:
        • The Philippines,
        • The region where the project is located, or
        • The province where the project is located;
      • Materials that are permanently installed in the project.
    • The activities to educate the project stakeholders and potential users on local procurement; and
    • The policies and procedures for prioritizing the procurement of locally manufactured materials during operations.
  4. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the local procurement program. The action plan must contain:
    • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
    • The communication of the local procurement program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.
  5. Implement the local procurement program. The project team must:
    • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procure and use locally manufactured materials for the project;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  6. Present the percentage of locally manufactured materials procured and used for the project. The calculation is based on the average monthly cost of all procured materials during the performance period.
  7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the local procurement program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the local procurement program after the performance period.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Addenda

14 September 2023, v5.0.0 – Committee Draft β

Under Score Distribution, changed thresholds for procuring locally manufactured materials for the project.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Specified materials manufactured within the province where the project is located for at least ten percent (10%) of all specified materials based on cost.
2 points Specified materials manufactured within the region where the project is located for at least ten percent (10%) of all specified materials based on cost.
1 point Specified materials manufactured within the Philippines for at least ten percent (10%) of all specified materials based on cost.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Procured and used materials manufactured within the province where the project is located for at least ten percent (10%) of all procured materials based on cost.
2 points Procured and used materials manufactured within the region where the project is located for at least ten percent (10%) of all procured materials based on cost.
1 point Procured and used materials manufactured within the Philippines for at least ten percent (10%) of all procured materials based on cost.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Procured and used consumable goods and equipment that were manufactured within the province where the project is located for at least ten percent (10%) of the average monthly cost of procured materials.
2 points Procured and used consumable goods and equipment that were manufactured within the region where the project is located for at least ten percent (10%) of the average monthly cost of procured materials.
1 point Procured and used consumable goods and equipment that were manufactured within the Philippines for at least ten percent (10%) of the average monthly cost of procured materials.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to prioritize the procurement and use of locally manufactured materials for the project.

  2. The local procurement program reflecting the following:

    • The requirements for specifying, procuring and using locally manufactured materials for the project, which must include the following information:
      • Material type;
      • Location requirement for manufacturing each material type; and
      • Preferred address of the manufacturing plant where the materials are manufactured.
    • The regular activities identified to educate the project stakeholders and potential users on local procurement; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for prioritizing the procurement of locally manufactured materials.

  3. The action plan for the implementation of the local procurement program reflecting the following:

    • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program; and
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation.

  4. The material specifications for all materials. The specifications must include the following information:

    • Material type;
    • Location requirement for manufacturing each material type;
    • Manufacturer's name; and
    • Address of the manufacturing plant where the materials are manufactured.

  5. The list of specified materials that meet the procurement requirements. The list must include the following information:

    • Material type;
    • Material name;
    • Manufacturer's name;
    • Contact information; and
    • Address of the manufacturing plant where the materials are manufactured.

  6. The bill of materials for all materials. The documentation must include the following information:

    • Quantity specified for each material;
    • Estimated cost per unit of each material; and
    • Total estimated cost of all materials.

  7. The report on the calculation of the percentage of specified materials that meet the procurement requirements. The report must include the following information:

    • Total estimated cost of all materials;
    • Total estimated cost of materials that meet the procurement requirements; and
    • Percentage of specified materials that meet the procurement requirements.
    % Mspecified = Mlocal × 100%
    Mtotal

    where:

    Mspecified = Percentage of specified locally manufactured materials
    Mlocal = Total cost of specified locally manufactured materials
    Mtotal = Total cost of all specified materials

  8. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.

  9. The communication records as proof that the local procurement program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:

    • Name of the personnel,
    • Designation and contact information, and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.

  2. The as-built material specifications for all materials. The specifications must include the following information:

    • Material type;
    • Location requirement for manufacturing each material type;
    • Manufacturer's name; and
    • Address of the manufacturing plant where the materials are manufactured.

  3. The list of procured materials that meet the procurement requirements. The list must include the following information:

    • Material type;
    • Material name;
    • Manufacturer's name;
    • Contact information; and
    • Address of the manufacturing plant where the materials are manufactured.

  4. The bill of materials for all materials. The documentation must include the following information:

    • Quantity procured for each material;
    • Actual cost per unit of each material; and
    • Total actual cost of all materials.

  5. The report on the calculation of the percentage of procured materials that meet the procurement requirements. The report must include the following information:

    • Total actual cost of all materials;
    • Total actual cost of materials that meet the procurement requirements; and
    • Percentage of procured materials that meet the procurement requirements.
    % Mprocured = Mlocal × 100%
    Mtotal

    where:

    Mprocured = Percentage of procured locally manufactured materials
    Mgreen = Total cost of procured locally manufactured materials
    Mtotal = Total cost of all procured materials

  6. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program.

  7. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:

    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.

  8. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:

    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the local procurement program once the project starts its operations.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to prioritize the procurement and use of locally manufactured materials for the project.

  2. The report on the evaluation of the existing local procurement program. The report must include the following information:

    • Review of existing procurement requirements and processes;
    • List of consumable goods and equipment procured monthly for the operations of the project;
    • Feedback regarding the procurement of locally manufactured materials for the project; and
    • Recommendations to prioritize the procurement and use of locally manufactured materials for the project.

  3. The local procurement program reflecting the following:

    • The requirements for specifying, procuring and using locally manufactured materials for the project, which must include the following information:
      • Material type;
      • Location requirement for manufacturing each material type; and
      • Preferred address of the manufacturing plant where the materials are manufactured.
    • The regular activities identified to educate the project stakeholders and potential users on local procurement; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for prioritizing the procurement of locally manufactured materials.

  4. The action plan for the implementation of the local procurement program reflecting the following:

    • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program; and
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation.

  5. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.

  6. The communication records as proof that the local procurement program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.

  7. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:

    • Name of the personnel,
    • Designation and contact information, and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.

  8. The as-built material specifications for all materials. The specifications must include the following information:

    • Material type;
    • Location requirement for manufacturing each material type;
    • Manufacturer's name; and
    • Address of the manufacturing plant where the materials are manufactured.

  9. The list of procured materials that meet the procurement requirements. The list must include the following information:

    • Material type;
    • Material name;
    • Manufacturer's name;
    • Contact information; and
    • Address of the manufacturing plant where the materials are manufactured.

  10. The bill of materials for all materials. The documentation must include the following information:

    • Quantity procured for each material;
    • Actual cost per unit of each material; and
    • Total cost of all procured materials for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.

  11. The report on the calculation of the percentage of procured materials during operations that meet the procurement requirements. The report must include the following information:

    • Total actual cost of all materials for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
    • Total actual cost of materials that meet the procurement requirements for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period; and
    • Monthly percentage of procured materials that meet the procurement requirements.
    % Maverage = Mlocal × 100% ÷ 12
    Mtotal

    where:

    Maverage = Monthly percentage of procured locally manufactured materials
    Mlocal = Total cost of procured locally manufactured materials for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period
    Mtotal = Total cost of all procured materials for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period

  12. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.

  13. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:

    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.

  14. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:

    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the local procurement program after the performance period.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Local procurement
refers to the procurement of materials from local manufacturers to strengthen the local economy and to support local businesses.
Locally manufactured materials
refer to materials that are manufactured within the Philippines, the region or the province where the project is located. These materials must be permanently installed in the project.
Region

refers to the highest level among the four (4) hierarchical levels of geographical-political subdivisions of the Philippines. (Philippine Standard Geographic Code, 2023)

There are seventeen (17) regions in the Philippines, which are the following:

  • National Capital Region (NCR);
  • Cordillera Administrative Region (CAR);
  • Region I (Ilocos Region);
  • Region II (Cagayan Valley);
  • Region III (Central Luzon);
  • Region IV-A (CALABARZON);
  • Region IV-B (MIMAROPA);
  • Region V (Bicol Region);
  • Region VI (Western Visayas);
  • Region VII (Central Visayas);
  • Region VIII (Eastern Visayas);
  • Region IX (Zamboanga Peninsula);
  • Region X (Northern Mindanao);
  • Region XI (Davao Region);
  • Region XII (SOCCSKSARGEN);
  • Region XIII (Caraga Administrative Region); and
  • Bangsamoro Autonomous Region in Muslim Mindanao (BARMM).
Additional Readings
Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Additional Readings, added a disclaimer on the use of products and services listed in the GreeenBuilding/PH.

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

  • Republic of the Philippines. (2022). Extended Producer Responsibility Act of 2022 [Republic Act No. 11898]. http://legacy.senate.gov.ph/republic_acts/ra%2011898.pdf.
  • Green Building Procurement Hub. (2023). https://greenbuildingph.org/.
    The Green Building Procurement Hub (GreenBuilding/PH) is a service provided for the members of the PHILGBC. It was also designed to inform the public on the available products, services and technologies that may be of use, on any building project. For this service, the PHILGBC does not, in any way, attest to the functionality or reliability of the products listed in the GreenBuilding/PH. All entries are merely compiled information from the product owner or service provider, or sourced out from publicly available information from their official websites. While significant effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information provided, PHILGBC is not responsible for any errors or omissions that may occur. All information on products and services does not imply an endorsement by the PHILGBC. The non-endorsement extends to all information found in all outbound website links in the GreenBuilding/PH.

Back to Table of Contents

MC-03 Community-based Enterprise Procurement

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 1 to SDG 1: No Poverty, and SDG 12 to SDG 12: Responsible Consumption and Production.

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 1: No Poverty
SDG 12: Responsible Consumption and Production

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to procure and use sustainable products from community-based enterprises for the project and provide social benefits to a community through a community-based enterprise procurement program.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for prioritizing the procurement and use of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups for the project.
  2. Establish a community-based enterprise procurement program for the project. The program must contain:
    • The requirements for specifying, procuring and using sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups for the project. These materials must be:
      • Crafted by local artisans, community groups or indigenous communities; and
      • Made using sustainable or upcycled materials.
    • The activities to educate the project stakeholders and potential users on community-based enterprise procurement; and
    • The policies and procedures for prioritizing the procurement of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups during design and construction.
  3. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the community-based enterprise procurement program. The action plan must contain:
    • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation;
    • The communication of the community-based enterprise procurement program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.
  4. Present the percentage of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups specified for the project. The calculation is based on the total estimated cost of all materials for the project.
Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Implement the community-based enterprise procurement program. The project team must:
    • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procure and use sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups for the project;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy and its progress;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  2. Present the percentage of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups procured and used for the project. The calculation is based on the total actual cost of all materials for the project.
  3. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the community-based enterprise procurement program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • Review if the program was implemented successfully;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the community-based enterprise procurement program once the project starts its operations.
Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for prioritizing the procurement and use of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups for the project.
  2. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the existing community-based enterprise procurement program.
  3. Establish a community-based enterprise procurement program for the project. The program must contain:
    • The requirements for specifying, procuring and using sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups for the project. These materials must be:
      • Crafted by local artisans, community groups or indigenous communities; and
      • Made using sustainable or upcycled materials.
    • The activities to educate the project stakeholders and potential users on community-based enterprise procurement; and
    • The policies and procedures for prioritizing the procurement of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups during operations.
  4. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the community-based enterprise procurement program. The action plan must contain:
    • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
    • The communication of the community-based enterprise procurement program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.
  5. Implement the community-based enterprise procurement program. The project team must:
    • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procure and use sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups for the project;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  6. Present the percentage of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups procured and used for the project. The calculation is based on the average monthly cost of all procured materials during the performance period.
  7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the community-based enterprise procurement program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the community-based enterprise procurement program after the performance period.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Specified materials from social enterprises and community groups in the design of the project equal to ten percent (10%) or more of all specified materials based on cost.
2 points Specified materials from social enterprises and community groups in the design of the project equal to five percent (5%) to less than ten percent (<10%) of all specified materials based on cost.
1 point Specified materials from social enterprises and community groups in the design of the project equal to three percent (3%) to less than five percent (<5%) of all specified materials based on cost.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Procured and used materials from social enterprises and community groups in the construction of the project equal to ten percent (10%) or more of all procured materials based on cost.
2 points Procured and used materials from social enterprises and community groups in the construction of the project equal to five percent (5%) to less than ten percent (<10%) of all procured materials based on cost.
1 point Procured and used materials from social enterprises and community groups in the construction of the project equal to three percent (3%) to less than five percent (<5%) of all procured materials based on cost.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Procured and used materials from social enterprises and community groups in the operations of the project equal to ten percent (10%) or more of the average monthly costs of procured materials.
2 points Procured and used materials from social enterprises and community groups in the operations of the project equal to five percent (5%) to less than ten percent (<10%) of the average monthly costs of procured materials.
1 point Procured and used materials from social enterprises and community groups in the operations of the project equal to three percent (3%) to less than five percent (<5%) of the average monthly costs of procured materials.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to prioritize the procurement and use of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups for the project.

  2. The community-based enterprise procurement program reflecting the following:

    • The requirements for specifying, procuring and using sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups for the project, which must include the following information:
      • Material type;
      • Sustainability requirements for each material type;
      • Preferred businesses for community-based enterprise procurement, which must be any of the following:
        • Local artisans,
        • Community groups,
        • Indigenous communities,
        • Community-based enterprises, or
        • Social enterprises.
    • The regular activities identified to educate the project stakeholders and potential users on community-based enterprise procurement; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for prioritizing the procurement of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups.

  3. The action plan for the implementation of the community-based enterprise procurement program reflecting the following:

    • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program; and
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation.

  4. The material specifications for all materials. The specifications must include the following information:

    • Material type;
    • Sustainability requirement for each material type;
    • Type of business for community-based enterprises procurement, which must be any of the following:
      • Local artisans,
      • Community groups,
      • Indigenous communities,
      • Community-based enterprises, or
      • Social enterprises.

  5. The list of specified materials that meet the procurement requirements. The list must include the following information:

    • Material type;
    • Material name;
    • Business or organization's name;
    • Contact information; and
    • Type of business, which must be any of the following:
      • Local artisans,
      • Community groups,
      • Indigenous communities,
      • Community-based enterprises, or
      • Social enterprises.

  6. The documentation on the qualifications of the engaged businesses or organizations as a community-based enterprise. The documentation must include the following information:

    • Brief description of the engaged business or organization;
    • Sustainable materials or products offered to end users;
    • Sources of the materials or products, which must be crafted by local artisans, community groups or indigenous communities; and
    • If the business is a community-based enterprise or a social enterprise, the beneficiaries of the profits from selling the materials or products.

  7. The bill of materials for all materials. The documentation must include the following information:

    • Quantity specified for each material;
    • Estimated cost per unit of each material; and
    • Total estimated cost of all materials.

  8. The report on the calculation of the percentage of specified materials that meet the procurement requirements. The report must include the following information:

    • Total estimated cost of all materials;
    • Total estimated cost of materials that meet the procurement requirements; and
    • Percentage of specified materials that meet the procurement requirements.
    % Mspecified = Msocial × 100%
    Mtotal

    where:

    Mspecified = Percentage of specified sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups
    Msocial = Total cost of specified sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups
    Mtotal = Total cost of all specified materials

  9. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.

  10. The communication records as proof that the community-based enterprise procurement program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:

    • Name of the personnel,
    • Designation and contact information, and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.

  2. The as-built material specifications for all materials. The specifications must include the following information:

    • Material type;
    • Sustainability requirement for each material type;
    • Type of business for community-based enterprises procurement, which must be any of the following:
      • Local artisans,
      • Community groups,
      • Indigenous communities,
      • Community-based enterprises, or
      • Social enterprises.

  3. The list of procured materials that meet the procurement requirements. The list must include the following information:

    • Material type;
    • Material name;
    • Business or organization's name;
    • Contact information; and
    • Type of business, which must be any of the following:
      • Local artisans,
      • Community groups,
      • Indigenous communities,
      • Community-based enterprises, or
      • Social enterprises.

  4. The documentation on the qualifications of the engaged businesses or organizations as a community-based enterprise. The documentation must include the following information:

    • Brief description of the engaged business or organization;
    • Sustainable materials or products offered to end users;
    • Sources of the materials or products, which must be crafted by local artisans, community groups or indigenous communities; and
    • If the business is a community-based enterprise or a social enterprise, the beneficiaries of the profits from selling the materials or products.

  5. The bill of materials for all materials. The documentation must include the following information:

    • Quantity procured for each material;
    • Actual cost per unit of each material; and
    • Total actual cost of all materials.

  6. The report on the calculation of the percentage of procured materials that meet the procurement requirements. The report must include the following information:

    • Total actual cost of all materials;
    • Total actual cost of materials that meet the procurement requirements; and
    • Percentage of procured materials that meet the procurement requirements.
    % Mprocured = Msocial × 100%
    Mtotal

    where:

    Mprocured = Percentage of procured sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups
    Msocial = Total cost of procured sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups
    Mtotal = Total cost of all procured materials

  7. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program.

  8. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:

    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.

  9. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:

    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the community-based enterprise procurement program once the project starts its operations.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to prioritize the procurement and use of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups for the project.

  2. The report on the evaluation of the existing community-based enterprise procurement program. The report must include the following information:

    • Review of existing procurement requirements and processes;
    • List of consumable goods and equipment procured monthly for the operations of the project;
    • Feedback regarding the procurement of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups for the project; and
    • Recommendations to prioritize the procurement and use of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups for the project.

  3. The community-based enterprise procurement program reflecting the following:

    • The requirements for specifying, procuring and using sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups for the project, which must include the following information:
      • Material type;
      • Sustainability requirements for each material type;
      • Preferred businesses for community-based enterprise procurement, which must be any of the following:
        • Local artisans,
        • Community groups,
        • Indigenous communities,
        • Community-based enterprises, or
        • Social enterprises.
    • The regular activities identified to educate the project stakeholders and potential users on community-based enterprise procurement; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for prioritizing the procurement of sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups.

  4. The action plan for the implementation of the community-based enterprise procurement program reflecting the following:

    • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program; and
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation.

  5. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.

  6. The communication records as proof that the community-based enterprise procurement program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.

  7. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:

    • Name of the personnel,
    • Designation and contact information, and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.

  8. The as-built material specifications for all materials. The specifications must include the following information:

    • Material type;
    • Sustainability requirement for each material type;
    • Type of business for community-based enterprises procurement, which must be any of the following:
      • Local artisans,
      • Community groups,
      • Indigenous communities,
      • Community-based enterprises, or
      • Social enterprises.

  9. The list of procured materials that meet the procurement requirements. The list must include the following information:

    • Material type;
    • Material name;
    • Business or organization's name;
    • Contact information; and
    • Type of business, which must be any of the following:
      • Local artisans,
      • Community groups,
      • Indigenous communities,
      • Community-based enterprises, or
      • Social enterprises.

  10. The documentation on the qualifications of the engaged businesses or organizations as a community-based enterprise. The documentation must include the following information:

    • Brief description of the engaged business or organization;
    • Sustainable materials or products offered to end users;
    • Sources of the materials or products, which must be crafted by local artisans, community groups or indigenous communities; and
    • If the business is a community-based enterprise or a social enterprise, the beneficiaries of the profits from selling the materials or products.

  11. The bill of materials for all materials. The documentation must include the following information:

    • Quantity procured for each material;
    • Actual cost per unit of each material; and
    • Total cost of all procured materials for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.

  12. The report on the calculation of the percentage of procured materials during operations that meet the procurement requirements. The report must include the following information:

    • Total cost of all procured materials for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
    • Total cost of procured materials that meet the sustainability requirements for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period; and
    • Monthly percentage of procured materials that meet the sustainability requirements.
    % Maverage = Msocial × 100% ÷ 12
    Mtotal

    where:

    Maverage = Monthly percentage of procured sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups
    Msocial = Total cost of procured sustainable materials from social enterprises and community groups for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period
    Mtotal = Total cost of all procured materials for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period

  13. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.

  14. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:

    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.

  15. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:

    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the community-based enterprise procurement program after the performance period.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Community-Based Enterprises
refers to businesses that provide social benefits to a community. These are businesses formed by communities to engage in business activities to improve their social welfare. Products made by these enterprises are made by sustainable and upcycled materials.
Social Enterprises
refers to a non-stock, non-profit, or a stock, close corporation duly registered with SEC, with the primary purpose of accomplishing a charitable mission for the benefit of marginalized social sector by simultaneously implementing a poverty reduction strategy, as well as engaging in transactional and transformative business activities.
Additional Readings
Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Additional Readings, added a disclaimer on the use of products and services listed in the GreeenBuilding/PH.

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

  • Republic of the Philippines. (2022). Extended Producer Responsibility Act of 2022 [Republic Act No. 11898]. http://legacy.senate.gov.ph/republic_acts/ra%2011898.pdf.
  • R. P. Escobin, R. A. Natividad, & F. C. Pitargue, Jr. (2007). Philippine raw materials sourcebook: Holiday decors, wearables, gifts (Vol. 1). FPRDI-DOST.
  • R. P. Escobin, R. A. Natividad, & F. C. Pitargue, Jr. (2009). Philippine raw materials sourcebook: Decors, woodcarvings, gifts, accessories (Vol. 2). FPRDI-DOST.
  • R. P. Escobin, R. A. Natividad, & F. C. Pitargue, Jr. (2010). Philippine raw materials sourcebook: Decors, gifts, accessories (Vol. 3). FPRDI-DOST.
  • R. P. Escobin, R. A. Natividad, F. C. Pitargue Jr., & E. R. Barile. (2012). Philippine raw materials sourcebook: Furniture, woodcarvings, decors, gifts & accessories (Vol. 4). FPRDI-DOST.
  • Green Building Procurement Hub. (2023). https://greenbuildingph.org/.
    The Green Building Procurement Hub (GreenBuilding/PH) is a service provided for the members of the PHILGBC. It was also designed to inform the public on the available products, services and technologies that may be of use, on any building project. For this service, the PHILGBC does not, in any way, attest to the functionality or reliability of the products listed in the GreenBuilding/PH. All entries are merely compiled information from the product owner or service provider, or sourced out from publicly available information from their official websites. While significant effort has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information provided, PHILGBC is not responsible for any errors or omissions that may occur. All information on products and services does not imply an endorsement by the PHILGBC. The non-endorsement extends to all information found in all outbound website links in the GreenBuilding/PH.

Back to Table of Contents

MC-04 Waste Management

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 12 to SDG 12: Responsible Consumption and Production, and SDG 13 to SDG 13: Climate Action.

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 12: Responsible Consumption and Production
SDG 13: Climate Action

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

  • Reduce the solid waste generation of the project through effective solid waste management;
  • Reuse and recycle solid waste to minimize the solid waste disposed in landfills; and
  • Divert solid waste from landfills.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish the target construction solid waste diversion for the project.
  2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
    • Preparing the construction waste base case for the project; and
    • Identifying and implementing waste diversion strategies during the construction of the project.
  3. Establish a construction waste base case. The construction waste base case should be a simulation or calculation of the projected solid waste generation during the construction of the project. The construction waste base case must include the following:
    • The projected types of solid waste generated during construction,
    • The projected amount of construction solid waste in kilograms (kg) per waste type,
    • The projected total amount of construction solid waste in kg, and
    • The waste generation intensity in kilograms per square meter (kg/m2).
  4. Establish a construction waste management system. The project team must be able to measure and monitor the solid waste generated during the construction of the project.
  5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the construction waste management system. The action plan must include the following:
    • The roles necessary for the implementation of the system, including the responsibilities for each role;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
    • The communication of the construction waste management system and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Implement the construction waste management system. The project team must:
    • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the system;
    • Implement the waste diversion strategies during construction;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy and its progress;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the system to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  2. Present the percentage of solid waste diverted during the construction of the project. The calculation is based on the actual total amount of construction solid waste generated in the project.
  3. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation construction waste management system. The project tam must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the system;
    • Review if the system was implemented successfully;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the waste performance of the project once the project starts its operations.
Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish the target solid waste diversion for the project.
  2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in planning and implementing waste diversion strategies during the operations of the project.
  3. Evaluate the solid waste diversion in the project. The evaluation must include the following:
    • The effectiveness of the implementation of existing waste diversion strategies;
    • The implementation of the existing policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the waste diversion strategies; and
    • The effectiveness of the implementation of the existing waste management system.
  4. Establish an operational waste base case. The operational waste base case should be the actual solid waste generation during the operations of the project prior to the performance period. The operational waste base case must include the following:
    • The actual types of solid waste generated during operations,
    • The actual amount of construction solid waste in kg per waste type,
    • The actual total amount of construction solid waste in kg, and
    • The waste generation intensity in kg/m2.
  5. Establish a waste management system for operations. The project team must be able to measure and monitor the solid waste generated for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
  6. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the waste management system. The action plan must include the following:
    • The roles necessary for the implementation of the system, including the responsibilities for each role;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
    • The communication of the waste management system and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  7. Implement the waste management system for operations. The project team must:
    • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the system;
    • Implement the waste diversion strategies during operations;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period; and
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the system to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  8. Present the percentage of solid waste diverted during the operations of the project. The calculation is based on the actual total amount of solid waste generated during the performance period.
  9. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation waste management system for operations. The project tam must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the system;
    • Review if the system was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the waste performance of the project after the performance period.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Presented a projected construction solid waste diversion of eighty percent (80%) or more compared to the construction waste base case.
2 points Presented a projected construction solid waste diversion of sixty percent (60%) to less than eighty percent (<80%) compared to the construction waste base case.
1 point Presented a projected construction solid waste diversion of forty percent (40%) to less than sixty percent (<60%) compared to the construction waste base case.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Presented an actual construction solid waste diversion of eighty percent (80%) or more compared to the construction waste base case.
2 points Presented an actual construction solid waste diversion of sixty percent (60%) to less than eighty percent (<80%) compared to the construction waste base case.
1 point Presented an actual construction solid waste diversion of forty percent (40%) to less than sixty percent (<60%) compared to the construction waste base case.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Presented an actual solid waste diversion of forty percent (40%) or more compared to the operational waste base case.
2 points Presented an actual solid waste diversion of thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) compared to the operational waste base case.
1 point Presented an actual solid waste diversion of twenty percent (20%) to less than thirty percent (<30%) compared to the operational waste base case.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the target construction solid waste diversion of the project. The policy must reflect the target percentage (%) of construction solid waste diversion for the project.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
      • Preparing the construction waste base case for the project; and
      • Identifying and implementing waste diversion strategies during the construction of the project;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the design and construction of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. The construction waste base case. The report must reflect the projected total amount of construction solid waste in the project.
  4. The projected occupancy profile for the project. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Description of the project's intended use;
    • Number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
    • Number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
    • Maximum number of users per shift.
  5. The construction waste management system.
  6. The action plan for the implementation of the construction waste management system reflecting the following:
    • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the system;
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  7. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
  8. The communication records as proof that the construction waste management system and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  9. The report on the calculation of the percentage of the projected construction solid waste diversion. The report must include the following information:
    • Projected types of solid waste generated during construction,
    • Projected amount of construction solid waste in kg per waste type,
    • Projected total amount of construction solid waste in kg,
    • Waste generation intensity in kg/m2,
    • Percentage of construction solid waste diversion attributed to the waste diversion strategies; and
    • Total percentage of construction solid waste diversion compared to the construction waste base case.
Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the waste management system, which must include the following information:
    • Name of the personnel,
    • Designation and contact information, and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the waste management system.
  2. The documentation on the segregation, handling and storage of construction waste. The documentation must consist of:
    • The as-built plans and specifications of the waste storage on site reflecting its location and size,
    • The monitoring reports on the waste generated during construction, and
    • The procurement and implementation records for the segregation, handling and storage of construction waste, which should include the following:
      • Purchase records, such as:
        • Purchase orders, and
        • Official receipts or sales invoices;
      • Delivery receipts,
      • Installation records, and
      • Photographs for the segregation, handling and storage of construction waste.
  3. The list of operators, suppliers and service providers engaged for the implementation of the waste diversion strategies during construction. The list must include the following information:
    • The name of the identified operator, supplier and service provider,
    • The address of the waste diversion facility,
    • The name and designation of the representative from the operator, supplier and service provider,
    • The contact number of the representative, and
    • The description of the services offered and the types of waste handled by the operator, supplier and service provider.
  4. The documentation on the collection, diversion and disposal of construction waste. The documentation must consist of:
    • The service contracts with the engaged operators, suppliers and service providers for implementing the waste diversion strategies during construction. The documentation must include the following information:
      • The description of the services offered and the types of waste handled by the operator, supplier and service provider, and
      • The period of engagement with the operators, suppliers and service providers to implement the strategies.
    • The waste ticket or logs for the waste collected by the operators, suppliers and service providers,
    • The monitoring reports on the waste diverted and disposed during construction, and
    • The procurement and implementation records for the collection, diversion and disposal of construction waste, which should include the following:
      • Purchase records, such as:
        • Purchase orders, and
        • Official receipts or sales invoices;
      • Photographs for the collection, diversion and disposal of construction waste.
  5. The communication records as proof that the implementation of the construction waste management system was regularly communicated to the project stakeholders.
  6. The report on the calculation of the percentage of the actual construction solid waste diversion. The report must include the following information:
    • Actual types of solid waste generated during construction,
    • Actual amount of construction solid waste in kg per waste type,
    • Actual total amount of construction solid waste in kg,
    • Waste generation intensity in kg/m2,
    • Percentage of construction solid waste diversion attributed to the waste diversion strategies; and
    • Total percentage of construction solid waste diversion compared to the construction waste base case.
  7. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the construction waste management system reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the system;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the waste performance of the project once the project starts its operations.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the target solid waste diversion of the project. The policy must reflect the target percentage (%) of solid waste diversion for the operations of the project.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in planning and implementing waste diversion strategies during the operations of the project;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. The operational waste base case. The report must reflect the actual solid waste generation during the operations of the project prior to the performance period.
  4. The actual occupancy profile for the project. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Description of the project's use;
    • Number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
    • Number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
    • Maximum number of users per shift.
  5. The waste management system for operations.
  6. The action plan for the implementation of the waste management system reflecting the following:
    • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the system;
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  7. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
  8. The communication records as proof that the waste management system and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  9. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the waste management system, which must include the following information:
    • Name of the personnel,
    • Designation and contact information, and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the waste management system.
  10. The documentation on the segregation, handling and storage of operational waste. The documentation must consist of:
    • The as-built plans and specifications of the waste storage on site reflecting its location and size,
    • The monitoring reports on the waste generated during performance period, and
    • The procurement and implementation records for the segregation, handling and storage of operational waste, which should include the following:
      • Purchase records, such as:
        • Purchase orders, and
        • Official receipts or sales invoices;
      • Delivery receipts,
      • Installation records, and
      • Photographs for the segregation, handling and storage of operational waste.
  11. The list of operators, suppliers and service providers engaged for the implementation of the waste diversion strategies during operations. The list must include the following information:
  • The name of the identified operator, supplier and service provider,
  • The address of the waste diversion facility,
  • The name and designation of the representative from the operator, supplier and service provider,
  • The contact number of the representative, and
  • The description of the services offered and the types of waste handled by the operator, supplier and service provider.
  1. The documentation on the collection, diversion and disposal of operational waste. The documentation must consist of:
    • The service contracts with the engaged operators, suppliers and service providers for implementing the waste diversion strategies during operations. The documentation must include the following information:
      • The description of the services offered and the types of waste handled by the operator, supplier and service provider, and
      • The period of engagement with the operators, suppliers and service providers to implement the strategies.
    • The waste ticket or logs for the waste collected by the operators, suppliers and service providers,
    • The monitoring reports on the waste diverted and disposed during performance period, and
    • The procurement and implementation records for the collection, diversion and disposal of operational waste, which should include the following:
      • Purchase records, such as:
        • Purchase orders, and
        • Official receipts or sales invoices;
      • Photographs for the collection, diversion and disposal of operational waste.
  2. The communication records as proof that the implementation of the waste management system was regularly communicated to the project stakeholders.
  3. The report on the calculation of the percentage of the actual solid waste diversion during operations. The report must include the following information:
    • Actual types of solid waste generated during operations,
    • Actual amount of solid waste in kg per waste type,
    • Actual total amount of solid waste in kg,
    • Waste generation intensity in kg/m2,
    • Percentage of solid waste diversion attributed to the waste diversion strategies; and
    • Total percentage of solid waste diversion compared to the operational waste base case.
  4. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the waste management system reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the system;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the waste management system after the performance period.

Additional Information

Waste base case

The project team must use one of the following options to establish the waste base case:

  1. Calculate the project's waste base case.
  2. Use the waste base case of an existing comparable project.
  3. Use the waste base case based from a reference standard.
  4. Use the actual solid waste generation of the project for the past twelve (12) months.
Calculate the waste base case

When calculating the waste base case, the calculation for the waste performance must be reflective of the potential waste generation patterns during the construction of the project. The project team must provide the narrative how to estimate the potential solid waste generation in the project.

The project team must submit:

  1. The report on the scope and narrative description of the project used for the calculation. The report must include the following information:
    • The total gross floor area in m2;
    • The occupancy profile reflecting the following:
      • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
      • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
      • The maximum number of users per shift;
    • The description of the project's intended use; and
    • The projected types of solid waste generated during construction.
  2. The copy of the reference codes or generally accepted standards used for the projected amount of solid waste of each identified type of waste during construction.
  3. The report on the calculated waste base case of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • The projected amount of solid waste in kg per waste type;
    • The projected total amount of solid waste in kg; and
    • The waste generation intensity in kg/m2.
Use the waste base case of an existing comparable project

When using a waste base base of an existing comparable project, the project team must be able to establish how the identified comparable project is similar to the design, function and use of the project. This is to ensure that the established base case will be at similar to the projected waste performance of the project.

The project team must submit:

  1. The report on the technical description of the identified existing comparable project. The report must include the following information:
    • The comparable project's name;
    • The comparable project's location;
    • The comparable project owner's name;
    • The total gross floor area of the comparable project in m2;
    • The occupancy profile reflecting the following:
      • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
      • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
      • The maximum number of users per shift;
    • The description of the comparable project's use.
  2. The proof of ownership or an authorization from the comparable project owner for using the waste generation data of the comparable projects to establish the waste base case of the project.
  3. The documentation on the waste generation data of the comparable project, which must be based on either of the following:
    • The solid waste generation of all types of waste of the comparable project, which must include the following:
      • The projected types of solid waste generated during the construction of the comparable project;
      • The projected total amount of solid waste during the construction of the comparable project in kg;
      • The projected annual amount of solid waste per waste type in kg based on reference codes or generally accepted standards; and
      • The copy of the reference codes or generally accepted standards used for the projected amount of solid waste of each identified type of waste.
    • The actual solid waste generation of the comparable project for at least twelve (12) months, which must be based on either the following:
      • Waste tickets, hauling tickets or waste invoices; or
      • Waste monitoring reports.
  4. The report on the calculated waste base case of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • The projected annual amount of solid waste in kg per waste type;
    • The projected annual total amount of solid waste in kg; and
    • The waste generation intensity in kg/m2.
Use the waste base case from a reference standard

When using a waste base case from a reference standard, the project team must use the base case applicable to the project, which may be based on the scope of the base case, project type or occupancy type.

The project team must submit:

  1. The copy of the reference standard used for the waste base case.
  2. The projected occupancy profile for the project. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
    • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
    • The maximum number of users per shift.
  3. The report on the calculated waste base case of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • The projected annual total amount of solid waste in kg; and
    • The waste generation intensity in kg/m2.
Use the actual solid waste generation

S3

For projects under operations, the project team should present the actual solid waste generation of the project for at least twelve (12) months prior to the performance period of the project.

The project team must submit:

  1. The copy of the reference documents reflecting the actual solid waste generation of the project for at least twelve (12) months prior to the performance period, which must be based on either of the following:
    • Waste tickets, hauling tickets or waste invoices; or
    • Waste monitoring reports.
  2. The actual occupancy profile for the project. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The number of shifts for the project within a 24-hour period, which may be up to a maximum of three (3) shifts;
    • The number of hours per shift, which should be at least eight (8) hours per shift; and
    • The maximum number of users per shift.
  3. The report on the presented waste base case of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • The actual annual amount of solid waste in kg per waste type;
    • The actual annual total amount of solid waste in kg; and
    • The waste generation intensity in kg/m2.
Waste management system

When establishing the waste management system, the project team must demonstrate how the waste performance of the project improved through identifying solid waste diversion strategies, and establishing policies and procedures for the segregation, handling, storage, collection, diversion and disposal of solid waste in the project.

The project team should submit the waste management system. The waste management system must consist of the following:

  1. The plans and specifications for the solid waste diversion strategies. The plans must include the following information:
    • The design and location of the solid waste diversion strategies; and
    • The quality and performance details of the strategies.
  2. The plans and specifications for the waste storage on site reflecting its location and size;
  3. The list of operators, suppliers and service providers identified to implement the waste diversion strategies. The list must include the following information:
    • The name of the identified operator, supplier and service provider,
    • The address of the waste diversion facility,
    • The name and designation of the representative from the operator, supplier and service provider,
    • The contact number of the representative, and
    • The description of the services offered and the types of waste handled by the operator, supplier and service provider.
  4. The documented policies and procedures for implementing the waste management system. The documentation must include the following information:
    • The roles and responsibilities defined to implement the strategies,
    • The procedures for handling different types of waste, which should include the following:
      • Segregating solid waste at source,
      • Providing a waste storage on site,
      • Proper and safe handling for each type of solid waste, and
      • Collecting the solid waste from the waste storage on site to the waste diversion facility of the operator, supplier and service provider;
    • The methodology for monitoring and recording the waste generated during construction or operations.
  5. The communication records as proof that the waste management system was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  6. The documented procedures for monitoring and recording of the solid waste generation in the project and the implementation of the waste diversion strategies. The procedures must include the following information:
    • The regular schedule for monitoring,
    • The procedures for record-keeping of solid waste generation data;
    • The instructions for troubleshooting the waste diversion strategies;
    • The personnel assigned for monitoring and recording, including reporting to the project owner, project team, external contractors, suppliers and service providers.
Waste storage

When providing the waste storage, the project team must consider the following:

  • The size must be adequate for the projected amount of solid waste per waste type;
  • The location and size of the storage must be accessible for waste collection and hauling; and
  • The designated storage for each type of waste must be labeled clearly.
Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Base case
refers to the modelling, calculation, or set of data used as the basis for comparison where the performance of a project is measured from.
Construction waste
refers to waste generated as a result from construction activities, including wastes from building materials and site preparation activities.
Design case
refers to the modelling, calculation, or set of data reflecting the improved performance of the project based on the design of the project.
Materials recovery facility
refers to a facility with a solid waste transfer station or sorting station, drop-off center, a composting facility, and a recycling facility. (Ecological Solid Waste Management Act of 2000, 2001)
Recyclable material
refers to any waste material retrieved from the waste stream and free from contamination that can still be converted into suitable beneficial use or for other purposes, including, but not limited to, newspaper, ferrous scrap metal, non-ferrous scrap metal, used oil, corrugated cardboard, aluminum, glass, office paper, tin cans and other materials. (Ecological Solid Waste Management Act of 2000, 2001)
Recycling
refers to the treating of used or waste materials through a process of making the suitable for beneficial use and for other purposes, and includes any process by which solid waste materials are transformed into new products in such a manner that the original products may lose their identity, and which may be used as raw materials for the production of other goods or services. (Ecological Solid Waste Management Act of 2000, 2001)
Waste
refers to any material either solid, liquid, semisolid, contained gas or other forms resulting industrial, commercial, mining or agricultural operations, or from community and household activities that is devoid of usage and discarded. (Philippine Clean Water Act of 2004, 2004)
Waste base case
refers to the base case for potential waste generation where the potential waste diversion of a project is measured from. The waste base case must include information on the potential sources and amount of waste generation in the project during construction and operations, and the occupancy profile, which must include information on the total gross floor area (TGFA) and the projected occupancy rates of the project. It is expressed in kilograms per square meter (kg/m2) based on the shifts of the project.
Waste collection
refers to the act of removing solid waste from the source or from a communal storage point. (Ecological Solid Waste Management Act of 2000, 2001)
Waste disposal
refers to activities which reduce or eliminate the amount of solid wastes from waste disposal facilities. (Ecological Solid Waste Management Act of 2000, 2001)
Waste diversion
refers to activities which reduce or eliminate the amount of solid wastes from waste disposal facilities. (Ecological Solid Waste Management Act of 2000, 2001)
Waste management
refers to the systematic administration of activities which provide for segregation at source, segregated transportation, storage, transfer, processing, treatment, and disposal of solid waste and all other waste management activities which do not harm the environment. (Ecological Solid Waste Management Act of 2000, 2001)
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the ENV-04 Waste Management under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to Table of Contents

Health and Well-being

Health and Well-being category promotes improved productivity and comfort, and addresses the impacts of the building on the health and well-being of its users.

No. Credit Name Certification Stage Project Type Occupancy Type Sustainable Development Goal
HW-01 Visual Comfort All Stages All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being
HW-02 Daylight Access All Stages All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being
HW-03 Outdoor Views All Stages All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being
HW-04 Thermal Comfort All Stages All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being
HW-05 Acoustic Comfort All Stages All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being
HW-06 Indoor Air Quality All Stages All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being
HW-07 Microbial Control All Stages All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being
HW-08 Low VOC Environment All Stages All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being
SDG 12: Responsible Consumption and Production
HW-09 Active Design All Stages All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being
SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities
HW-10 Urban Agriculture All Stages All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 2: Zero Hunger
SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being
HW-11 Places of Respite All Stages All Project Types Healthcare Facilities SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being
HW-12 Enhanced Occupational Safety and Health All Stages All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being

Back to Table of Contents

HW-01 Visual Comfort

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 3 to SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being.

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

  • Ensure appropriate illumination levels for the project to improve visual comfort and acuity; and
  • Minimize glare and provide user level control to manage the lighting quality in indoor spaces.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Engage a professional qualified and competent in designing and implementing lighting systems with appropriate illumination levels and lighting quality.
  2. Design the lighting system for regularly occupied spaces. The lighting system must:
    • Meet the illumination level based on the task and use of the space. The illumination levels must be:
      • Based on a generally accepted standard for lighting;
      • Visually comfortable through,
        • Uniform luminance,
        • Uniform illumination on horizontal surfaces, and
        • Color temperature.
    • Include lighting controls for the users based on:
      • Individual tasks or user comfort; and
      • Use in a zone or shared spaces.
    • Minimize exposure to glare.

The regularly occupied spaces must be appropriately zoned for lighting based on its use and control. Zoning for shared spaces may be:

  • Presentation rooms or projection walls,
  • Hallways and walkways,
  • Areas near windows with access to daylight, and
  • Group of four (4) workstations or less.
Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Implement the design of the lighting system for regularly occupied spaces.
  2. Measure the illumination levels in regularly occupied spaces.
  3. Establish policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented lighting system.
Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for improving the visual comfort of users during operations.
  2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
    • Conducting an assessment on the existing lighting conditions of the project; and
    • Identifying and implementing strategies to improve visual comfort and acuity.
  3. Conduct an assessment on the existing lighting conditions of the project. The assessment must contain:
    • The review of existing policies and procedures for managing and maintaining the illumination levels and lighting quality in the project;
    • The measurement of the illumination levels in regularly occupied spaces based on a generally accepted standard for lighting; and
    • The recommendations to improve the visual comfort of the users.
  4. Establish a program to improve visual comfort in the project. The program must contain:
    • The strategies to improve the visual comfort in the project; and
    • The policies and procedures for maintaining the illumination levels and lighting quality in the project.
  5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the program to improve visual comfort. The action plan must contain:
    • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
    • The communication of the program to improve visual comfort and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  6. Implement the program to improve visual comfort. The project team must:
    • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Implement the strategies to improve the visual comfort in the project;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the program to improve visual comfort. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period by testing the illumination levels and lighting quality after implementing the strategies;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the program for visual comfort after the performance period.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the requirements of this credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Designed all regularly occupied spaces to meet appropriate illumination levels and minimized glare,
  • Provided lighting controls for each space or zone, and
  • Provided task-specific lighting and glare control at the workstation level.
2 points
  • Designed all regularly occupied spaces to meet appropriate illumination levels and minimized glare, and
  • Provided lighting controls for each space or zone.
1 point Designed all regularly occupied spaces to meet appropriate illumination levels and minimized glare.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Implemented the design to all regularly occupied spaces to meet appropriate illumination levels and minimized glare,
  • Implemented lighting controls for each space or zone, and
  • Implemented task-specific lighting and glare control at the workstation level.
2 points
  • Implemented the design to all regularly occupied spaces to meet appropriate illumination levels and minimized glare, and
  • Implemented lighting controls for each space or zone.
1 point Implemented the design to all regularly occupied spaces to meet appropriate illumination levels and minimize glare.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
2 points
  • Established program to improve visual comfort and action plan for its implementation to:
    • Meet appropriate illumination levels and minimized glare,
    • Provide task-specific lighting for each spaces or zone, and
    • Achieve high satisfaction from at least 80% of the users during the performance period;
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.
2 points
  • Established program to improve visual comfort and action plan for its implementation to:
    • Meet appropriate illumination levels and minimized glare, and
    • Provide task-specific lighting for each spaces or zone;
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.
1 point
  • Established program to improve visual comfort and action plan for its implementation to meet appropriate illumination levels and minimized glare, and
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in designing and implementing lighting systems with appropriate illumination levels and lighting quality;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the design and construction of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  2. A report reflecting the reasonable illumination level for each regularly occupied space in the project based on a generally accepted standard for lighting.
  3. The plans and specifications of the lighting system designed for the regularly occupied spaces reflecting the following:
    • The location of the regularly occupied spaces, including the task and use for each space;
    • The design of the lighting system, which must include the following information;
      • Illumination level for each space,
      • Types of luminaires specified,
      • Location and settings for the lighting controls, and
      • Zoning for lighting controls;
    • The design to minimize glare, which must include the following information:
      • Location and sizes of windows, glazed doors and roof lights,
      • Types of shading systems specified to minimize glare, and
      • If the shading system is controlled manually, location of the shading controls.
  4. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The as-built plans and specifications of the lighting system implemented for the regularly occupied spaces reflecting the following:
    • The location of the regularly occupied spaces, including the task and use for each space;
    • The implemented design of the lighting system, which must include the following information;
      • Illumination level for each space,
      • Types of luminaires specified,
      • Location and settings for the lighting controls, and
      • Zoning for lighting controls;
    • The implemented design to minimize glare, which must include the following information:
      • Location and sizes of windows, glazed doors and roof lights,
      • Types of shading systems specified to minimize glare, and
      • If the shading system is controlled manually, location of the shading controls.
  2. The commissioning report reflecting the lighting system was installed successfully, and tested and evaluated confirming the illumination levels in regularly occupied spaces based on the design of the project.
  3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  4. The documented policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented strategies reflecting the following:
    • The tasks identified for the regular maintenance of the strategies;
    • The schedule for the regular maintenance of the strategies; and
    • The roles defined for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to improve the visual comfort of users.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
      • Conducting an assessment on the existing lighting conditions of the project, and
      • Identifying and implementing strategies to improve visual comfort and acuity.
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. An assessment report on the existing lighting conditions of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Review of existing policies and procedures for managing and maintaining the illumination levels and lighting quality in the project;
    • Methodology for measuring the existing illumination levels and lighting quality in the project based on a generally accepted standard for lighting;
    • Results of the measurement;
    • User feedback regarding the lighting quality and glare control in the project; and
    • Recommendations to improve the visual comfort of the users.
  4. The program to improve visual comfort in the project reflecting the following:
    • The strategies to improve the visual comfort in the project during operations, which may include:
      • Providing supplementary lighting for individuals,
      • Addressing flickering lights in regularly occupied spaces,
      • Controlling glare from daylight,
    • The documented policies and procedures for maintaining the illumination levels and lighting quality in the project.
  5. The action plan for the implementation of the program to improve visual comfort reflecting the following:
    • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  7. The communication records as proof that the program to improve visual comfort and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  8. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
    • Name of the personnel,
    • Designation and contact information, and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
  9. The as-built plans and specifications of the lighting system implemented for the regularly occupied spaces reflecting the following:
    • The location of the regularly occupied spaces, including the task and use for each space;
    • The implemented design of the lighting system, which must include the following information;
      • Illumination level for each space,
      • Types of luminaires specified,
      • Location and settings for the lighting controls, and
      • Zoning for lighting controls;
    • The implemented design to minimize glare, which must include the following information:
      • Location and sizes of windows, glazed doors and roof lights,
      • Types of shading systems specified to minimize glare, and
      • If the shading system is controlled manually, location of the shading controls.
  10. The commissioning report reflecting the lighting system was installed successfully, and tested and evaluated confirming the illumination levels in regularly occupied spaces based on the improvements for the project.
  11. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
  12. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  13. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the program to improve visual comfort after the performance period.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Glare
refers to the condition of vision in which there is discomfort or a reduction in the ability to see details or objects, caused by an unsuitable distribution or range of luminance, or to extreme contrasts. (International Electrotechnical Commission, 1987)
Illuminance
refers to the quotient of the luminous flux incident on an element of the surface containing the point, by the area of that element. Unit is expressed in lux or lumens per square meter. (International Electrotechnical Commission, 1987)
Illumination
refers to the application of light to a scene, objects, or their surroundings so that they may be seen. (International Electrotechnical Commission, 1987)
Illumination level
refers to the amount of light falling on a surface. It is expressed in lux. (Institute of Integrated Electrical Engineers of the Philippines, Inc., 2009)
Luminaire
refers to the complete lighting unit consisting of a lamp or lamps together with the parts designed to contribute light, to position and protect the lamps and ballast (where applicable), and to connect the lamps to the power supply. (Institute of Integrated Electrical Engineers of the Philippines, Inc., 2009)
Luminous efficacy
refers to the ratio of the total luminous flux emitted by a light source to the power input of the source. It is expressed in lumens per watt. (International Electrotechnical Commission, 1987)
Lumen
refers to the SI unit of luminous flux. It is the luminous flux in unit solid angle (steradian) by a uniform point source having a luminous intensity of 1 candela. (International Electrotechnical Commission, 1987)
Lux
refers to the SI unit of illuminance. It is equivalent to illuminance produced on a surface of area of 1 square meter by a luminous flux of 1 lumen uniformly distributed over that surface. (International Electrotechnical Commission, 1987)
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the COM-02 Visual Comfort under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to Table of Contents

HW-02 Daylight Access

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 3 to SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being.

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

  • Maximize daylighting in regularly occupied spaces for the users' productivity; and
  • Minimize glare while maintaining exposure to daylight.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Engage a professional qualified and competent in designing the building envelope and lighting system to maximize daylighting.
  2. Design the regularly occupied spaces in the project to maximize daylight access. The design for regularly occupied spaces must:
    • Have adequate illumination from utilizing daylight; and
    • Minimize exposure to glare.
  3. Present the percentage of regularly occupied spaces with daylight access.

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Implement the design for the regularly occupied spaces in the project to maximize daylight access.
  2. Present the percentage of regularly occupied spaces with daylight access.
  3. Establish policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented strategies.

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for maximizing daylight access in the project.
  2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
    • Conducting an assessment on the existing daylight access of the project; and
    • Identifying and implementing strategies to improve daylight access in the project.
  3. Conduct an assessment on the existing daylight access of the project. The assessment must contain:
    • The review existing policies and procedures for managing and maintaining daylight access and for minimizing glare in the project;
    • The evaluation of regularly occupied spaces with daylight access and exposure to glare; and
    • The recommendations to maximize daylight access and minimize glare in the project.
  4. Establish a program to improve daylight access in the project. The program must contain:
    • The strategies to maximize daylight access in the project;
    • The strategies to minimize exposure to glare; and
    • The policies and procedures for maintaining daylight access and for minimizing glare in the project.
  5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the program to improve daylight access. The action plan must contain:
    • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
    • The communication of the program to improve daylight access and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  6. Implement the program to improve daylight access. The project team must:
    • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Implement the strategies to improve the daylight access;
    • Implement the strategies to minimize exposure to glare;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the program to improve daylight access. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the program for daylight access after the performance period.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the requirements of this credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Designed sixty percent (60%) or more regularly occupied spaces with daylight access.
2 points Designed fifty-five percent (55%) to less than sixty percent (<60%) regularly occupied spaces with daylight access.
1 point Designed fifty percent (50%) to less than fifty-five percent (<55%) regularly occupied spaces with daylight access.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented the design of sixty percent (60%) or more regularly occupied spaces with daylight access.
2 points Implemented the design of fifty-five percent (55%) to less than sixty percent (<60%) regularly occupied spaces with daylight access.
1 point Implemented the design of fifty percent (50%) to less than fifty-five percent (<55%) regularly occupied spaces with daylight access.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented fifty percent (50%) or more regularly occupied spaces with daylight access.
2 points Implemented thirty percent (30%) to less than fifty percent (<50%) regularly occupied spaces with daylight access.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in designing and implementing regularly occupied spaces with daylight access;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the design and construction of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  2. The plans and specifications of the regularly occupied spaces with daylight access reflecting the following:
    • The location of the regularly occupied spaces, including the task and use for each space;
    • The design for daylight access, which must include the following information:
      • Illumination level for each space,
      • Openings for daylight access, and
      • Zoning for daylight access;
    • The design to minimize glare, which must include the following information:
      • Location and sizes of windows, glazed doors and roof lights,
      • Types of shading systems specified to minimize glare, and
      • If the shading system is controlled manually, location of the shading controls.
  3. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
  4. The report on the calculation reflecting the percentage of the total gross floor area of the regularly occupied spaces with daylight access.
Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The as-built plans and specifications of the regularly occupied spaces with daylight access reflecting the following:
    • The location of the regularly occupied spaces, including the task and use for each space;
    • The implemented design for daylight access, which must include the following information:
      • Illumination level for each space,
      • Openings for daylight access, and
      • Zoning for daylight access;
    • The implemented design to minimize glare, which must include the following information:
      • Location and sizes of windows, glazed doors and roof lights,
      • Types of shading systems specified to minimize glare, and
      • If the shading system is controlled manually, location of the shading controls.
  2. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  3. The report on the calculation reflecting the percentage of the total gross floor area of the regularly occupied spaces with daylight access.
  4. The documented policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented strategies reflecting the following:
    • The tasks identified for the regular maintenance of the strategies;
    • The schedule for the regular maintenance of the strategies; and
    • The roles defined for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to improve the daylight access in regularly occupied spaces.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
      • Conducting an assessment on the existing daylight access of the project; and
      • Identifying and implementing strategies to improve daylight access in the project.
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. An assessment report on the existing daylight access of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Review existing policies and procedures for managing and maintaining daylight access and for minimizing glare in the project;
    • Evaluation of regularly occupied spaces with daylight access and exposure to glare;
    • User feedback regarding the daylight access in the project; and
    • Recommendations to maximize daylight access and minimize glare in the project.
  4. The program to improve daylight access in the project reflecting the following:
    • The strategies to maximize daylight access in the project;
    • The strategies to minimize exposure to glare; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for maintaining daylight access and for minimizing glare in the project.
  5. The action plan for the implementation of the program to improve daylight access reflecting the following:
    • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  7. The communication records as proof that the program to improve daylight access and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  8. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
    • Name of the personnel,
    • Designation and contact information, and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
  9. The as-built plans and specifications of the regularly occupied spaces with daylight access reflecting the following:
    • The location of the regularly occupied spaces, including the task and use for each space;
    • The implemented design for daylight access, which must include the following information:
      • Illumination level for each space,
      • Openings for daylight access, and
      • Zoning for daylight access;
    • The implemented design to minimize glare, which must include the following information:
      • Location and sizes of windows, glazed doors and roof lights,
      • Types of shading systems specified to minimize glare, and
      • If the shading system is controlled manually, location of the shading controls.
  10. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
  11. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  12. The report on the calculation reflecting the percentage of the total gross floor area of the regularly occupied spaces with daylight access.
  13. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the program to improve daylight access after the performance period.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Daylight
refers to the natural light of day, which is a combination of all direct and indirect sunlight during the daytime. (Department of Public Works and Highways, 2015)
Glare
refers to the condition of vision in which there is discomfort or a reduction in the ability to see details or objects, caused by an unsuitable distribution or range of luminance, or to extreme contrasts. (International Electrotechnical Commission, 1987)
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

  • Illuminating Engineering Society. (2020). Lighting practice: Designing and specifying daylighting for buildings [IES Standard LP-3-20]. IES.
Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the COM-01 Daylight Access under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to Table of Contents

HW-03 Outdoor Views

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 3 to SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being.

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to provide quality outdoor views in regularly occupied spaces for the users' health and productivity.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Engage a professional qualified and competent in designing the building envelope and outdoor spaces to provide quality outdoor views.
  2. Design the regularly occupied spaces in the project with access to outdoor views. The design for outdoor views must be:
    • Measured relative to normal working positions; and
    • Directed towards spaces with natural features or spaces with frequent movement from people. Natural features for outdoor views may include:
      • Vegetation,
      • Bodies of water,
      • Sky, or
      • Landscaping.
  3. Present the percentage of regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views.
Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Implement the design for the regularly occupied spaces in the project to provide access to outdoor views.
  2. Present the percentage of regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views.
  3. Establish policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented strategies.
Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for maximizing access to outdoor views in the project.
  2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
    • Conducting an assessment on the access to outdoor views in the project; and
    • Identifying and implementing strategies to improve the access to outdoor views in regularly occupied spaces.
  3. Conduct an assessment on the access to outdoor views in the project. The assessment must contain:
    • The review of existing policies and procedures for managing and maintaining access to outdoor views in the project;
    • The presentation of regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views;
    • The evaluation of existing strategies to maximize access to outdoor views; and
    • The recommendations to improve access of users to outdoor views.
  4. Establish a program to maximize access to outdoor views. The program must contain:
    • The strategies to maximize access to outdoor views in the project; and
    • The policies and procedures for maintaining the access of regularly occupied spaces to outdoor views.
  5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the program to maximize access to outdoor views. The action plan must contain:
    • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
    • The communication of the program to maximize access to outdoor views and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  6. Implement the program to maximize access to outdoor views. The project team must:
    • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Implement the strategies to maximize access to outdoor views in the project;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the program to maximize access to outdoor views. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the program to maximize access to outdoor views after the performance period.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the requirements of this credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Designed eighty-five percent (85%) or more regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views.
2 points Designed eighty percent (80%) to less than eighty-five percent (<85%) regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views.
1 point Designed seventy-five percent (75%) to less than eighty percent (<80%) regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented the design of eighty-five percent (85%) or more regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views.
2 points Implemented the design of eighty percent (80%) to less than eighty-five percent (<85%) regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views.
1 point Implemented the design of seventy-five percent (75%) to less than eighty percent (<80%) regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented fifty percent (50%) or more regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views.
2 points Implemented thirty percent (30%) to less than fifty percent (<50%) regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in designing and implementing regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the design and construction of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  2. The plans and specifications of the regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views reflecting the following:
    • The location of the regularly occupied spaces, including the task and use for each space;
    • The location and sizes of windows and openings providing access to outdoor views; and
    • The sight lines for outdoor views relative to normal working positions.
  3. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
  4. The report on the calculation reflecting the percentage of the total gross floor area of the regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views.
Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The as-built plans and specifications of the regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views reflecting the following:
    • The location of the regularly occupied spaces, including the task and use for each space;
    • The location and sizes of windows and openings providing access to outdoor views; and
    • The sight lines for outdoor views relative to normal working positions.
  2. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  3. The report on the calculation reflecting the percentage of the total gross floor area of the regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views.
  4. The documented policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented strategies reflecting the following:
    • The tasks identified for the regular maintenance of the strategies;
    • The schedule for the regular maintenance of the strategies; and
    • The roles defined for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to improve access to outdoor views of the regularly occupied spaces in the project.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
      • Conducting an assessment on the access to outdoor views in the project; and
      • Identifying and implementing strategies to improve the access to outdoor views in regularly occupied spaces.
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. An assessment report on the access to outdoor views in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Review of existing policies and procedures for managing and maintaining access to outdoor views in the project;
    • Presentation of regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views;
    • Evaluation of existing strategies to maximize access to outdoor views; and
    • Recommendations to improve access of users to outdoor views.
  4. The program to maximize access to outdoor views reflecting the following:
    • The strategies to maximize access to outdoor views in the project; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for maintaining the access of regularly occupied spaces to outdoor views.
  5. The action plan for the implementation of the program to maximize access to outdoor views reflecting the following:
    • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  7. The communication records as proof that the program to maximize access to outdoor views and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  8. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
    • Name of the personnel,
    • Designation and contact information, and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
  9. The as-built plans and specifications of the regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views reflecting the following:
    • The location of the regularly occupied spaces, including the task and use for each space;
    • The location and sizes of windows and openings providing access to outdoor views; and
    • The sight lines for outdoor views relative to normal working positions.
  10. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
  11. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
  • Official receipts or sales invoices,
  • Delivery receipts,
  • Installation records, and
  • Photographs.
  1. The report on the calculation reflecting the percentage of the total gross floor area of the regularly occupied spaces with access to outdoor views.
  2. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
  • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
  • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
  • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
  • The actions identified to further improve the program to maximize access to outdoor views after the performance period.

Back to Table of Contents

HW-04 Thermal Comfort

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 3 to SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being.

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to ensure that the indoor thermal conditions in regularly occupied spaces are within acceptable thermal levels and are comfortable for users.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
    • Determining the cooling load requirements for the project; and
    • Identifying and implementing strategies to ensure reasonable thermal levels in the project.
  2. Design the regularly occupied spaces to ensure reasonable thermal levels. The design must:
    • Meet the reasonable thermal levels based on a generally accepted standard for thermal comfort;
    • Include controls for mechanical ventilation for each space or zone, or for individual user levels; and
    • Have a monitoring system for temperature and humidity.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, if the air-conditioning systems are centrally managed by the building owner or manager, the project team must:

  • Ensure that the project is designed to maintain appropriate thermal levels and to achieve its cooling load requirements; and
  • Coordinate with the building owner or manager on obtaining the relevant documentation to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the credit.
Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Implement the design of the regularly occupied spaces to ensure reasonable thermal levels in the project.
  2. Measure the thermal levels in regularly occupied spaces. The outcomes of the measurement must meet the reasonable levels based on a generally accepted standard for thermal comfort.
  3. Establish policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented strategies.
Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for improving the indoor thermal comfort of users during operations.
  2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
    • Conducting an assessment on the existing thermal conditions of the project; and
    • Identifying and implementing strategies to improve indoor thermal comfort.
  3. Conduct an assessment on the existing thermal conditions of the project. The assessment must contain:
    • The review of existing policies and procedures for managing and maintaining the thermal levels in the project;
    • The measurement of the thermal levels in regularly occupied spaces based on a generally accepted standard for thermal comfort; and
    • The recommendations to improve the thermal comfort of the users.
  4. Establish a program to improve the thermal comfort in the project. The program must contain:
    • The strategies to improve indoor thermal comfort in the project; and
    • The policies and procedures for maintaining the thermal levels in the project.
  5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the program to improve thermal comfort. The action plan must contain:
    • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
    • The communication of the program to improve thermal comfort and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  6. Implement the program to improve thermal comfort. The project team must:
    • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Implement the strategies to improve the thermal comfort in the project;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the program to improve thermal comfort. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period by testing the thermal levels after implementing the strategies;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the program for thermal comfort after the performance period.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

14 September 2023, v5.0.0 – Committee Draft β

Under Score Distribution, added 90% acceptability limit as a parameter for achieving high level of thermal comfort in all regularly occupied spaces.

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Designed all regularly occupied spaces to meet reasonable thermal levels,
  • Provided thermal controls for each space or zone, and
  • Achieve high level of thermal comfort (90% acceptability limit) in all regularly occupied spaces.
2 points
  • Designed all regularly occupied spaces to meet reasonable thermal levels, and
  • Provided thermal controls for each space or zone.
1 point Designed all regularly occupied spaces to meet reasonable thermal levels.
Stage 2 — Construction
Addenda

14 September 2023, v5.0.0 – Committee Draft β

Under Score Distribution, added 90% acceptability limit as a parameter for achieving high level of thermal comfort in all regularly occupied spaces.

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Implemented the design to all regularly occupied spaces to meet reasonable thermal levels,
  • Provided thermal controls for each space or zone, and
  • Achieve high level of thermal comfort (90% acceptability limit) in all regularly occupied spaces.
2 points
  • Implemented the design to all regularly occupied spaces to meet reasonable thermal levels, and
  • Provided thermal controls for each space or zone.
1 point Implemented the design to all regularly occupied spaces to meet reasonable thermal levels.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
2 points
  • Established program to improve thermal comfort and action plan for its implementation to:
    • Meet reasonable thermal levels,
    • Provide thermal controls for each spaces or zone, and
    • Achieve high satisfaction from at least 80% of the users during the performance period;
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.
2 points
  • Established program to improve thermal comfort and action plan for its implementation to:
    • Meet reasonable thermal levels, and
    • Provide thermal controls for each spaces or zone;
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.
1 point
  • Established program to improve thermal comfort and action plan for its implementation to meet reasonable thermal levels, and
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
      • Determining the cooling load requirements for the project; and
      • Identifying and implementing strategies to ensure reasonable thermal levels in the project.
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the design and construction of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  2. A report reflecting cooling load requirements for each regularly occupied spaces in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Cooling load requirements and reasonable thermal levels for the project based on a generally accepted standard for thermal comfort;
    • Summary of the modelling or calculation for cooling load requirements, which must include the following information:
      • Methodology used to determine the cooling load requirements and reasonable thermal levels; and
      • Outcomes reflecting the project achieves the cooling load requirements and reasonable thermal levels.
    • Data used for the modelling or calculation, which must include the following information:
      • Environmental conditions, including weather data, temperature and humidity;
      • Technical description of the mechanical ventilation for the project; and
      • Technical description of the thermal controls for each space and zone.
  3. The plans and specifications of the regularly occupied spaces reflecting the following:
    • The location of the regularly occupied spaces, including the task and use for each space;
    • The design for naturally ventilated spaces, which must include the access of the users to control the openings;
    • The design for mechanically ventilated spaces, which must include the following information:
      • Technical description of the HVAC system and thermal controls;
      • Location, function and scope of the thermal controls; and
      • Zoning for thermal controls.
    • The design for the monitoring system for temperature and humidity.
  4. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, if the air-conditioning systems are centrally managed by the building owner or manager, the project team should also submit:

  1. The as-built plans and specifications of the centrally managed HVAC system in the project.
  2. A report reflecting cooling load requirements for each regularly occupied spaces in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Cooling load requirements and reasonable thermal levels for the project based on a generally accepted standard for thermal comfort;
    • Summary of the modelling or calculation for cooling load requirements, which must include the following information:
      • Methodology used to determine the cooling load requirements and reasonable thermal levels; and
      • Outcomes reflecting the project achieves the cooling load requirements and reasonable thermal levels.
    • Data used for the modelling or calculation, which must include the following information:
      • Environmental conditions, including weather data, temperature and humidity;
      • Technical description of the mechanical ventilation for the project; and
      • Technical description of the thermal controls for each space and zone.
Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The as-built plans and specifications of the regularly occupied spaces reflecting the following:
    • The location of the regularly occupied spaces, including the task and use for each space;
    • The implemented design for naturally ventilated spaces, which must include the access of the users to control the openings;
    • The implemented design for mechanically ventilated spaces, which must include the following information:
      • Technical description of the HVAC system and thermal controls;
      • Location, function and scope of the thermal controls; and
      • Zoning for thermal controls.
    • The implemented design for the monitoring system for temperature and humidity.
  2. The commissioning report reflecting the HVAC system was installed successfully, and tested and evaluated confirming the reasonable thermal levels in regularly occupied spaces based on the design of the project.
  3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  4. The documented policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented strategies reflecting the following:
    • The tasks identified for the regular maintenance of the strategies;
    • The schedule for the regular maintenance of the strategies; and
    • The roles defined for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to improve the thermal comfort of users.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
      • Conducting an assessment on the existing thermal conditions of the project; and
      • Identifying and implementing strategies to improve indoor thermal comfort.
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. An assessment report on the existing thermal conditions of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Review of existing policies and procedures for managing and maintaining the thermal levels in the project;
    • Methodology for measuring the existing cooling load requirements and thermal levels in the project based on a generally accepted standard for thermal comfort;
    • Results of the measurement;
    • User feedback regarding the thermal levels in the project; and
    • Recommendations to improve the thermal comfort of the users.
  4. The program to improve thermal comfort in the project reflecting the following:
    • The strategies to improve the thermal comfort in the project during operations; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for maintaining the reasonable thermal levels in the project.
  5. The action plan for the implementation of the program to improve thermal comfort reflecting the following:
    • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  7. The communication records as proof that the program to improve thermal comfort and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  8. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
    • Name of the personnel,
    • Designation and contact information, and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
  9. The as-built plans and specifications of the regularly occupied spaces reflecting the following:
    • The location of the regularly occupied spaces, including the task and use for each space;
    • The implemented design for naturally ventilated spaces, which must include the access of the users to control the openings;
    • The implemented design for mechanically ventilated spaces, which must include the following information:
      • Technical description of the HVAC system and thermal controls;
      • Location, function and scope of the thermal controls; and
      • Zoning for thermal controls.
    • The implemented design for the monitoring system for temperature and humidity.
  10. The commissioning report reflecting the HVAC system was installed successfully, and tested and evaluated confirming the reasonable thermal levels in regularly occupied spaces based on the design of the project.
  11. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
  12. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  13. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the program to improve thermal comfort after the performance period.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Acceptable thermal environment
refers to a thermal environment that a substantial majority (more than 80%) of the occupants find thermally acceptable. (ASHRAE Standard 55, 2020)
Thermal comfort
refers to the condition of mind that expresses satisfaction with the thermal environment and is assessed by subjective evaluation. (ASHRAE Standard 55, 2020)
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

  • ASHRAE. (2020). Thermal Environmental Conditions for Human Occupancy [ASHRAE Standard 55]. ASHRAE.
  • ASHRAE. (2020). _Peak Cooling and Heating Load Calculations in Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings [ASHRAE Standard 183]. ASHRAE.
Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the COM-04 Indoor Thermal Comfort under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to Table of Contents

HW-05 Acoustic Comfort

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 3 to SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being.

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

  • Reduce the impact of noise to users and manage noise levels from indoor and outdoor noise sources;
  • Improve speech intelligibility and privacy in the indoor spaces of the project.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Engage a professional qualified and competent in designing and implementing the regularly occupied spaces to manage noise, and improve speech privacy and intelligibility in the project.
  2. Design the regularly occupied spaces to provide acoustic comfort in the project. The design must meet the limits for:
    • Background noise levels for all regularly occupied spaces in the project based on a generally accepted standards; and
    • Reverberation rate for all regularly occupied spaces in the project based on a generally accepted standards.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, the project team must identify strategies to manage the noise levels in the project, and to minimize its impact to other occupied spaces in the building.

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Implement the design of the regularly occupied spaces to provide acoustic comfort in the project.
  2. Measure the noise levels and reverberation rates in regularly occupied spaces. The outcomes of the measurement must meet the reasonable noise levels and reverberation rates based on a generally accepted standard for acoustic comfort.
  3. Establish policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented strategies.
Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for improving the acoustic comfort of users during operations.
  2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
    • Conducting an assessment on the existing acoustic conditions of the project; and
    • Identifying and implementing strategies to improve acoustic comfort.
  3. Conduct an assessment on the existing acoustic conditions of the project. The assessment must contain:
    • The review of existing policies and procedures for managing and maintaining the noise levels and reverberation rates in the project;
    • The measurement of the noise levels and reverberation rates based on a generally accepted standard for acoustic comfort; and
    • The recommendations to improve the acoustic comfort of the users.
  4. Establish a program to improve acoustic comfort in the project. The program must contain:
    • The strategies to improve acoustic comfort in the project, which may include:
      • Limiting the background noise levels within allowable levels based on a generally accepted standard for acoustic comfort;
      • Improving the reverberation in the project to improve speech intelligibility; and
      • Providing appropriate acoustic separation for individual spaces to provide speech privacy.
    • The policies and procedures for maintaining the noise levels and reverberation rates within allowable limits.
  5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the program to improve acoustic comfort. The action plan must contain:
    • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
    • The communication of the program to improve acoustic comfort and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  6. Implement the program to improve acoustic comfort. The project team must:
    • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Implement the strategies to improve the acoustic comfort in the project;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the program to improve acoustic comfort. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period by testing the noise levels and reverberation rates after implementing the strategies;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the program for acoustic comfort after the performance period.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Designed all regularly occupied spaces to meet reasonable noise levels and appropriate reverberation rates, and
  • Provided high level of acoustic privacy.
2 points Designed all regularly occupied spaces to meet reasonable noise levels and appropriate reverberation rates.
1 point Designed all regularly occupied spaces to meet reasonable noise levels.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Implemented the design to all regularly occupied spaces to meet reasonable noise levels and appropriate reverberation rates, and
  • Provided high level of acoustic privacy.
2 points Implemented the design to all regularly occupied spaces to meet reasonable noise levels and appropriate reverberation rates.
1 point Implemented the design to all regularly occupied spaces to meet reasonable noise levels.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Established program to improve acoustic comfort and action plan for its implementation to:
    • Meet reasonable noise levels and appropriate reverberation rates, and
    • Achieve high satisfaction from at least 80% of the users during the performance period;
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.
2 points
  • Established program to improve acoustic comfort and action plan for its implementation to meet reasonable noise levels and appropriate reverberation rates, and
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.
1 point
  • Established program to improve acoustic comfort and action plan for its implementation to meet reasonable noise levels, and
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in designing and implementing the regularly occupied spaces to manage noise, and improve speech privacy and intelligibility in the project;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the design and construction of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  2. A report reflecting the reasonable noise levels and appropriate reverberation rates for each regularly occupied space based on a generally accepted standard for acoustic comfort.
  3. The plans and specifications of the regularly occupied spaces reflecting the following:
    • The location of the regularly occupied spaces, including the task and use for each space;
    • The types and location of the potential noise sources within and outside the project; and
    • The potential noise levels and reverberation rates achieved based on design.
  4. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The as-built plans and specifications of the regularly occupied spaces reflecting the following:
    • The location of the regularly occupied spaces, including the task and use for each space;
    • The types and location of the potential noise sources within and outside the project; and
    • The potential noise levels and reverberation rates achieved based on the implemented design.
  2. A report reflecting the noise levels and reverberation rates in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Methodology used for measuring the noise levels and reverberation rates based on a generally accepted standard for acoustic comfort; and
    • Results of the measurement.
  3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  4. The documented policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented strategies reflecting the following:
    • The tasks identified for the regular maintenance of the strategies;
    • The schedule for the regular maintenance of the strategies; and
    • The roles defined for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to improve the acoustic comfort of users.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
      • Conducting an assessment on the existing acoustic conditions of the project; and
      • Identifying and implementing strategies to improve acoustic comfort.
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. An assessment report on the existing acoustic conditions of the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Review of existing policies and procedures for managing and maintaining the noise levels and reverberation rates in the project;
    • Methodology for measuring the existing noise levels and reverberation rates in the project based on a generally accepted standard for acoustic comfort;
    • Results of the measurement;
    • User feedback regarding the noise levels and reverberation rates in the project; and
    • Recommendations to improve the acoustic comfort of the users.=
  4. The program to improve acoustic comfort in the project reflecting the following:
    • The strategies to improve acoustic comfort in the project, which may include:
      • Limiting the background noise levels within allowable levels based on a generally accepted standard for acoustic comfort;
      • Improving the reverberation in the project to improve speech intelligibility; and
      • Providing appropriate acoustic separation for individual spaces to provide speech privacy.
    • The documented policies and procedures for maintaining the noise levels and reverberation rates within allowable limits.
  5. The action plan for the implementation of the program to improve acoustic comfort reflecting the following:
    • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  7. The communication records as proof that the program to improve acoustic comfort and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  8. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
    • Name of the personnel,
    • Designation and contact information, and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
  9. The as-built plans and specifications of the regularly occupied spaces reflecting the following:
    • The location of the regularly occupied spaces, including the task and use for each space;
    • The types and location of the noise sources within and outside the project; and
    • The noise levels and reverberation rates achieved based on the implemented design.
  10. The report reflecting the noise levels and reverberation rates in the project. The report must include the following information:
  • Methodology used for measuring the noise levels and reverberation rates based on a generally accepted standard for acoustic comfort; and
  • Results of the measurement.
  1. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
  2. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
  • Official receipts or sales invoices,
  • Delivery receipts,
  • Installation records, and
  • Photographs.
  1. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
  • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
  • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
  • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
  • The actions identified to further improve the program to improve acoustic comfort after the performance period.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Noise
refers to an erratic, intermittent, or statistically random oscillation, or any unwanted sound. (Implementing Rules and Regulations of PD 856, 1998)
Reverberation
refers to reflected sounds. Reverberation is measured by the time of the decay of the sound. The optimum reverberation will depend on the activity or purpose of a space, and has an impact on the acoustic comfort and intelligibility of speech within a space.
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the COM-03 Acoustic Comfort under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to Table of Contents

HW-06 Indoor Air Quality

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 3 to SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being.

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

  • Maintain reasonable levels of indoor air quality to reduce health risks of users associated to poor air quality; and
  • Reduce the concentration of indoor pollutants to improve the users' health and well-being.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Engage a professional qualified and competent in designing and implementing the ventilation system to ensure positive indoor air quality in the project.
  2. Design the ventilation system for regularly occupied spaces to ensure positive indoor air quality.
    • For mechanically ventilated spaces, the project must:
      • Meet the ventilation rates, supply and exhaust rates based on a generally accepted standard for indoor air quality;
      • Avoid recirculating air;
      • If air is recirculating, the project team must ensure that the supply air is filtered properly, and filters are replaced or maintained regularly.
    • For naturally ventilated spaces, the project must:
      • Meet the ventilation rates for natural ventilation based on a generally accepted standard for indoor air quality;
      • Provide operable windows to access ambient air;
      • Monitor ambient air quality; and
      • Provide regular notices on ambient air quality, and when it is suitable to open windows.
    • Provide sensors to monitor indoor air quality. The sensors must:
      • Be installed every 325 m2;
      • Measure the carbon dioxide (CO2) levels every ten (10) minutes; and
      • Measure the level of other pollutants at least every hour.
  3. Prohibit smoking within the project. If the project team will provide a designated smoking area (DSA), it must comply with the minimum regulatory requirements for DSA.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, the project team must identify strategies to manage the indoor air quality levels in the project, and to minimize its impact to other occupied spaces in the building.

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Implement the design of the regularly occupied spaces to ensure positive indoor air quality in the project.
  2. Eliminate or purge the indoor pollutants in the project prior to occupancy.
  3. Measure the indoor air quality levels in regularly occupied spaces. The outcomes of the measurement must meet the reasonable levels based on a generally accepted standard for indoor air quality.
  4. Establish policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented strategies.
Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for improving the indoor air quality in the project.
  2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
    • Conducting an assessment on the existing indoor air quality in the project; and
    • Identifying and implementing strategies to improve indoor air quality.
  3. Conduct an assessment on the existing indoor air quality in the project. The assessment must contain:
    • The review of existing policies and procedures for managing and maintaining the indoor air quality levels in the project;
    • The measurement of the indoor air quality levels in regularly occupied spaces based on a generally accepted standard for indoor air quality. The project team must measure the levels of the following pollutants:
      • Particulate matter: PM2.5 and PM10,
      • Ozone,
      • Carbon dioxide,
      • Carbon monoxide,
      • Nitrogen dioxide,
      • Radon,
      • Formaldehyde, and
      • Total volatile organic compounds (TVOCs).
    • The recommendations to improve the indoor air quality in the project.
  4. Establish a program to improve indoor air quality in the project. The program must contain:
    • The strategies to improve indoor air quality in the project, which may include:
      • Ensuring the ventilation rates for mechanically ventilated and naturally ventilated spaces are within reasonable levels based on a generally accepted standard for indoor air quality;
      • Installing sensors to monitor indoor air quality. The sensors must:
        • Be installed every 325 m2;
        • Measure the carbon dioxide (CO2) levels every ten (10) minutes; and
        • Measure the level of other pollutants at least every hour.
      • Prohibiting smoking within the project.
    • The policies and procedures for maintaining the indoor air quality levels in the project.
  5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the program to improve indoor air quality. The action plan must contain:
    • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
    • The communication of the program to improve indoor air quality and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  6. Implement the program to improve indoor air quality. The project team must:
    • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Implement the strategies to improve the indoor air quality in the project;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the program to improve indoor air quality. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period by testing the indoor air quality levels after implementing the strategies;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the program for indoor air quality after the performance period.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Designed all regularly occupied spaces to meet reasonable indoor air quality levels and adequate ventilation, and
  • Provided sensors to monitor indoor air quality.
2 points Designed all regularly occupied spaces to maintain reasonable air quality levels and adequate ventilation.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Implemented the design to all regularly occupied spaces to meet reasonable indoor air quality levels and adequate ventilation, and
  • Installed sensors to monitor indoor air quality.
2 points Implemented the design to all regularly occupied spaces to maintain reasonable air quality levels and adequate ventilation.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Established program to improve indoor air quality and action plan for its implementation to meet reasonable indoor air quality levels and adequate ventilation, and
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.
.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in designing and implementing the ventilation system to ensure positive indoor air quality in the project;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the design and construction of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  2. A report reflecting the reasonable indoor air quality levels and ventilation rates for each regularly occupied spaces based on a generally accepted standard for indoor air quality.
  3. The plans and specifications of the ventilation system designed for the regularly occupied spaces reflecting the following:
    • The location of the regularly occupied spaces, including the task and use for each space;
    • The design for mechanically ventilated spaces, which must include the following information:
      • Ventilation rates, supply and exhaust rates of the HVAC system based on a generally accepted standard for indoor air quality; and
      • If air is recirculating, the provision of filters in the ventilation system.
    • The design for naturally ventilated spaces, which must include the following information:
      • Technical description of the design for natural ventilation based on a generally accepted standard for indoor air quality;
      • Location and size of the operable windows to access ambient air; and
      • Location and technical description of the sensors to monitor ambient air quality.
    • The quality and performance details of the sensors to monitor indoor air quality, which must include the following information:
      • Location of the sensors,
      • Parameters measured and monitored by the sensors, and
      • Sample report generated by the sensors.
    • The location and design of the signages for prohibiting smoking within the project.
  4. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
  5. The documented policy for prohibiting smoking within the project.

If there will be a DSA in the project, the project team should also submit the plans and specifications of the DSA compliant with the minimum regulatory requirements for DSA. The plans and specifications must include the following information:

  • Location of the DSA in the project;
  • Distance of the DSA from entrances, exits, air intakes, and places where people pass or congregate; and
  • Signages for the DSA.
Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The as-built plans and specifications of the ventilation system implemented for the regularly occupied spaces reflecting the following:
    • The location of the regularly occupied spaces, including the task and use for each space;
    • The implemented design for mechanically ventilated spaces, which must include the following information:
      • Ventilation rates, supply and exhaust rates of the HVAC system based on a generally accepted standard for indoor air quality; and
      • If air is recirculating, the provision of filters in the ventilation system.
    • The implemented design for naturally ventilated spaces, which must include the following information:
      • Technical description of the design for natural ventilation based on a generally accepted standard for indoor air quality;
      • Location and size of the operable windows to access ambient air; and
      • Location and technical description of the sensors to monitor ambient air quality.
    • The quality and performance details of the sensors to monitor indoor air quality, which must include the following information:
      • Location of the sensors,
      • Parameters measured and monitored by the sensors, and
      • Sample report generated by the sensors.
    • The location and implemented design of the signages for prohibiting smoking within the project.
  2. A report reflecting the indoor air quality levels in the project prior to occupancy. The report must include the following information:
    • Implemented strategies to eliminate or purge the indoor pollutants in the project prior to occupancy;
    • Methodology used for measuring the indoor air quality levels based on a generally accepted standard for indoor air quality. The project team must measure the levels of the following pollutants:
      • Particulate matter: PM2.5 and PM10,
      • Ozone,
      • Carbon dioxide,
      • Carbon monoxide,
      • Formaldehyde, and
      • Total volatile organic compounds (TVOCs).
    • Results of the measurement prior to occupancy.
  3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  4. The documented policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented strategies reflecting the following:
    • The tasks identified for the regular maintenance of the strategies;
    • The schedule for the regular maintenance of the strategies; and
    • The roles defined for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies.

If there is a DSA in the project, the project team should also submit the as-built plans and specifications of the DSA compliant with the minimum regulatory requirements for DSA. The plans and specifications must include the following information:

  • Location of the DSA in the project;
  • Distance of the DSA from entrances, exits, air intakes, and places where people pass or congregate; and
  • Signages for the DSA.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to improve the indoor air quality in the project.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
      • Conducting an assessment on the existing indoor air quality in the project; and
      • Identifying and implementing strategies to improve indoor air quality.
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. An assessment report on the existing indoor air quality in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Review of existing policies and procedures for managing and maintaining the indoor air quality levels in the project;
    • Methodology for measuring the indoor air quality levels in regularly occupied spaces based on a generally accepted standard for indoor air quality. The project team must measure the levels of the following pollutants:
      • Particulate matter: PM2.5 and PM10,
      • Ozone,
      • Carbon dioxide,
      • Carbon monoxide,
      • Nitrogen dioxide,
      • Radon,
      • Formaldehyde, and
      • Total volatile organic compounds (TVOCs).
    • Results of the measurement;
    • User feedback regarding the indoor air quality levels in the project; and
    • Recommendations to improve the indoor air quality in the project.
  4. The program to improve indoor air quality in the project reflecting the following:
    • The strategies to improve indoor air quality in the project, which may include:
      • Ensuring the ventilation rates for mechanically ventilated and naturally ventilated spaces are within reasonable levels based on a generally accepted standard for indoor air quality;
      • Installing sensors to monitor indoor air quality. The sensors must:
        • Be installed every 325 m2;
        • Measure the carbon dioxide (CO2) levels every ten (10) minutes; and
        • Measure the level of other pollutants at least every hour.
      • Prohibiting smoking within the project.
    • The documented policies and procedures for maintaining the indoor air quality levels in the project.
  5. The action plan for the implementation of the program to improve indoor air quality reflecting the following:
    • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  7. The communication records as proof that the program to improve indoor air quality and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  8. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
    • Name of the personnel,
    • Designation and contact information, and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
  9. The as-built plans and specifications of the ventilation system implemented for the regularly occupied spaces reflecting the following:
    • The location of the regularly occupied spaces, including the task and use for each space;
    • The implemented design for mechanically ventilated spaces, which must include the following information:
      • Ventilation rates, supply and exhaust rates of the HVAC system based on a generally accepted standard for indoor air quality; and
      • If air is recirculating, the provision of filters in the ventilation system.
    • The implemented design for naturally ventilated spaces, which must include the following information:
      • Technical description of the design for natural ventilation based on a generally accepted standard for indoor air quality;
      • Location and size of the operable windows to access ambient air; and
      • Location and technical description of the sensors to monitor ambient air quality.
    • The quality and performance details of the sensors to monitor indoor air quality, which must include the following information:
      • Location of the sensors,
      • Parameters measured and monitored by the sensors, and
      • Sample report generated by the sensors.
    • The location and implemented design of the signages for prohibiting smoking within the project.
  10. A report reflecting the indoor air quality levels in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Methodology used for measuring the indoor air quality levels based on a generally accepted standard for indoor air quality. The project team must measure the levels of the following pollutants:
      • Particulate matter: PM2.5 and PM10,
      • Ozone,
      • Carbon dioxide,
      • Carbon monoxide,
      • Formaldehyde, and
      • Total volatile organic compounds (TVOCs).
    • Results of the measurement.
  11. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
  12. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  13. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the program to improve indoor air quality after the performance period.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Indoor air quality
refers to the quality of air in which there are no known contaminants at harmful concentrations. (ASHRAE Standard 62.1, 2022)
Designated smoking area
refers to an area where smoking is permitted. DSAs may be open spaces or separate enclosed areas with proper ventilation. (Executive Order No. 26, 2017)
Mechanical ventilation
refers to the ventilation provided by mechanically powered equipment such as motor-driven fans and blowers but not by devices such as wind-driven turbine ventilators and mechanically operated windows. (ASHRAE Standard 62.1, 2022)
Natural ventilation
refers to the ventilation provided by thermal, wind, or diffusion effects through doors, windows, or other intentional openings in the building. (ASHRAE Standard 62.1, 2022)
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the HEA-06 Indoor Air Quality under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to Table of Contents

HW-07 Microbial Control

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 3 to SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being.

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

  • Minimize the entry of pollutants through the building envelope and entrances; and
  • Prevent water infiltration and condensation to limit mold and microbial growth in building systems.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Engage a professional qualified and competent in designing and implementing strategies to minimize entry of pollutants in indoor spaces and to prevent microbial growth in building systems.
  2. Design the project that incorporates the following:
    • The provision of entryway systems on all entrances to limit the entry of pollutants to indoors. The entryway system must:
      • Be mats, carpets or grilles; and
      • Have a width of at least the size of the entrances and a length of at least three (3) meters starting from the entrances.
    • The provision of strategies on all entrances to limit air movement from outdoors to indoors.
  3. Establish policies and procedures for the prevention of microbial growth in building systems, which should include:
    • The regular maintenance and inspection for HVAC systems; and
    • The management of moisture to prevent water infiltration and condensation in plumbing fixtures and building envelope.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, if the building systems are centrally managed by the building owner or manager, the project team must:

  • Ensure that there are policies and procedures in place for microbial control, which must include:
    • Regularly maintaining and inspecting building systems for microbial contamination;
    • Monitoring and reporting identified issues to the building management with regards to microbial contamination; and
    • Taking actions to address the identified issues.
  • Coordinate with the building owner or manager on obtaining the relevant documentation to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the credit.
Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Implement the design to limit entry of pollutants to indoors and to limit air movement from outdoors to indoors.
  2. Establish policies and procedures for the prevention of microbial growth in building systems, which should include:
    • The regular maintenance and inspection for HVAC systems; and
    • The management of moisture to prevent water infiltration and condensation in plumbing fixtures and building envelope.
Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for minimizing entry of pollutants and for preventing microbial growth in building systems.
  2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
    • Conducting an assessment on determining the presence of microbial growth in the project; and
    • Identifying and implementing strategies to prevent microbial growth.
  3. Conduct an assessment on determining the presence of microbial growth in the project. The assessment must contain:
    • The review of existing policies and procedures for managing and maintaining the building systems to prevent microbial growth and for minimizing the entry of pollutants in the project;
    • The building systems that have presence of microbial growth;
    • The entrances with no strategies to minimize the entry of pollutants; and
    • The recommendations to prevent microbial growth and to minimize the entry of pollutants in the project.
  4. Establish a program for microbial control. The program must contain:
    • The strategies to minimize the entry of pollutants, which may include:
      • Providing entryway systems on all entrances; and
      • Providing strategies on all entrances to limit air movement from outdoors to indoors.
    • The strategies to prevent microbial growth in building systems, which may include:
      • Incorporating moisture protection in building envelope;
      • Managing condensation in areas with high humidity or in moisture-sensitive materials; and
      • Incorporating ultraviolet system for the HVAC system.
    • The policies and procedures for the prevention of microbial growth in building systems, which should include:
      • The regular maintenance and inspection for HVAC systems; and
      • The management of moisture to prevent water infiltration and condensation in plumbing fixtures and building envelope.
  5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the program for microbial control. The action plan must contain:
    • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
    • The communication of the program for microbial control and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  6. Implement the program for microbial control. The project team must:
    • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Implement the strategies to improve the thermal comfort in the project;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the program for microbial control. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period by determining the presence of microbial growth after implementing the strategies;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the program for microbial control after the performance period.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Designed the project to minimize the entry of pollutants in indoor spaces and to limit mold and microbial growth in building systems.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented the design of the project to minimize the entry of pollutants in indoor spaces and to limit mold and microbial growth in building systems.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Established program for microbial control and action plan for its implementation to:
    • Minimize entry of pollutants in indoor spaces, and
    • Limit mold and microbial growth in building systems;
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in designing and implementing strategies to minimize entry of pollutants in indoor spaces and to prevent microbial growth in building systems;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the design and construction of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  2. The plans and specifications of the entryway systems and building systems reflecting the following:
    • The location and size of the entrances;
    • The design of the entryway system, which must include the following information:
      • Type of entryway system, which must be mats, carpets or grilles; and
      • Length and width of the entryway system.
    • The technical description of the identified strategies to limit air movement from outdoors to indoors; and
    • The technical description of the building systems at risk to microbial growth, which should include plumbing and HVAC systems.
  3. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
  4. The documented policies and procedures for the prevention of microbial growth in building systems, which should include:
    • The regular maintenance and inspection for HVAC systems; and
    • The management of moisture to prevent water infiltration and condensation in plumbing fixtures and building envelope.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, if the building systems are centrally managed by the building owner or manager, the project team should also submit the documented policies and procedures of the building for microbial control, which must include:

  • Regularly maintaining and inspecting building systems for microbial contamination;
  • Monitoring and reporting identified issues to the building management with regards to microbial contamination; and
  • Taking actions to address the identified issues.
Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The as-built plans and specifications of the entryway systems and building systems reflecting the following:
    • The location and size of the entrances;
    • The implemented design of the entryway system, which must include the following information:
      • Type of entryway system, which must be mats, carpets or grilles; and
      • Length and width of the entryway system.
    • The technical description of the implemented strategies to limit air movement from outdoors to indoors; and
    • The technical description of the building systems at risk to microbial growth, which should include plumbing and HVAC systems.
  2. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  3. The documented policies and procedures for the prevention of microbial growth in building systems, which should include:
    • The regular maintenance and inspection for HVAC systems; and
    • The management of moisture to prevent water infiltration and condensation in plumbing fixtures and building envelope.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, if the building systems are centrally managed by the building owner or manager, the project team should also submit the documented policies and procedures of the building for microbial control, which must include:

  • Regularly maintaining and inspecting building systems for microbial contamination;
  • Monitoring and reporting identified issues to the building management with regards to microbial contamination; and
  • Taking actions to address the identified issues.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to minimize entry of pollutants and to prevent microbial growth in building systems.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
      • Conducting an assessment on determining the presence of microbial growth in the project; and
      • Identifying and implementing strategies to prevent microbial growth.
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. An **assessment report on determining the presence of microbial growth in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Review of existing policies and procedures for managing and maintaining the building systems to prevent microbial growth and for minimizing the entry of pollutants in the project;
    • Existing building systems that have presence of microbial growth;
    • Location of the entrances with no strategies to minimize the entry of pollutants;
    • User feedback regarding microbial control in the project; and
    • Recommendations to prevent microbial growth and to minimize the entry of pollutants in the project.
  4. The program for microbial control reflecting the following:
    • The strategies to minimize entry of pollutants;
    • The strategies to prevent microbial growth in building systems; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the prevention of microbial growth in building systems, which should include:
      • The regular maintenance and inspection for HVAC systems; and
      • The management of moisture to prevent water infiltration and condensation in plumbing fixtures and building envelope.
  5. The action plan for the implementation of the program for microbial control reflecting the following:
    • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  7. The communication records as proof that the program for microbial control and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  8. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
    • Name of the personnel,
    • Designation and contact information, and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
  9. The as-built plans and specifications of the entryway systems and building systems reflecting the following:
    • The location and size of the entrances;
    • The implemented design of the entryway system, which must include the following information:
      • Type of entryway system, which must be mats, carpets or grilles; and
      • Length and width of the entryway system.
    • The technical description of the implemented strategies to limit air movement from outdoors to indoors; and
    • The technical description of the building systems at risk to microbial growth, which should include plumbing and HVAC systems.
  10. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
  11. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  12. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the program for microbial control after the performance period.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, if the building systems are centrally managed by the building owner or manager, the project team should also submit the documented policies and procedures of the building for microbial control, which must include:

  • Regularly maintaining and inspecting building systems for microbial contamination;
  • Monitoring and reporting identified issues to the building management with regards to microbial contamination; and
  • Taking actions to address the identified issues.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Microbial contamination
refers to the exposure to biological agents that pollute indoor air and water systems and are hazards to human health. Exposure to microbial contaminants is clinically associated with respiratory symptoms, allergies, asthma and immunological reactions, and generally associated with health risks due to water quality.
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

  • ASHRAE. (2020). Managing the Risk of Legionellosis Associated with Building Water Systems [ASHRAE Guideline 12]. ASHRAE.
  • ASHRAE. (2021). Legionellosis: Risk Management for Building Water Systems [ASHRAE Standard 188]. ASHRAE.
Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the HEA-08 Microbial Control under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to Table of Contents

HW-08 Low VOC Environment

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 3 to SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being, and SDG 12 to SDG 12: Responsible Consumption and Production.

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being
SDG 12: Responsible Consumption and Production

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to procure and use products that have volatile organic compound (VOC) content within acceptable limits to minimize the impact to indoor air quality.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Specify indoor materials with low VOC content based on a generally accepted standard for VOC limits.
  2. Present the percentage of indoor materials with low VOC content specified for the project.
Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Procure and use indoor materials with low VOC content for the project.
  2. Present the percentage of indoor materials with low VOC content procured and used for the project.
Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for maintaining the VOC levels in the project within acceptable limits.
  2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
    • Conducting an assessment on the existing VOC levels in the project; and
    • Identifying and implementing strategies to maintain VOC levels within acceptable limits.
  3. Conduct an assessment on the existing VOC levels in the project. The assessment must contain:
    • The review of existing policies and procedures for maintaining VOC levels within acceptable limits;
    • The measurement of the VOC levels in the project based on a generally accepted standard for VOC limits; and
    • The recommendations to maintain the VOC levels within acceptable limits.
  4. Establish a program to maintain the VOC levels in the project. The program must contain:
    • The procurement and use of indoor materials with low VOC content in the project;
    • The measurement of the VOC levels in indoor spaces, which must meet the following thresholds:
      • Acetaldehyde must be 140 µg/m3 or lower,
      • Acrylonitrile must be µg/m3 or lower,
      • Benzene must be 3 µg/m3 or lower,
      • Caprolactam must be 2.2 µg/m3 or lower,
      • Formaldehyde must be 9 µg/m3 or lower,
      • Naphthalene must be 9 µg/m3 or lower, and
      • Toluene must be 300 µg/m3 or lower;
    • The provision of sensors to monitor VOC levels. The sensors must:
      • Be installed every 325 m2; and
      • Measure the total VOC (TVOC) at least every hour, which must demonstrate a TVOC of 500 µg/m3 or lower for at least 90% of the time based on the recorded values every hour for at least one (1) previous month.
    • The policies and procedures for maintaining the VOC levels in the project.
  5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the program to maintain VOC levels. The action plan must contain:
    • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
    • The communication of the program to maintain VOC levels and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  6. Implement the program to maintain VOC levels. The project team must:
    • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procure and use indoor materials with low VOC content;
    • Implement the strategies to maintain the VOC levels within acceptable limits;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the program to maintain VOC levels. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period by testing the VOC levels after implementing the strategies;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the program for maintaining VOC levels in indoor spaces after the performance period.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Specified eighty percent (80%) or more of the indoor materials, based on the estimated total cost of indoor materials, with low VOC content.
2 points Specified seventy percent (70%) to less than eighty percent (<80%) of the indoor materials, based on the estimated total cost of indoor materials, with low VOC content.
1 point Specified sixty percent (60%) to less than seventy percent (<70%) of the indoor materials, based on the estimated total cost of indoor materials, with low VOC content.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Procured and used eighty percent (80%) or more of the indoor materials, based on the actual total cost of indoor materials, with low VOC content.
2 points Procured and used seventy percent (70%) to less than eighty percent (<80%) of the indoor materials, based on the actual total cost of indoor materials, with low VOC content.
1 point Procured and used sixty percent (60%) to less than seventy percent (<70%) of the indoor materials, based on the actual total cost of indoor materials, with low VOC content.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Established program to maintain VOC levels within acceptable limits and action plan for its implementation, and
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The material specifications for all indoor materials. The specifications must include the following information:
    • Material type;
    • Acceptable VOC limits for each type of indoor material; and
    • Copy of the generally accepted standard used to determine the acceptable VOC limits for indoor materials.
  2. The list of specified indoor materials with low VOC content. The list must include the following information:
    • Material type;
    • Material name;
    • Manufacturer or supplier's name;
    • VOC content of each specified material; and
    • Acceptable VOC limits based on a generally accepted standard.
  3. The bill of materials for all indoor materials. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Quantity specified for each material;
    • Estimated cost per unit of each material; and
    • Total estimated cost of indoor materials.
  4. The report on the calculation of the percentage of indoor materials with low VOC content. The report must include the following information:
    • Total estimated cost of all indoor materials;
    • Total estimated cost of indoor materials with low VOC content; and
    • Percentage of indoor materials with low VOC content.
    % of low VOC materials = Total estimated cost of indoor materials with low VOC content × 100%
    Total estimated cost of all indoor materials
  5. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
  6. The communication records as proof that the VOC requirements was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.
Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The as-built material specifications for all indoor materials. The specifications must include the following information:
    • Material type;
    • Acceptable VOC limits for each type of indoor material; and
    • Copy of the generally accepted standard used to determine the acceptable VOC limits for indoor materials.
  2. The list of procured indoor materials with low VOC content. The list must include the following information:
    • Material type;
    • Material name;
    • Manufacturer or supplier's name;
    • VOC content of each procured material; and
    • Acceptable VOC limits based on a generally accepted standard.
  3. The bill of materials for all indoor materials. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Quantity procured for each material;
    • Actual cost per unit of each material; and
    • Total actual cost of indoor materials.
  4. The report on the calculation of the percentage of indoor materials with low VOC content. The report must include the following information:
    • Total actual cost of all indoor materials;
    • Total actual cost of indoor materials with low VOC content; and
    • Percentage of indoor materials with low VOC content.
    % of low VOC materials = Total actual cost of indoor materials with low VOC content × 100%
    Total actual cost of all indoor materials
  5. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to maintain the VOC levels in the project within acceptable limits.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
      • Conducting an assessment on the existing VOC levels in the project; and
      • Identifying and implementing strategies to maintain VOC levels within acceptable limits.
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. An assessment report on the existing VOC levels in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Review of existing policies and procedures for maintaining VOC levels within acceptable limits;
    • Methodology for measuring the VOC levels in the project based on a generally accepted standard for VOC limits;
    • Results of the measurement;
    • User feedback regarding the VOC levels in the project; and
    • Recommendations to maintain the VOC levels within acceptable limits.
  4. The program to maintain the VOC levels in the project reflecting the following:
    • The procurement and use of indoor materials with low VOC content in the project;
    • The measurement of the VOC levels in indoor spaces meeting the thresholds;
    • The provision of sensors to monitor VOC levels; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for maintaining the VOC levels in the project.
  5. The action plan for the implementation of the program to maintain VOC levels reflecting the following:
    • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  7. The communication records as proof that the program to maintain VOC levels and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  8. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
    • Name of the personnel,
    • Designation and contact information, and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
  9. The material specifications for all indoor materials. The specifications must include the following information:
    • Material type;
    • Acceptable VOC limits for each type of indoor material; and
    • Copy of the generally accepted standard used to determine the acceptable VOC limits for indoor materials.
  10. The list of procured indoor materials with low VOC content. The list must include the following information:
    • Material type;
    • Material name;
    • Manufacturer or supplier's name;
    • VOC content of each procured material; and
    • Acceptable VOC limits based on a generally accepted standard.
  11. The bill of materials for all indoor materials. The documentation must include the following information:
    • Quantity procured for each material;
    • Actual cost per unit of each material; and
    • Total actual cost of indoor materials.
  12. The as-built plans and specifications for the sensors to monitor the VOC levels in indoor spaces reflecting the following:
    • Location of the sensors,
    • Parameters measured and monitored by the sensors, and
    • Sample report generated by the sensors.
  13. A report reflecting the VOC levels in indoor spaces are within acceptable limits.
  14. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
  15. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  16. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the program to maintain VOC levels after the performance period.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Volatile organic compounds
refer to organic chemicals with high vapor pressure at ordinary room temperature that are dangerous to human health or cause harm to the environment. (Department of Public Works and Highways, 2015)
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the HEA-07 Low VOC Environment under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to Table of Contents

HW-09 Active Design

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 3 to SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being, and SDG 11 to SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities.

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being
SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to encourage physical movement and active lifestyle to improve the users' health and well-being.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Incorporate active design strategies in the project to encourage physical activity and health lifestyle. The active design strategies must:
    • Be integrated in the design of the project;
    • Influence the behavior of users and encourage physical activity;
    • Be permanently installed; and
    • Be easily accessible to users and visitors.
  2. Provide public facilities to support the active design strategies, which may include:
    • Covered walkways and courtyards,
    • Outdoor or indoor fitness areas and equipment,
    • Showers, changing rooms and lockers, and
    • Drinking water stations or fountains.
  3. Establish a healthy and active lifestyle program. The program must contain:
    • The identified activities to inform users on the active design strategies in the project and its benefits;
    • The policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the identified strategies; and
    • The duration of implementation, which must be for at least five (5) years.
Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Implement the active design strategies in the project, and the public facilities to support the active design strategies.
  2. Establish policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented strategies.
  3. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the healthy and active lifestyle program. The action plan must contain:
    • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
    • The duration of implementation, which must be for at least five (5) years;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
    • The communication of the healthy and active lifestyle program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.
Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for encouraging a healthy and active lifestyle in the project.
  2. Conduct an assessment on the existing active design strategies in the project. The assessment must contain:
    • The review of existing policies and procedures for managing and maintaining the active design strategies in the project;
    • The condition of the existing active design strategies;
    • The existing activities to encourage a healthy and active lifestyle for users; and
    • The recommendations to improve the active design strategies and to encourage a healthy and active lifestyle in the project.
  3. Establish a healthy and active lifestyle program. The program must contain:
    • The improvements to the existing active design strategies;
    • The identified activities to encourage a healthy and active lifestyle for users; and
    • The policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the identified strategies.
  4. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the healthy and active lifestyle program. The action plan must contain:
    • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
    • The duration of implementation, which must be for at least five (5) years;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
    • The communication of the healthy and active lifestyle program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.
  5. Implement the healthy and active lifestyle program. The project team must:
    • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Implement the improvements to the existing active design strategies;
    • Implement the activities to encourage a healthy and active lifestyle for users;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  6. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the healthy and active lifestyle program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the healthy and active lifestyle program after the performance period.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Incorporated active design strategies in the project,
  • Provided public facilities to support the active design strategies, and
  • Established a healthy and active lifestyle program for the potential users of the project.
2 points
  • Incorporated active design strategies in the project, and
  • Provided public facilities to support the active design strategies.
1 point Incorporated active design strategies in the project.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Implemented active design strategies in the project,
  • Implemented public facilities to support the active design strategies, and
  • Developed an action plan for the implementation of the healthy and active lifestyle program for the potential users of the project.
2 points
  • Implemented active design strategies in the project, and
  • Implemented public facilities to support the active design strategies.
1 point Implemented active design strategies in the project.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Established healthy and active lifestyle program and action plan for its implementation to encourage a healthy and active lifestyle for users , and
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The plans and specifications of the active design strategies and public facilities reflecting the following:
    • The location of the active design strategies and public facilities;
    • The active design strategies; and
    • The access of the users and the public to the active design strategies and public facilities.
  2. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
  3. The healthy and active lifestyle program reflecting the following:
    • The identified activities to inform users on the active design strategies in the project and its benefits;
    • The documented policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the identified strategies;
    • The schedule of conducting regular activities to encourage a healthy and active lifestyle for users; and
    • The resources allocated for the implementation of the program.
Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The as-built plans and specifications of the active design strategies and public facilities reflecting the following:
    • The location of the active design strategies and public facilities;
    • The implemented active design strategies; and
    • The access of the users and the public to the active design strategies and public facilities.
  2. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  3. The documented policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented strategies reflecting the following:
    • The tasks identified for the regular maintenance of the strategies;
    • The schedule for the regular maintenance of the strategies; and
    • The roles defined for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies.
  4. The action plan for the implementation of the healthy and active lifestyle program reflecting the following:
    • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  5. The communication records as proof that the healthy and active lifestyle program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to encourage a health and active lifestyle in the project.
  2. An assessment report on the existing active design strategies in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Review of existing policies and procedures for managing and maintaining the active design strategies in the project;
    • Narrative on the condition of the existing active design strategies;
    • Narrative on the regular activities to encourage a healthy and active lifestyle for users;
    • User feedback regarding the active design strategies in the project; and
    • Recommendations to improve the active design strategies and to encourage a healthy and active lifestyle in the project.
  3. The healthy and active lifestyle program for the project reflecting the following:
    • The improvements to the existing active design strategies;
    • The regular activities to encourage a healthy and active lifestyle for users; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the identified strategies.
  4. The action plan for the implementation of the healthy and active lifestyle program reflecting the following:
    • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  5. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  6. The communication records as proof that the healthy and active lifestyle program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  7. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
    • Name of the personnel,
    • Designation and contact information, and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
  8. The as-built plans and specifications of the active design strategies and public facilities reflecting the following:
    • The location of the active design strategies and public facilities;
    • The implemented improvements to the active design strategies; and
    • The access of the users and the public to the active design strategies and public facilities.
  9. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
  10. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  11. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the healthy and active lifestyle program after the performance period.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Active design
refers to design that encourages physical activity within indoor or outdoor spaces, which may include walking, cycling, active recreation and healthy eating.
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the following credits under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0:

Back to Table of Contents

HW-10 Urban Agriculture

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 2 to SDG 2: Zero Hunger, and SDG 3 to SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being.

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 2: Zero Hunger
SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

  • Maximize the positive social and health benefits of local food production in the project; and
  • Encourage local food production in the project by providing spaces for urban agriculture.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Engage a professional qualified and competent in identifying and implementing strategies for local food production through urban agriculture.
  2. Design permanent growing areas for food crops and storage facilities for equipment and tools in the project. The growing area must:
    • Have at least three (3) different types of food crops, which are native to the Philippines;
    • Have a total planting area with a minimum size of:
      • At least five percent (5%) of the project’s total lot area but not less than 25 m2; or
      • At least fifteen percent (15%) of the rooftop surface area but not less than 20 m2.
    • Be easily accessible to the users.
  3. Establish a local food production program for continuous food production and for the maintenance of the growing areas during operations.

Functional and usable spaces, such as helipads, recreational courts, and areas covered by equipment and solar panels are excluded from the calculations.

Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Implement the design of the permanent growing areas for food crops and storage facilities for equipment and tools.
  2. Plant at least three (3) different types of food crops, which are native to the Philippines.
  3. Establish policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies.
Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for providing spaces for urban agriculture in the project.
  2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in identifying and implementing strategies for local food production through urban agriculture.
  3. Designate permanent growing areas for food crops and storage facilities for equipment and tools in the project. The growing area must:
    • Have at least three (3) different types of food crops, which are native to the Philippines;
    • Have a total planting area with a minimum size of:
      • At least five percent (5%) of the project’s total lot area but not less than 25 m2; or
      • At least fifteen percent (15%) of the rooftop surface area but not less than 20 m2.
    • Be easily accessible to the users.
  4. Establish a local food production program for continuous food production and for the maintenance of the growing areas during operations.
  5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the local food production program. The action plan must contain:
    • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
    • The communication of the local food production program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  6. Implement the local food production program. The project team must:
    • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Implement the permanent growing areas for food crops and storage facilities for equipment and tools;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the local food production program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the local food production program after the performance period.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Designed the total planting area ten percent (10%) or more of the total lot area but not less than 25 m2 of growing area, or
  • Designed the total planting area twenty percent (20%) or more of the usable roof surface but not less than 20 m2 of growing area.
2 points
  • Designed the total planting area seven percent (7%) to less than ten percent (<10%) of the total lot area but not less than 25 m2 of growing area, or
  • Designed the total planting area seventeen percent (17%) to less than twenty percent (<20%) of the usable roof surface but not less than 20 m2 of growing area.
1 point
  • Designed the total planting area five percent (5%) to less than seven percent (<7%) of the total lot area but not less than 25 m2 of growing area, or
  • Designed the total planting area fifteen percent (15%) to less than seventeen percent (<17%) of the usable roof surface but not less than 20 m2 of growing area.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Implemented the design of the total planting area ten percent (10%) or more of the total lot area but not less than 25 m2 of growing area, or
  • Implemented the design of the total planting area twenty percent (20%) or more of the usable roof surface but not less than 20 m2 of growing area.
2 points
  • Implemented the design of the total planting area seven percent (7%) to less than ten percent (<10%) of the total lot area but not less than 25 m2 of growing area, or
  • Implemented the design of the total planting area seventeen percent (17%) to less than twenty percent (<20%) of the usable roof surface but not less than 20 m2 of growing area.
1 point
  • Implemented the design of the total planting area five percent (5%) to less than seven percent (<7%) of the total lot area but not less than 25 m2 of growing area, or
  • Implemented the design of the total planting area fifteen percent (15%) to less than seventeen percent (<17%) of the usable roof surface but not less than 20 m2 of growing area.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Established a local food production program and action plan for its implementation to designate a total planting area of:
    • Ten percent (10%) or more of the total lot area but not less than 25 m2 of growing area, or
    • Twenty percent (20%) or more of the usable roof surface but not less than 20 m2 of growing area;
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.
2 points
  • Established a local food production program and action plan for its implementation to designate a total planting area of:
    • Seven percent (7%) to less than ten percent (<10%) of the total lot area but not less than 25 m2 of growing area, or
    • Seventeen percent (17%) to less than twenty percent (<20%) of the usable roof surface but not less than 20 m2 of growing area;
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.
1 point
  • Established a local food production program and action plan for its implementation to designate a total planting area of:
    • Five percent (5%) to less than seven percent (<7%) of the total lot area but not less than 25 m2 of growing area, or
    • Fifteen percent (15%) to less than seventeen percent (<17%) of the usable roof surface but not less than 20 m2 of growing area;
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professionals, which must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in identifying and implementing strategies for local food production through urban agriculture;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the design and construction of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  2. The plans and specifications of the permanent growing areas and storage facilities reflecting the following:
    • The basis for the minimum growing area for the project, which must either be:
      • The total lot area in m2, or
      • The total usable roof surface in m2;
    • The location and size of the permanent growing areas, the types of native food crops in growing areas, and the storage facility;
    • The access of the users to the growing area;
    • The technical description of the soil conditions;
    • The types of native food crops that will be planted in the growing area; and
    • The design of the irrigation system.
  3. The report on the calculation reflecting the percentage of the area designed for urban agriculture. The report must include the following information:
    • Basis for the minimum growing area for the project, which must either be:
      • The total lot area in m2, or
      • The total usable roof surface in m2;
    • Total area designed for the permanent growing area in m2; and
    • Percentage of the area designed for urban agriculture.
  4. The local food production program reflecting the following:
    • The methodology for nurturing, harvesting and continuously producing different types of native food crops in the project;
    • The schedule of native food crops that will be planted in the growing area; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the growing area.
  5. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The as-built plans and specifications of the permanent growing areas and storage facilities reflecting the following:
    • The basis for the minimum growing area for the project, which must either be:
      • The total lot area in m2, or
      • The total usable roof surface in m2;
    • The location and size of the permanent growing areas, the types of native food crops in growing areas, and the storage facility;
    • The access of the users to the growing area;
    • The technical description of the soil conditions;
    • The types of native food crops that will be planted in the growing area; and
    • The implemented design of the irrigation system.
  2. The report on the calculation reflecting the percentage of the area implemented for urban agriculture. The report must include the following information:
    • Basis for the minimum growing area for the project, which must either be:
      • The total lot area in m2, or
      • The total usable roof surface in m2;
    • Total area implemented for the permanent growing area in m2; and
    • Percentage of the area implemented for urban agriculture.
  3. The local food production program reflecting the following:
    • The methodology for nurturing, harvesting and continuously producing different types of native food crops in the project;
    • The schedule of native food crops that will be planted in the growing area; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the growing area.
  4. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the commitment of the project owner for providing spaces for urban agriculture in the project.
  2. The proof of engagement for qualified and competent professionals, which must include:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in identifying and implementing strategies for local food production through urban agriculture;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. The local food production program reflecting the following:
    • The methodology for nurturing, harvesting and continuously producing different types of native food crops in the project;
    • The schedule of native food crops that will be planted in the growing area; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the growing area.
  4. The action plan for the implementation of the local food production program reflecting the following:
    • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  5. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  6. The communication records as proof that the local food production program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  7. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
    • Name of the personnel,
    • Designation and contact information, and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
  8. The as-built plans and specifications of the permanent growing areas and storage facilities reflecting the following:
    • The basis for the minimum growing area for the project, which must either be:
      • The total lot area in m2, or
      • The total usable roof surface in m2;
    • The location and size of the permanent growing areas, the types of native food crops in growing areas, and the storage facility;
    • The access of the users to the growing area;
    • The technical description of the soil conditions;
    • The types of native food crops that will be planted in the growing area; and
    • The implemented design of the irrigation system.
  9. The report on the calculation reflecting the percentage of the area implemented for urban agriculture. The report must include the following information:
    • Basis for the minimum growing area for the project, which must either be:
      • The total lot area in m2, or
      • The total usable roof surface in m2;
    • Total area implemented for the permanent growing area in m2; and
    • Percentage of the area implemented for urban agriculture.
  10. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
  11. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  12. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the local food production program after the performance period.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Community garden
refers to the land cultivated by a group of individuals and planted with various high value crops. (DA Memorandum Circular No. 42, 2020)
Food crops
refer to subsistence crops that are meant for human consumption. These include fruits, vegetables, grains and tubers, such as potatoes.
Greenhouse farming
refers to the use of technology for crops in framed or inflated structures covered with translucent or transparent materials that are large enough to grow crops under partial or fully controlled environmental conditions to get optimum growth and productivity. (DA Memorandum Circular No. 42, 2020)
Vertical farming
refers to a means of urban food production that grows crops vertically, either stacked in layers, shelves, or modified pallets against walls. It is usually combined with techniques like hydroponics in a climate-controlled environment. (DA Memorandum Circular No. 42, 2020)
Urban agriculture
refers to food production that occurs in urban areas. Such production takes place in backyards, on rooftops, in community vegetable and fruit gardens or on unused or public spaces. It includes commercial operations that products food in greenhouses and on open spaces. (DA Memorandum Circular No. 42, 2020)
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the ENV-03 Urban Agriculture under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to Table of Contents

HW-11 Places of Respite

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; and changed SDG 3 to SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being.

All Stages
All Project Types
Healthcare Facilities
SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to provide places of respite to maximize the positive benefits of the natural environment to the users of the project.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Engage a professional qualified and competent in identifying and implementing places of respite for the users of the project.
  2. Design places of respite in the project. The places of respite must:
    • Be an area located where no medical intervention or direct medical care is delivered;
    • Be open to fresh air or conditioned spaces, the sky and the natural elements; and
    • Allow users to connect with nature and experience relief from stress and enhance well-being with exposure to outdoor vegetation.
  3. Present the percentage of places of respite designed for the project.
Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Implement the design for the places of respite in the project.
  2. Present the percentage of places of respite implemented for the project.
  3. Establish policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies.
Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for providing places of respite to the users of the project.
  2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in identifying and implementing places of respite for the users of the project.
  3. Designate places of respite in the project. The places of respite must:
    • Be an area located where no medical intervention or direct medical care is delivered;
    • Be open to fresh air or conditioned spaces, the sky and the natural elements; and
    • Allow users to connect with nature and experience relief from stress and enhance well-being with exposure to outdoor vegetation.
  4. Present the percentage of places of respite implemented for the project.
  5. Establish policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

All Stages
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Provided seven percent (7%) or more of the total gross floor area as places of respite.
2 points Provided five percent (5%) to less than seven percent (<7%) of the total gross floor area as places of respite.
1 point Provided three percent (3%) to less than five percent (<5%) of the total gross floor area as places of respite.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professionals, which must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in identifying and implementing places of respite for the users of the project;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the design and construction of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  2. The plans and specifications of the places of respite reflecting the following:
    • The design of the places of respite, which must:
      • Be an area located where no medical intervention or direct medical care is delivered;
      • Be open to fresh air or conditioned spaces, the sky and the natural elements; and
      • Allow users to connect with nature and experience relief from stress and enhance well-being with exposure to outdoor vegetation.
    • The location and size of the places of respite in m2;
    • The access of the users to the places of respite.
  3. The report on the calculation reflecting the percentage of the total gross floor area designed as places of respite. The report must include the following information:
    • Total gross floor area of the project in m2;
    • Size of the places of respite in m2; and
    • Percentage of the total gross floor area designed as places of respite.
  4. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The as-built plans and specifications of the places of respite reflecting the following:
    • The implemented design of the places of respite, which must:
      • Be an area located where no medical intervention or direct medical care is delivered;
      • Be open to fresh air or conditioned spaces, the sky and the natural elements; and
      • Allow users to connect with nature and experience relief from stress and enhance well-being with exposure to outdoor vegetation.
    • The location and size of the places of respite in m2;
    • The access of the users to the places of respite.
  2. The report on the calculation reflecting the percentage of the total gross floor area implemented as places of respite. The report must include the following information:
    • Total gross floor area of the project in m2;
    • Size of the places of respite in m2; and
    • Percentage of the total gross floor area implemented as places of respite.
  3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  4. The documented policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented strategies reflecting the following:
    • The tasks identified for the regular maintenance of the strategies;
    • The schedule for the regular maintenance of the strategies; and
    • The roles defined for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to provide places of respite in the project.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professionals, which must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in identifying and implementing places of respite for the users of the project;
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. The as-built plans and specifications of the places of respite reflecting the following:
    • The implemented design of the places of respite, which must:
      • Be an area located where no medical intervention or direct medical care is delivered;
      • Be open to fresh air or conditioned spaces, the sky and the natural elements; and
      • Allow users to connect with nature and experience relief from stress and enhance well-being with exposure to outdoor vegetation.
    • The location and size of the places of respite in m2;
    • The access of the users to the places of respite.
  4. The report on the calculation reflecting the percentage of the total gross floor area implemented as places of respite. The report must include the following information:
    • Total gross floor area of the project in m2;
    • Size of the places of respite in m2; and
    • Percentage of the total gross floor area implemented as places of respite.
  5. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  6. The documented policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented strategies reflecting the following:
    • The tasks identified for the regular maintenance of the strategies;
    • The schedule for the regular maintenance of the strategies; and
    • The roles defined for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Places of respite
refer to areas that connects healthcare patients, visitors, and staff to health benefits of the natural environment.

Back to Table of Contents

HW-12 Enhanced Occupational Safety and Health

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 3 to SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being.

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

  • Exceed the regulatory requirements to enhance the occupational safety and health (OSH) during construction, operations and maintenance of the project; and
  • Identify and resolve potential occupational risks and hazards throughout the building life cycle.

Requirements

Stage 1 – Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for enhancing the OSH in the project.
  2. Engage an OSH professional during design qualified and competent in:
    • Developing an OSH program to minimize the potential occupational risks and hazards in the project's life cycle; and
    • Providing recommendations to improve the OSH program.
  3. Conduct an assessment on the potential occupational risks and hazards in the project's life cycle. The assessment must contain:
    • The inventory of occupational risks and hazards during construction and operations; and
    • The recommended design strategies to eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards for the construction, operations and maintenance of the project.
  4. Establish an OSH program for the project. The program must contain:
    • The target impact for enhancing OSH in the project, which should include:
      • No disabling injuries or illnesses;
      • No or low incidence of non-disabling injuries or illnesses;
      • Improved coverage for health services; and
      • Increased expenditures on health awareness and disease risk control programs.
    • The identified design strategies to eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards for the construction, operations and maintenance of the project;
    • The establishment of medical surveillance, prevention and control with particular focus on:
      • Early detection and management of occupational and work-related diseases; and
      • Prevention and control of:
        • Human immunodeficiency virus and acquired immune deficiency syndrome (HIV/AIDS) in accordance with Republic Act No. 9165,
        • Tuberculosis in accordance with Executive Order No. 187-03, and
        • Hepatitis B in accordance with DOLE Department Advisory 05-2010.
    • The promotion of OSH to the project stakeholders, which should include:
      • Orienting all workers on OSH with particular focus on:
        • Healthy and active lifestyle,
        • Drug-free workplace in accordance with Republic Act No. 9165, and
        • Mental health in accordance with Republic Act No. 11036;
      • Continuous training the OSH personnel;
      • Training and educating workers on the policies and procedures for safe workplace, which should include:
        • The processing work permit systems,
        • The use of personal protective equipment (PPE),
      • Providing safety signages throughout the project;
    • The provision of workers' welfare facilities and PPE;
    • The policies and procedures for:
      • Construction activity pollution prevention and control, including dust control and management;
      • Solid waste management during construction and operations;
      • Investigating, recording and reporting accidents, incidents or illnesses; and
      • Penalties for violations and prohibited acts.
    • The resources and budget allocated to support the implementation of the OSH program.
  5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the OSH program. The action plan must contain:
    • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
    • The communication of the OSH program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.

The OSH personnel engaged for the project must consist of:

  • Certified first aider recognized by the Department of Labor and Employment (DOLE),
  • Safety officers, and
  • If the project is required by a regulation, additional OSH personnel, which are:
    • OSH nurse,
    • OSH dentist, and
    • OSH physician.
Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Engage an OSH personnel during construction qualified and competent in:
    • Implementing the OSH program to minimize the potential occupational risks and hazards in the project's life cycle; and
    • Providing recommendations to improve the OSH program.
  2. Implement the OSH program for the project. The project team must:
    • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Implement the design strategies to eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards for the construction, operations and maintenance of the project;
    • Establish the medical surveillance, prevention and control;
    • Promote OSH to the project stakeholders;
    • Provide workers' welfare facilities and PPE;
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for:
      • Construction activity pollution prevention and control, including dust control and management;
      • Solid waste management during construction and operations;
      • Investigating, recording and reporting accidents, incidents or illnesses; and
      • Penalties for violations and prohibited acts.
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy and its progress;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  3. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the OSH program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • Review if the program was implemented successfully;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the OSH program once the project starts its operations.
  4. Monitor and report all disabling and non-disabling injuries or illnesses during the construction of the project.
Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for enhancing the OSH in the project.
  2. Engage an OSH professional during operations qualified and competent in:
    • Developing and implementing an OSH program to minimize the potential occupational risks and hazards in the project's life cycle; and
    • Providing recommendations to improve the OSH program.
  3. Conduct an assessment on the potential occupational risks and hazards in the project's life cycle. The assessment must contain:
    • The inventory of occupational risks and hazards during operations and maintenance; and
    • The recommended strategies to eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards for the operations and maintenance of the project.
  4. Establish an OSH program for the project. The program must contain:
    • The target impact for enhancing OSH in the project, which should include:
      • No disabling injuries or illnesses;
      • No or low incidence of non-disabling injuries or illnesses;
      • Improved coverage for health services; and
      • Increased expenditures on health awareness and disease risk control programs.
    • The identified design strategies to eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards for the operations and maintenance of the project;
    • The establishment of medical surveillance, prevention and control with particular focus on:
      • Early detection and management of occupational and work-related diseases; and
      • Prevention and control of:
        • Human immunodeficiency virus and acquired immune deficiency syndrome (HIV/AIDS) in accordance with Republic Act No. 9165,
        • Tuberculosis in accordance with Executive Order No. 187-03, and
        • Hepatitis B in accordance with DOLE Department Advisory 05-2010.
    • The promotion of OSH to the project stakeholders, which should include:
      • Orienting all workers on OSH with particular focus on:
        • Healthy and active lifestyle,
        • Drug-free workplace in accordance with Republic Act No. 9165, and
        • Mental health in accordance with Republic Act No. 11036;
      • Continuous training the OSH personnel;
      • Training and educating workers on the policies and procedures for safe workplace, which should include:
        • The processing work permit systems,
        • The use of personal protective equipment (PPE),
      • Providing safety signages throughout the project;
    • The provision of workers' welfare facilities and PPE;
    • The policies and procedures for:
      • Solid waste management during operations;
      • Investigating, recording and reporting accidents, incidents or illnesses; and
      • Penalties for violations and prohibited acts.
    • The resources and budget allocated to support the implementation of the OSH program.
  5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the OSH program. The action plan must contain:
    • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
    • The communication of the OSH program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the potential users of the project.
  6. Implement the OSH program for the project. The project team must:
    • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Implement the design strategies to eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards for the operations and maintenance of the project;
    • Establish the medical surveillance, prevention and control;
    • Promote OSH to the project stakeholders;
    • Provide workers' welfare facilities and PPE;
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for:
      • Solid waste management during operations;
      • Investigating, recording and reporting accidents, incidents or illnesses; and
      • Penalties for violations and prohibited acts.
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the OSH program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the OSH program after the performance period.
  8. Monitor and report all disabling and non-disabling injuries or illnesses during the operations and maintenance of the project.

The OSH personnel engaged for the project must consist of:

  • Certified first aider recognized by the Department of Labor and Employment (DOLE),
  • Safety officers, and
  • If the project is required by a regulation, additional OSH personnel, which are:
    • OSH nurse,
    • OSH dentist, and
    • OSH physician.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all the requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Assessed the potential occupational risks and hazards in the project's life cycle,
  • Established an OSH program and action plan for its implementation to enhance OSH during construction, operations and maintenance,
  • Established a system to monitor and report all disabling and non-disabling injuries and illnesses in the project, and
  • Incorporated design strategies to eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards during construction, operations and maintenance.
2 points
  • Assessed the potential occupational risks and hazards in the project's life cycle,
  • Established an OSH program and action plan for its implementation to enhance OSH during construction, operations and maintenance, and
  • Established a system to monitor and report all disabling and non-disabling injuries and illnesses in the project.
1 point
  • Assessed the potential occupational risks and hazards in the project's life cycle, and
  • Established an OSH program and action plan for its implementation to enhance OSH during construction, operations and maintenance.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Monitored and reported all disabling and non-disabling injuries and illnesses in the project,
  • Implemented the OSH program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement,
  • Engaged a qualified and competent OSH personnel during construction, and
  • Implemented the design strategies to eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards during construction, operations and maintenance.
2 points
  • Monitored and reported all disabling and non-disabling injuries and illnesses in the project,
  • Implemented the OSH program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement, and
  • Engaged a qualified and competent OSH personnel during construction.
1 point
  • Monitored and reported all disabling and non-disabling injuries and illnesses in the project, and
  • Implemented the OSH program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Established an OSH program and action plan for its implementation to enhance OSH during operations and maintenance,
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement,
  • Monitored and reported all disabling and non-disabling injuries and illnesses in the project,
  • Engaged a qualified and competent OSH personnel during operations and maintenance, and
  • Implemented the design strategies to eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards during operations and maintenance.
2 points
  • Established an OSH program and action plan for its implementation to enhance OSH during operations and maintenance,
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement,
  • Monitored and reported all disabling and non-disabling injuries and illnesses in the project, and
  • Engaged a qualified and competent OSH personnel during operations and maintenance.
1 point
  • Established an OSH program and action plan for its implementation to enhance OSH during operations and maintenance,
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement, and
  • Monitored and reported all disabling and non-disabling injuries and illnesses in the project.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to enhance the OSH in the project.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent OSH professional, which must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
      • Developing an OSH program to minimize the potential occupational risks and hazards in the project's life cycle; and
      • Providing recommendations to improve the OSH program.
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the design of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. An assessment report on the potential occupational risks and hazards in the project's life cycle. The report must include the following information:
    • Identified occupational risks and hazards related to:
      • Construction, and
      • Operations and maintenance;
    • Recommended design strategies to eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards for the construction, operations and maintenance of the project; and
    • Description on how the design strategies will eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards.
  4. The OSH program for the project reflecting the following:
    • The target impact for enhancing OSH in the project, which should include:
      • No disabling injuries or illnesses;
      • No or low incidence of non-disabling injuries or illnesses;
      • Improved coverage for health services; and
      • Increased expenditures on health awareness and disease risk control programs.
    • The design strategies to eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards for the construction, operations and maintenance of the project;
    • The system established for medical surveillance, prevention and control;
    • The regular activities identified to promote OSH to project stakeholders;
    • The description of the provided workers' welfare facilities and PPE'
    • The documented policies and procedures for:
      • Construction activity pollution prevention and control, including dust control and management;
      • Solid waste management during construction and operations;
      • Investigating, recording and reporting accidents, incidents or illnesses; and
      • Penalties for violations and prohibited acts.
    • The resources and budge allocated to support the implementation of the program.
  5. The action plan for the implementation of the OSH program reflecting the following:
    • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  6. The plans and specifications of the design strategies to eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards reflecting the following:
    • The location of the design strategies to eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards; and
    • The technical description of the design strategies for enhancing OSH.
  7. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  8. The communication records as proof that the OSH program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent OSH personnel, which must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
      • Implementing the OSH program to minimize the potential occupational risks and hazards in the project's life cycle; and
      • Providing recommendations to improve the OSH program.
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the construction of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  2. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
    • Name of the personnel,
    • Designation and contact information, and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
  3. The as-built plans and specifications of the implemented design strategies to eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards reflecting the following:
    • The location of the implemented design strategies to eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards; and
    • The technical description of the implemented design strategies for enhancing OSH.
  4. The report on all disabling and non-disabling injuries during construction. The report must include the following information:
    • Frequency rate for disabling and non-disabling injuries; and
    • Frequency rate for disabling and non-disabling illnesses.
  5. The report on the activities conducted to promote OSH to project stakeholders. The report must include the following information:
    • Type of activity conducted for the project stakeholders;
    • OSH topics for each activity;
    • Schedule of the implemented activities; and
    • Resources allocated to support the implementation of the activities.
  6. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program.
  7. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  8. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the OSH program once the project starts its operations.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to enhance the OSH in the project.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent OSH professional, which must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
      • Developing and implementing an OSH program to minimize the potential occupational risks and hazards in the project's life cycle; and
      • Providing recommendations to improve the OSH program.
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. An assessment report on the potential occupational risks and hazards in the project's life cycle. The report must include the following information:
    • Identified occupational risks and hazards related to operations and maintenance;
    • Recommended design strategies to eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards for the operations and maintenance of the project; and
    • Description on how the design strategies will eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards.
  4. The OSH program for the project reflecting the following:
    • The target impact for enhancing OSH in the project, which should include:
      • No disabling injuries or illnesses;
      • No or low incidence of non-disabling injuries or illnesses;
      • Improved coverage for health services; and
      • Increased expenditures on health awareness and disease risk control programs.
    • The design strategies to eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards for the operations and maintenance of the project;
    • The system established for medical surveillance, prevention and control;
    • The regular activities identified to promote OSH to project stakeholders;
    • The description of the provided workers' welfare facilities and PPE'
    • The documented policies and procedures for:
      • Construction activity pollution prevention and control, including dust control and management;
      • Solid waste management during operations;
      • Investigating, recording and reporting accidents, incidents or illnesses; and
      • Penalties for violations and prohibited acts.
    • The resources and budge allocated to support the implementation of the program.
  5. The action plan for the implementation of the OSH program reflecting the following:
    • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  7. The communication records as proof that the OSH program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  8. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
    • Name of the personnel,
    • Designation and contact information, and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
  9. The as-built plans and specifications of the implemented design strategies to eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards reflecting the following:
    • The location of the implemented design strategies to eliminate or reduce the occupational risks and hazards; and
    • The technical description of the implemented design strategies for enhancing OSH.
  10. The report on all disabling and non-disabling injuries during operations and maintenance. The report must include the following information:
    • Frequency rate for disabling and non-disabling injuries; and
    • Frequency rate for disabling and non-disabling illnesses.
  11. The report on the activities conducted to promote OSH to project stakeholders. The report must include the following information:
    • Type of activity conducted for the project stakeholders;
    • OSH topics for each activity;
    • Schedule of the implemented activities; and
    • Resources allocated to support the implementation of the activities.
  12. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
  13. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  14. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the OSH program after the performance period.

Additional Information

Terms and Definition

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Occupational safety and health (OSH)
refers to the area of public health that focuses on illness and injury trends in the workplace.
OSH personnel
refers to a qualified first aider, nurse, dentist or physician engaged by the employer to provide occupational health services in the establishment, project, site or workplace. (OSH Law, 2018)
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the HEA-03 Enhanced Occupational Safety and Health under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to Table of Contents

Emissions

Emissions category focuses on identifying, planning, and managing towards the reduction of emissions in a project and its contribution to global warming and climate change.

No. Credit Name Certification Stage Project Type Occupancy Type Sustainable Development Goal
EM-01 Greenhouse Gas Inventory All Stages All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 7: Affordable and Clean Energy
SDG 13: Climate Action
EM-02 Refrigerant Use All Stages All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being
SDG 13: Climate Action

Back to Table of Contents

EM-01 Greenhouse Gas Inventory

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 7 to SDG 7: Affordable and Clean Energy, and SDG 13 to SDG 13: Climate Action.

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 7: Affordable and Clean Energy
SDG 13: Climate Action

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to properly account the greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions for the project's life cycle, and reduce the GHG emissions in the project.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Identify the methodology for conducting the GHG inventory for the project.
  2. Conduct the GHG inventory for the project. The project team must:
    • Define the boundary for GHG inventory. The GHG inventory must be a projection of the GHG emissions of the project for the first year of its operations;
    • Provide information and data on the emissions present in the project;
    • Identify the activities for the identified sources of emission;
    • Present the outcomes of the GHG inventory; and
    • Recommendations to reduce the GHG emissions of the project.
  3. Record and report the conduct of the GHG inventory.
Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Identify the methodology for conducting the GHG inventory for the project.
  2. Conduct the GHG inventory for the project. The project team must:
    • Define the boundary for GHG inventory. The GHG inventory must be a projection of the GHG emissions of the project for the first year of its operations;
    • Provide information and data on the emissions present in the project;
    • Identify the activities for the identified sources of emission;
    • Present the outcomes of the GHG inventory; and
    • Recommendations to reduce the GHG emissions of the project.
  3. Record and report the conduct of the GHG inventory.
Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Identify the methodology for conducting the GHG inventory for the project.
  2. Conduct the GHG inventory for the project. The project team must:
    • Define the boundary for GHG inventory. The GHG inventory must be an inventory of the GHG emissions for at least twelve (12) months before implementing BERDE;
    • Provide information and data on the emissions present in the project;
    • Identify the activities for the identified sources of emission;
    • Present the outcomes of the GHG inventory; and
    • Identify recommendations to reduce the GHG emissions of the project.
  3. Record and report the conduct of the GHG inventory.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the requirements of this credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Conducted a GHG inventory for the potential emissions for the first year of operations of the project, and
  • Incorporated strategies in the design to potentially reduce the GHG emissions of the project.
2 points Conducted a GHG inventory for the potential emissions for the first year of operations of the project.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Conducted a GHG inventory for the potential emissions for the first year of operations of the project, and
  • Implemented strategies in the design to potentially reduce the GHG emissions of the project.
2 points Conducted a GHG inventory for the potential emissions for the first year of operations of the project.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Conducted a GHG inventory for the emissions of the project for at least twelve (12) months before implementing BERDE of the project, and
  • Implemented strategies to reduce the GHG emissions of the project.
2 points Conducted a GHG inventory for the emissions of the project for at least twelve (12) months before implementing BERDE.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit the GHG inventory report for the project, which must include the following:

  • Boundary for GHG inventory. The GHG inventory must be a projection of the GHG emissions of the project for the first year of its operations;
  • Emission data for each GHG present in the project;
  • Activities for the identified sources of emissions;
  • Methodology for the GHG inventory;
  • Outcomes of the GHG inventory; and
  • Recommendations to reduce the GHG emissions of the project.

If the project team incorporated strategies to potentially reduce the GHG emissions of the project, the project team should also submit:

  1. The plans and specifications for the strategies incorporated in the design to potentially reduce the GHG emissions of the project.
  2. The report on the activities identified to reduce the GHG emissions of the project, such as carbon offsets, afforestation and reforestation, active transportation, and electrification to lessen fossil fuel use.
  3. The purchase orders proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit the GHG inventory report for the project, which must include the following:

  • Boundary for GHG inventory. The GHG inventory must be a projection of the GHG emissions of the project for the first year of its operations;
  • Emission data for each GHG present in the project;
  • Activities for the identified sources of emissions;
  • Methodology for the GHG inventory;
  • Outcomes of the GHG inventory; and
  • Recommendations to reduce the GHG emissions of the project.

If the project team implemented strategies to potentially reduce the GHG emissions of the project, the project team should also submit:

  1. The as-built plans and specifications for the strategies incorporated in the design to potentially reduce the GHG emissions of the project.
  2. The report on the activities conducted to reduce the GHG emissions of the project, such as carbon offsets, afforestation and reforestation, active transportation, and electrification to lessen fossil fuel use.
  3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit the GHG inventory report for the project, which must include the following:

  • Boundary for GHG inventory. The GHG inventory must be an inventory of the GHG emissions for at least twelve (12) months before implementing BERDE;
  • Emission data for each GHG present in the project;
  • Activities for the identified sources of emissions;
  • Methodology for the GHG inventory;
  • Outcomes of the GHG inventory; and
  • Recommendations to reduce the GHG emissions of the project.

If the project team implemented strategies to reduce the GHG emissions of the project, the project team should also submit:

  1. The as-built plans and specifications for the strategies incorporated in the design to potentially reduce the GHG emissions of the project.
  2. The report on the activities conducted to reduce the GHG emissions of the project, such as carbon offsets, afforestation and reforestation, active transportation, and electrification to lessen fossil fuel use.
  3. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  4. The documented policies and procedures for reducing the GHG emissions of the project during operations.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Greenhouse gas (GHG)

refers to gases that can potentially or can reasonably be expected to induce global warming, which include carbon dioxide, oxides of nitrogen, chlorofluorocarbons, and the like. (Philippine Clean Air Act of 1999, 1999)

The GHGs included when conducting an inventory are:

  • Carbon dioxide (CO2);
  • Methane (CH4);
  • Nitrous oxide (N2O);
  • Hydrofluorocarbons (HFCs);
  • Perfluorocarbons (PFCs);
  • Sulfur hexafluoride (SF6); and
  • Nitrogen trifluoride (NF3).
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

Back to Table of Contents

EM-02 Refrigerant Use

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 3 to SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being, and SDG 13 to SDG 13: Climate Action.

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 3: Good Health and Well-being
SDG 13: Climate Action

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to promote the use of refrigerants with the least impact to global warming and to the depletion of the ozone layer.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

14 September 2023, v5.0.0 – Committee Draft β

Under Requirements, added Chemical Control Order for HFCs [DENR Department Order No. 2021-31] as a reference for determining non-ODS and low GWP refrigerants for the project; and added the use of low GWP refrigerants for the project.

Projects that use refrigerants

If the project has systems, technologies or equipment that use refrigerants, the project team must:

  1. Specify the use of non-ozone depleting (non-ODS) or low global warming potential (GWP) refrigerants in the project in accordance with the Chemical Control Order for HFCs [DENR Department Order No. 2021-31].
  2. Establish a system to monitor, detect and resolve refrigerant leakages.
Projects that do not use refrigerants

If the project has no systems, technologies or equipment that use refrigerants, the project team must confirm the absence of refrigerant use in the design of the project.

Stage 2 — Construction
Addenda

14 September 2023, v5.0.0 – Committee Draft β

Under Requirements, added Chemical Control Order for HFCs [DENR Department Order No. 2021-31] as a reference for determining non-ODS and low GWP refrigerants for the project; and added the use of low GWP refrigerants for the project.

Projects that use refrigerants

If the project has systems, technologies or equipment that use refrigerants, the project team must:

  1. Procure and use non-ODS or low GWP refrigerants in the project in accordance with the Chemical Control Order for HFCs [DENR Department Order No. 2021-31].
  2. Implement the system to monitor, detect and resolve refrigerant leakages.
Projects that do not use refrigerants

If the project has no systems, technologies or equipment that use refrigerants, the project team must confirm the absence of refrigerant use in the project.

Stage 3 — Operations
Addenda

14 September 2023, v5.0.0 – Committee Draft β

Under Requirements, added Chemical Control Order for HFCs [DENR Department Order No. 2021-31] as a reference for determining non-ODS and low GWP refrigerants for the project; and added the use of low GWP refrigerants for the project.

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for the use of non-ODS or low GWP refrigerants in the project.
  2. Conduct an assessment on the use of refrigerants in the project. The assessment must contain:
    • The review of the existing type of refrigerant used in the project;
    • The review of existing policies and procedures for managing refrigerant use in the project;
    • The issues encountered in managing, using and maintaining the existing refrigerant in the project; and
    • The recommendations to improve the management of refrigerants in the project.
  3. Establish a program to properly manage refrigerant use in the project. The program must contain:
    • The procurement and use of non-ODS or low GWP refrigerants in the project in accordance with the Chemical Control Order for HFCs [DENR Department Order No. 2021-31]; and
    • The policies and procedures for monitoring, detecting and resolving refrigerant leakages.
  4. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the program to properly manage refrigerant use. The action plan must contain:
    • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
    • The communication of the program to properly manage refrigerant use and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  5. Implement the program to properly manage refrigerant use. The project team must:
    • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Procure and use non-ODS or low GWP refrigerants in the project;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  6. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the program to properly manage refrigerant use. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the program to properly manage refrigerant use after the performance period.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the requirements of this credit.

Addenda

14 September 2023, v5.0.0 – Committee Draft β

Under Score Distribution, changed the threshold to specify, procure and use low GWP refrigerants for the project.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Confirmed the absence of refrigerant use in the project.
3 points Specified low GWP refrigerants for the project.
2 points Specified non-ODS refrigerants for the project.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Confirmed the absence of refrigerant use in the project.
3 points Procured and used low GWP refrigerants for the project.
2 points Procured and use non-ODS refrigerants for the project.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Confirmed the absence of refrigerant use in the project.
3 points
  • Established a program to manage refrigerant use and action plan for its implementation,
  • Procured and used low GWP refrigerants for the project, and
  • Implemented the program and evaluate its effectiveness for its continual improvement.
2 points
  • Established a program to manage refrigerant use and action plan for its implementation,
  • Procured and used non-ODS refrigerants for the project, and
  • Implemented the program and evaluate its effectiveness for its continual improvement.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design
Projects that use refrigerants

If the project has systems, technologies or equipment that use refrigerants, the project team should submit:

  1. The plans and specifications reflecting the following:
    • The design of the systems that use refrigerants;
    • The design of the refrigerant leak detection system; and
    • The type of refrigerant specified for the identified building systems.
  2. The material safety data sheet or environmental product declaration of the refrigerant specified for the identified building systems.
  3. The commissioning plan reflecting the commissioning requirements for the identified building systems that use refrigerants.
  4. The documented policies and procedures for managing refrigerant leakages, reflecting the following:
    • The tasks identified for managing refrigerant leakages, which must include monitoring, detecting, reporting and resolving refrigerant leakages;
    • The schedule for the regular maintenance of the building systems; and
    • The roles defined for the proper management and regular maintenance of building systems and refrigerant leakages.
  5. The purchase orders proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
Projects that do not use refrigerants

If the project has no systems, technologies or equipment that use refrigerants, the project team should submit the plans and specifications reflecting the design of the project confirming the absence of refrigerant use.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, if refrigerant use is centrally managed by the building owner or manager, the project team is responsible for coordinating with the building owner or manager on obtaining the relevant documentation to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the credit.

Stage 2 — Construction
Projects that use refrigerants

If the project has systems, technologies or equipment that use refrigerants, the project team should submit:

  1. The as-built plans and specifications reflecting the following:
    • The implementation of the systems that use refrigerants;
    • The implementation of the refrigerant leak detection system; and
    • The type of refrigerant used for the implemented building systems.
  2. The material safety data sheet or environmental product declaration of the refrigerant used for the implemented building systems.
  3. The commissioning report confirming the refrigerant used for the implemented building systems and the testing of the refrigerant leak detection system.
  4. The documented policies and procedures for managing refrigerant leakages, reflecting the following:
    • The tasks identified for managing refrigerant leakages, which must include monitoring, detecting, reporting and resolving refrigerant leakages;
    • The schedule for the regular maintenance of the building systems; and
    • The roles defined for the proper management and regular maintenance of building systems and refrigerant leakages.
  5. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies, which must include:
    • Purchase records, which must include:
      • Purchase orders, and
      • Official receipts or sales invoices;
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
Projects that do not use refrigerants

If the project has no systems, technologies or equipment that use refrigerants, the project team should submit the as-built plans and specifications reflecting the design of the project confirming the absence of refrigerant use.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, if refrigerant use is centrally managed by the building owner or manager, the project team is responsible for coordinating with the building owner or manager on obtaining the relevant documentation to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the credit.

Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to use non-ODS refrigerants in the project.
  2. An assessment report on the use of refrigerants in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Existing type of refrigerant used in the project;
    • Review of existing policies and procedures for managing refrigerant use in the project;
    • Issues encountered in managing, using and maintaining the existing refrigerant in the project; and
    • Recommendations to improve the management of refrigerants in the project.
  3. The program to properly manage refrigerant use in the project reflecting the following:
    • The procurement and use of non-ODS refrigerants in the project; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for monitoring, detecting and resolving refrigerant leakages.
  4. The action plan for the implementation of the program to properly manage refrigerant use in the project reflecting the following:
    • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  5. The communication records as proof that the program to properly manage refrigerant use and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  6. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
    • Name of the personnel,
    • Designation and contact information, and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
  7. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies in the program.
  8. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  9. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the program to properly manage refrigerant use after the performance period.

If the project has no systems, technologies or equipment that use refrigerants, the project team should submit the as-built plans and specifications reflecting the design of the project confirming the absence of refrigerant use.

Tenants

For Tenant projects, if refrigerant use is centrally managed by the building owner or manager, the project team is responsible for coordinating with the building owner or manager on obtaining the relevant documentation to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the credit.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Global warming potential (GWP)
refers to the measure of how much energy the emissions of one (1) ton of a gas will absorb over a given period of time, relative to the emissions of one (1) ton of carbon dioxide (CO2). (US EPA, 2016)
Ozone Depleting Substances (ODS)
refers to the substances that significantly deplete or otherwise modify the ozone layer in a manner that is likely to result in adverse effects on human health and the environment such as, but not limited to, chlorofluorocarbons, halons, and the like. (Philippine Clean Air Act of 1999, 1999)
Refrigerant
refers to the fluid used for heat transfer in a refrigerating system. The refrigerant absorbs heat and transfers it at a higher temperature and a higher pressure, usually with a phase change. Substances added to provide other functions, such as lubrication, leak detection, absorption, or drying, are not refrigerants. (ASHRAE Standard 34, 2022)
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

Back to Table of Contents

Resiliency

Resiliency category focuses on improving the capability of the project and users to prepare for, respond to, and recover from the impacts of disaster risks and hazards.

No. Credit Name Certification Stage Project Type Occupancy Type Sustainable Development Goal
RE-01 Disaster Prevention and Mitigation All Stages All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities
SDG 13: Climate Action
RE-02 Disaster Preparedness All Stages All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities
SDG 13: Climate Action
RE-03 Disaster Response and Recovery All Stages All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities
SDG 13: Climate Action

Back to Table of Contents

RE-01 Disaster Prevention and Mitigation

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 11 to SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities, and SDG 13 to SDG 13: Climate Action.

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities
SDG 13: Climate Action

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to increase the capability of the project to prevent and mitigate disaster risks.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

14 September 2023, v5.0.0 – Committee Draft β

Under Requirements, changed 5. Establish policies and procedures for disaster risk reduction and management for the project's operations. to 5. Establish a disaster prevention and mitigation program for construction and operations and 6. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the disaster prevention and mitigation program.

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Requirements, added 5. Establish policies and procedures for disaster risk reduction and management for the project's operations.

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for increasing the capability of the project to prevent and mitigate disaster risks.
  2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
    • Conducting a disaster risk assessment for the project; and
    • Identifying and implementing strategies for disaster prevention and mitigation.
  3. Conduct a disaster risk assessment for the project. The assessment must contain:
    • The potential natural disasters and man-made hazards that the project may be at risk;
    • The probability and frequency of occurrence of the identified risks;
    • The level of exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks; and
    • The recommendations to minimize the exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks.
  4. Design the project that incorporates the following:
    • Identified strategies to prevent and mitigate for wind hazards, which may include:
      • Using steel reinforced concrete in the primary structure to withstand high wind speeds;
      • Designing the roof to withstand high wind speeds;
      • Securely anchoring external equipment to the building structure; foundation or ground; and
      • Using wind-rated and impact resistant materials for large openings or coverings.
    • Identified strategies to prevent and mitigate for water hazards, which may include:
      • Locating the project site within a low flood-prone area;
      • Sloping the site perimeter away from the project;
      • Elevating the project above the water level of a 100-year flood event; and
      • Designing the stormwater drainage systems in the project to accommodate a 100-year precipitation scenario.
    • Identified strategies to prevent and mitigate for seismic hazards, which may include:
      • Selecting a project site 25 km away from a volcano;
      • Designing the building foundation to site-specific soil conditions;
      • Using shear walls and anchoring at the building's first level to resist lateral forces; and
      • Providing base isolation or motion-dampening systems for seismic energy dissipation.
  5. Establish a disaster prevention and mitigation program for construction and operations. The program must contain:
    • The construction and operational activities that may be affected by disaster risks and hazards;
    • The strategies for disaster prevention and mitigation during construction and operations;
    • The policies and procedures for disaster risk reduction and management; and
    • The educational activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster prevention and mitigation.
  6. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the disaster prevention and mitigation program. The action plan must contain:
    • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation;
    • The recommended practices for the proper operations and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
    • The communication of the program and its action plan to the project stakeholders.
Stage 2 — Construction
Addenda

14 September 2023, v5.0.0 – Committee Draft β

Under Requirements, changed 2. Establish policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented strategies for disaster prevention and mitigation to 2. Implement the disaster prevention and mitigation program for construction and 3. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the disaster prevention and mitigation program for construction.

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Implement the design of the project to prevent and mitigate disaster risks.
  2. Implement the disaster prevention and mitigation program for construction. The project team must:
    • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Implement the strategies for disaster prevention and mitigation during construction;
    • Implement the educational activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster prevention and mitigation;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders; and
    • Confirm the recommended practices for the proper operations and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  3. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the disaster prevention and mitigation program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • Review if the program was implemented successfully;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the disaster prevention and mitigation program once the project starts its operations.
Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for increasing the capability of the project prevent and mitigate disaster risks during operations.
  2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
    • Conducting a disaster risk assessment for the project; and
    • Identifying and implementing strategies for disaster prevention and mitigation during operations.
  3. Conduct a disaster risk assessment for the project. The assessment must contain:
    • The review of existing policies and procedures for disaster prevention and mitigation;
    • The potential natural disasters and man-made hazards that the project may be at risk;
    • The probability and frequency of occurrence of the identified risks;
    • The level of exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks; and
    • The recommendations to minimize the exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks.
  4. Establish a disaster prevention and mitigation program. The program must contain:
    • The strategies for disaster prevention and mitigation during operations;
    • The policies and procedures for disaster risk reduction and management; and
    • The identified activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster prevention and mitigation.
  5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the disaster prevention and mitigation program. The action plan must contain:
    • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
    • The communication of the disaster prevention and mitigation program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  6. Implement the disaster prevention and mitigation program. The project team must:
    • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Implement the strategies for disaster prevention and mitigation during operations;
    • Implement the activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster prevention and mitigation;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the disaster prevention and mitigation program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the disaster prevention and mitigation program after the performance period.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the requirements of this credit.

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

14 September 2023, v5.0.0 – Committee Draft β

Under Score Distribution, added Established the disaster prevention and mitigation program for construction and operations and action plan for its implementation.

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Conducted a disaster risk assessment for the project during,
  • Incorporated strategies in the design to prevent and mitigate disaster risks, and
  • Established a disaster prevention and mitigation program for construction and operations and action plan for its implementation.
Stage 2 — Construction
Addenda

14 September 2023, v5.0.0 – Committee Draft β

Under Score Distribution, changed Established policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies to Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness during construction for its continual improvement.

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Implemented the strategies to prevent and mitigate disaster risks, and
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness during construction for its continual improvement.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Conducted a disaster risk assessment for the project during operations,
  • Established a disaster prevention and mitigation program and action plan for its implementation, and
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to increase the capability of the project to prevent and mitigate disaster risks.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
      • Conducting a disaster risk assessment for the project; and
      • Identifying and implementing strategies for disaster prevention and mitigation.
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the design and construction of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. A disaster risk assessment report. The report must include the following information:
    • Potential disasters and hazards that the project may be at risk, which may include:
      • Natural disasters, such as:
        • Downbursts,
        • Typhoons,
        • Floods,
        • Storm surges,
        • Tsunamis,
        • Earthquake,
        • Landslides, or
        • Volcanic activities.
      • Man-made hazards, such as:
        • Fires,
        • Explosions, or
        • Accidents.
    • Probability and frequency of occurrence of the identified risks;
    • Level of exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks; and
    • Recommendations to minimize the exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks.
  4. The plans and specifications of the strategies for disaster prevention and mitigation. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the identified strategies in the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified strategies.
  5. A report reflecting how the strategies contribute to preventing and mitigating disaster risks in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Identified strategies for disaster prevention and mitigation;
    • Type of risks being addressed; and
    • Narrative how the strategies contribute to disaster prevention and mitigation in the project.
  6. The disaster prevention and mitigation program reflecting the following:
    • The construction and operational activities that may be affected by disaster risks and hazards;
    • The strategies for disaster prevention and mitigation during construction and operations;
    • The documented policies and procedures for disaster risk reduction and management; and
    • The regular educational activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster prevention and mitigation;
    • The schedule for conducting regular activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster prevention and mitigation; and
    • The resources allocated for the implementation of the program.
  7. The action plan for the implementation of the disaster prevention and mitigation program reflecting the following:
    • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
    • The documented best practices for the proper operations and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  8. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies and the program.
  9. The communication records as proof that the disaster prevention and mitigation program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The as-built plans and specifications of the strategies for disaster prevention and mitigation. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the implemented strategies in the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the implemented strategies.
  2. A report reflecting how the strategies contribute to preventing and mitigating disaster risks in the project. The report must include the following information:
    • Implemented strategies for disaster prevention and mitigation;
    • Type of risks addressed; and
    • Narrative how the strategies contribute to disaster prevention and mitigation in the project.
  3. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
    • Name of the personnel,
    • Designation and contact information, and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
  4. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program during construction;
  5. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies and the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  6. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the construction;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the disaster prevention and mitigation program once the project starts its operations.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to increase the capability of the project to prevent and mitigate disaster risks.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
      • Conducting a disaster risk assessment for the project; and
      • Identifying and implementing strategies for disaster prevention and mitigation.
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. A disaster risk assessment report. The report must include the following information:
    • Review of existing policies and procedures for disaster prevention and mitigation;
    • Potential disasters and hazards that the project may be at risk, which may include:
      • Natural disasters, such as:
        • Downbursts,
        • Typhoons,
        • Floods,
        • Storm surges,
        • Tsunamis,
        • Earthquake,
        • Landslides, or
        • Volcanic activities.
      • Man-made hazards, such as:
        • Fires,
        • Explosions, or
        • Accidents.
    • Probability and frequency of occurrence of the identified risks;
    • Level of exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks; and
    • Recommendations to minimize the exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks.
  4. The disaster prevention and mitigation program reflecting the following:
    • The strategies for disaster prevention and mitigation during operations;
    • The documented policies and procedures for disaster risk reduction and management; and
    • The regular educational activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster prevention and mitigation;
    • The schedule for conducting regular activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster prevention and mitigation; and
    • The resources allocated for the implementation of the program.
  5. The action plan for the implementation of the disaster prevention and mitigation program reflecting the following:
    • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  7. The communication records as proof that the disaster prevention and mitigation program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  8. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
    • Name of the personnel,
    • Designation and contact information, and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
  9. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
  10. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  11. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the disaster prevention and mitigation program after the performance period.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Disaster

refers to a serious disruption of the functioning of a community or a society involving widespread human, material, economic or environmental losses and impacts, which exceeds the ability of the affected community or society to cope using its own resources. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

Disasters are often described as a result of the combination of:

  • The exposure to a hazard;
  • The conditions of vulnerability that are present; and
  • The insufficient capacity or measures to reduce or cope with the potential negative consequence.
Disaster mitigation
refers to the lessening or limitation of the adverse impacts of hazards and related disasters. Mitigation measures encompass engineering techniques and hazard-resistant construction as well as improved environmental policies and public awareness.
Disaster prevention
refers to the outright avoidance of adverse impacts of hazards and related disasters. It expresses the concept and intention to completely avoid potential adverse impacts through action taken in advance. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)
Exposure
refers to the degree to which the elements at risk are likely to experience hazard events of different magnitudes. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)
Hazard
refers to a dangerous phenomenon, substance, human activity or condition that may cause loss of life, injury or other health impacts, property damage, loss of livelihood and services, social and economic disruption, or environmental damage. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)
Vulnerability
refers to the characteristics and circumstances of a community, system or asset that make it susceptible to the damaging effects of a hazard. Vulnerability may arise from various physical, social, economic, and environmental factors such as poor design and construction of buildings, inadequate protection of assets, lack of public information and awareness, limited official recognition of risks and preparedness measures, and disregard for wise environmental management. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

Back to Table of Contents

RE-02 Disaster Preparedness

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 11 to SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities, and SDG 13 to SDG 13: Climate Action.

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities
SDG 13: Climate Action

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to strengthen the capacities of the project and the users to anticipate and prepare for the impacts of disaster risks.

Requirements

Addenda

14 September 2023, v5.0.0 – Committee Draft β

Under Requirements, changed 4. Establish strategies for disaster preparedness and 5. Establish policies and procedures for disaster risk reduction and management for the project's operations. to 4. Establish a disaster preparedness program for construction and operations and 5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the disaster preparedness program.

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Requirements, added 5. Establish policies and procedures for disaster risk reduction and management for the project's operations.

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for strengthening the capacities of the project and the users to anticipate and prepare for the impacts of disaster risks.
  2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
    • Conducting a disaster risk assessment for the project; and
    • Identifying and implementing strategies for disaster preparedness.
  3. Conduct a disaster risk assessment for the project. The assessment must contain:
    • The potential natural disasters and man-made hazards that the project may be at risk;
    • The probability and frequency of occurrence of the identified risks;
    • The level of exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks; and
    • The recommendations to minimize the exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks.
  4. Establish a disaster preparedness program for construction and operations. The program must contain:
    • The construction and operational activities that may be affected by disaster risks and hazards;
    • The strategies for disaster preparedness during construction and operations, which may include:
      • Setting up an early warning system for the identified disaster risks;
      • Establishing a response team in case of disasters and emergencies;
      • Designating an adequate space within the site for evacuation; and
      • Preventing the potential disruption of access of the users to electricity, water and telecommunications;
    • The policies and procedures for disaster risk reduction and management; and
    • The educational activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster preparedness.
  5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the disaster preparedness program. The action plan must contain:
    • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation;
    • The recommended practices for the proper operations and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
    • The communication of the program and its action plan to the project stakeholders.
Stage 2 — Construction
Addenda

14 September 2023, v5.0.0 – Committee Draft β

Under Requirements, changed 1. Implement the strategies for disaster preparedness and 2. Establish policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented strategies for disaster preparedness to 1. Implement the disaster preparedness program for construction and 2. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the disaster preparedness program for construction.

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Implement the disaster preparedness program for construction. The project team must:
    • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Implement the strategies for disaster preparedness during construction;
    • Implement the educational activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster preparedness;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders; and
    • Confirm the recommended practices for the proper operations and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  2. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the disaster preparedness program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • Review if the program was implemented successfully;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the disaster preparedness program once the project starts its operations.
Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for strengthening the capacities of the project and the users to anticipate and prepare for the impacts of disaster risks during operations.
  2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
    • Conducting a disaster risk assessment for the project; and
    • Identifying and implementing strategies for disaster preparedness during operations.
  3. Conduct a disaster risk assessment for the project. The assessment must contain:
    • The review of existing policies and procedures for disaster preparedness;
    • The potential natural disasters and man-made hazards that the project may be at risk;
    • The probability and frequency of occurrence of the identified risks;
    • The level of exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks; and
    • The recommendations to minimize the exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks.
  4. Establish a disaster preparedness program. The project must contain:
    • The strategies for disaster preparedness during operations;
    • The policies and procedures for disaster risk reduction and management; and
    • The identified activities to increase the capacities of users on disaster preparedness.
  5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the disaster preparedness program. The action plan must contain:
    • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
    • The communication of the disaster preparedness program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  6. Implement the disaster preparedness program. The project team must:
    • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Implement the strategies for disaster preparedness during operations;
    • Implement the activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster preparedness;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the disaster preparedness program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the disaster preparedness program after the performance period.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the requirements of this credit.

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

14 September 2023, v5.0.0 – Committee Draft β

Under Score Distribution, changed Incorporated strategies in the design to anticipate and prepare for the impacts of disaster risks. to Established the disaster preparedness program for construction and operations and action plan for its implementation.

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Conducted a disaster risk assessment for the project, and
  • Established the disaster preparedness program for construction and operations and action plan for its implementation.
.
Stage 2 — Construction
Addenda

14 September 2023, v5.0.0 – Committee Draft β

Under Score Distribution, changed Implemented the strategies to anticipate and prepare for the impacts of disaster risks, and Established policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies to Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness during construction for its continual improvement.

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness during construction for its continual improvement.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Conducted a disaster risk assessment for the project during operations,
  • Established a disaster preparedness program and action plan for its implementation, and
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to strengthen the capacities of the project and the users to anticipated and prepare for the impacts of disaster risks.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
      • Conducting a disaster risk assessment for the project; and
      • Identifying and implementing strategies for disaster preparedness.
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the design and construction of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. A disaster risk assessment report. The report must include the following information:
    • Potential disasters and hazards that the project may be at risk, which may include:
      • Natural disasters, such as:
        • Downbursts,
        • Typhoons,
        • Floods,
        • Storm surges,
        • Tsunamis,
        • Earthquake,
        • Landslides, or
        • Volcanic activities.
      • Man-made hazards, such as:
        • Fires,
        • Explosions, or
        • Accidents.
    • Probability and frequency of occurrence of the identified risks;
    • Level of exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks; and
    • Recommendations to minimize the exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks.
  4. The plans and specifications of the strategies for disaster preparedness. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the identified strategies in the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified strategies.
  5. A report reflecting how the strategies contribute to anticipating and preparing for the impacts of disaster risks. The report must include the following information:
    • Identified strategies for disaster preparedness;
    • Type of risks being addressed; and
    • Narrative how the strategies contribute to disaster preparedness in the project.
  6. The disaster preparedness program reflecting the following:
    • The construction and operational activities that may be affected by disaster risks and hazards;
    • The strategies for disaster preparedness during construction and operations;
    • The documented policies and procedures for disaster risk reduction and management; and
    • The regular educational activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster preparedness;
    • The schedule for conducting regular activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster preparedness; and
    • The resources allocated for the implementation of the program.
  7. The action plan for the implementation of the disaster preparedness program reflecting the following:
    • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
    • The documented best practices for the proper operations and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  8. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies and the program.
  9. The communication records as proof that the disaster preparedness program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The as-built plans and specifications of the strategies for disaster preparedness. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the implemented strategies in the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the implemented strategies.
  2. A report reflecting how the strategies contribute to anticipating and preparing for the impacts of disaster risks. The report must include the following information:
    • Implemented strategies for disaster preparedness;
    • Type of risks addressed; and
    • Narrative how the strategies contribute to disaster preparedness in the project.
  3. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
    • Name of the personnel,
    • Designation and contact information, and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
  4. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program during construction;
  5. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies and the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  6. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the construction;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the disaster preparedness program once the project starts its operations.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to strengthen the capacities of the project and the users to anticipated and prepare for the impacts of disaster risks.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
      • Conducting a disaster risk assessment for the project; and
      • Identifying and implementing strategies for disaster preparedness.
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. A disaster risk assessment report. The report must include the following information:
    • Review of existing policies and procedures for disaster preparedness;
    • Potential disasters and hazards that the project may be at risk, which may include:
      • Natural disasters, such as:
        • Downbursts,
        • Typhoons,
        • Floods,
        • Storm surges,
        • Tsunamis,
        • Earthquake,
        • Landslides, or
        • Volcanic activities.
      • Man-made hazards, such as:
        • Fires,
        • Explosions, or
        • Accidents.
    • Probability and frequency of occurrence of the identified risks;
    • Level of exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks; and
    • Recommendations to minimize the exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks.
  4. The disaster preparedness program reflecting the following:
    • The strategies for disaster preparedness during operations;
    • The documented policies and procedures for disaster risk reduction and management; and
    • The regular activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster preparedness;
    • The schedule for conducting regular activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster preparedness; and
    • The resources allocated for the implementation of the program.
  5. The action plan for the implementation of the disaster preparedness program reflecting the following:
    • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  7. The communication records as proof that the disaster preparedness program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  8. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
    • Name of the personnel,
    • Designation and contact information, and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
  9. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
  10. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  11. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the disaster preparedness program after the performance period.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Contingency planning
refers to a management process that analyzes specific potential events or emerging situations that might threaten society or the environment and establishes arrangements in advance to enable timely, effective and appropriate responses to such events and situations. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)
Disaster

refers to a serious disruption of the functioning of a community or a society involving widespread human, material, economic or environmental losses and impacts, which exceeds the ability of the affected community or society to cope using its own resources. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

Disasters are often described as a result of the combination of:

  • The exposure to a hazard;
  • The conditions of vulnerability that are present; and
  • The insufficient capacity or measures to reduce or cope with the potential negative consequence.
Disaster preparedness

refers to the knowledge and capacities developed by governments, professional response and recovery organizations, communities and individuals to effectively anticipate, respond to, and recover from, the Impacts of likely, imminent or current hazard events or conditions. Preparedness action is carried out within the context of disaster risk reduction and management and aims to build the capacities needed to efficiently manage all types of emergencies and achieve orderly transitions from response to sustained recovery.

It is based on a sound analysis of disaster risk and good linkages with early warning systems, and includes such activities as contingency planning, stockpiling of equipment and supplies, the development of arrangements for coordination, evacuation and public information, and associated training and field exercises. These must be supported by formal institutional, legal and budgetary capacities. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

Early warning system

refers to the set of capacities needed to generate and disseminate timely and meaningful warning information to enable individuals, communities and organizations threatened by a hazard to prepare and to act appropriately and in sufficient time to reduce the possibility of harm or loss. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

A people-centered early warning system necessarily comprises four (4) key elements:

  • Knowledge of the risks;
  • Monitoring, analysis and forecasting of the hazards;
  • Communication or dissemination of alerts and warnings; and
  • User capabilities to respond to the warnings received.
Emergency management
refers to the organization and management of resources and responsibilities for addressing all aspects of emergencies, in particular preparedness, response and initial recovery steps. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)
Exposure
refers to the degree to which the elements at risk are likely to experience hazard events of different magnitudes. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)
Hazard
refers to a dangerous phenomenon, substance, human activity or condition that may cause loss of life, injury or other health impacts, property damage, loss of livelihood and services, social and economic disruption, or environmental damage. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)
Vulnerability
refers to the characteristics and circumstances of a community, system or asset that make it susceptible to the damaging effects of a hazard. Vulnerability may arise from various physical, social, economic, and environmental factors such as poor design and construction of buildings, inadequate protection of assets, lack of public information and awareness, limited official recognition of risks and preparedness measures, and disregard for wise environmental management. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the SOC-03 Emergency Preparedness under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to Table of Contents

RE-03 Disaster Response and Recovery

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 11 to SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities, and SDG 13 to SDG 13: Climate Action.

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities
SDG 13: Climate Action

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

  • Increase the capability of the project to respond to and recover from disaster risks; and
  • Restore and improve the facilities and organizational capacities of the project and the users from the impacts of disaster risks.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

14 September 2023, v5.0.0 – Committee Draft β

Under Requirements, changed 4. Establish strategies for disaster response and recovery and 5. Establish policies and procedures for disaster risk reduction and management for the project's operations. to 4. Establish a disaster response and recovery program for construction and operations and 5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the disaster response and recovery program.

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Requirements, added 5. Establish policies and procedures for disaster risk reduction and management for the project's operations.

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for increasing the capability of the project to respond to and recover from disaster risks.

  2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:

    • Conducting a disaster risk assessment for the project; and
    • Identifying and implementing strategies for disaster response and recovery.

  3. Conduct a disaster risk assessment for the project. The assessment must contain:

    • The potential natural disasters and man-made hazards that the project may be at risk;
    • The probability and frequency of occurrence of the identified risks;
    • The level of exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks; and
    • The recommendations to minimize the exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks.

  4. Establish a disaster response and recovery program for construction and operations. The program must contain:

    • The construction and operational activities that may be affected by disaster risks and hazards;
    • The strategies for disaster response and recovery during construction and operations, which may include:
      • Establishing emergency procedures for diverse emergency situations;
      • Creating a business continuity plan for the project; and
      • Encouraging tenants to establish their own measures for business continuity;
    • The policies and procedures for disaster risk reduction and management; and
    • The educational activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster response and recovery.

  5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the disaster response and recovery program. The action plan must contain:

    • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation;
    • The recommended practices for the proper operations and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
    • The communication of the program and its action plan to the project stakeholders.
Stage 2 — Construction
Addenda

14 September 2023, v5.0.0 – Committee Draft β

Under Requirements, changed 1. Implement the strategies for disaster response and recovery and 2. Establish policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented strategies for disaster response and recovery to 1. Implement the disaster response and recovery program for construction and 2. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the disaster response and recovery program for construction.

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Implement the disaster response and recovery program for construction. The project team must:
    • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Implement the strategies for disaster response and recovery during construction;
    • Implement the educational activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster response and recovery;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders; and
    • Confirm the recommended practices for the proper operations and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  2. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the disaster response and recovery program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • Review if the program was implemented successfully;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the disaster response and recovery program once the project starts its operations.
Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for increasing the capability of the project to respond to and recover from disaster risks during operations.
  2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
    • Conducting a disaster risk assessment for the project; and
    • Identifying and implementing strategies for disaster response and recovery during operations.
  3. Conduct a disaster risk assessment for the project. The assessment must contain:
    • The review of existing policies and procedures for disaster response and recovery;
    • The potential natural disasters and man-made hazards that the project may be at risk;
    • The probability and frequency of occurrence of the identified risks;
    • The level of exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks; and
    • The recommendations to minimize the exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks.
  4. Establish a disaster response and recovery program. The project must contain:
    • The strategies for disaster response and recovery during operations;
    • The policies and procedures for disaster risk reduction and management; and
    • The identified activities to increase the capacities of users on disaster response and recovery.
  5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the disaster response and recovery program. The action plan must contain:
    • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
    • The communication of the disaster response and recovery program and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  6. Implement the disaster response and recovery program. The project team must:
    • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Implement the strategies for disaster response and recovery during operations;
    • Implement the activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster response and recovery;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  7. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the disaster response and recovery program. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the disaster response and recovery program after the performance period.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the requirements of this credit.

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

14 September 2023, v5.0.0 – Committee Draft β

Under Score Distribution, changed Incorporated strategies in the design to respond to and recover from the impacts of disaster risks. to Established the disaster response and recovery program for construction and operations and action plan for its implementation.

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Conducted a disaster risk assessment for the project, and
  • Established the disaster response and recovery program for construction and operations and action plan for its implementation.
.
Stage 2 — Construction
Addenda

14 September 2023, v5.0.0 – Committee Draft β

Under Score Distribution, changed Implemented the strategies to respond to and recover from the impacts of disaster risks, and Established policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies to Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness during construction for its continual improvement.

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness during construction for its continual improvement.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Conducted a disaster risk assessment for the project during operations,
  • Established a disaster response and recovery program and action plan for its implementation, and
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to increase the capability of the project to respond to and recover from disaster risks.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
      • Conducting a disaster risk assessment for the project; and
      • Identifying and implementing strategies for disaster response and recovery.
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the design and construction of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. A disaster risk assessment report. The report must include the following information:
    • Potential disasters and hazards that the project may be at risk, which may include:
      • Natural disasters, such as:
        • Downbursts,
        • Typhoons,
        • Floods,
        • Storm surges,
        • Tsunamis,
        • Earthquake,
        • Landslides, or
        • Volcanic activities.
      • Man-made hazards, such as:
        • Fires,
        • Explosions, or
        • Accidents.
    • Probability and frequency of occurrence of the identified risks;
    • Level of exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks; and
    • Recommendations to minimize the exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks.
  4. The plans and specifications of the strategies for disaster response and recovery. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the identified strategies in the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the identified strategies.
  5. A report reflecting how the strategies contribute to respond to and recover from the impacts of disaster risks. The report must include the following information:
    • Identified strategies for disaster response and recovery;
    • Type of risks being addressed; and
    • Narrative how the strategies contribute to disaster response and recovery in the project.
  6. The disaster response and recovery program reflecting the following:
    • The construction and operational activities that may be affected by disaster risks and hazards;
    • The strategies for disaster response and recovery during construction and operations;
    • The documented policies and procedures for disaster risk reduction and management; and
    • The regular educational activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster response and recovery;
    • The schedule for conducting regular activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster response and recovery; and
    • The resources allocated for the implementation of the program.
  7. The action plan for the implementation of the disaster response and recovery program reflecting the following:
    • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
    • The documented best practices for the proper operations and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  8. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies and the program.
  9. The communication records as proof that the disaster response and recovery program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The as-built plans and specifications of the strategies for disaster response and recovery. The plans must include the following information:
    • Location of the implemented strategies in the project; and
    • Technical description reflecting the quality and performance details of the implemented strategies.
  2. A report reflecting how the strategies contribute to respond to and recover from the impacts of disaster risks. The report must include the following information:
    • Implemented strategies for disaster response and recovery;
    • Type of risks addressed; and
    • Narrative how the strategies contribute to disaster response and recovery in the project.
  3. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
    • Name of the personnel,
    • Designation and contact information, and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
  4. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program during construction;
  5. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies and the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  6. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the construction;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the disaster response and recovery program once the project starts its operations.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to increase the capability of the project to respond to and recover from disaster risks.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
      • Conducting a disaster risk assessment for the project; and
      • Identifying and implementing strategies for disaster response and recovery.
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. A disaster risk assessment report. The report must include the following information:
    • Review of existing policies and procedures for disaster response and recovery;
    • Potential disasters and hazards that the project may be at risk, which may include:
      • Natural disasters, such as:
        • Downbursts,
        • Typhoons,
        • Floods,
        • Storm surges,
        • Tsunamis,
        • Earthquake,
        • Landslides, or
        • Volcanic activities.
      • Man-made hazards, such as:
        • Fires,
        • Explosions, or
        • Accidents.
    • Probability and frequency of occurrence of the identified risks;
    • Level of exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks; and
    • Recommendations to minimize the exposure and vulnerability of the project to the identified risks.
  4. The disaster response and recovery program reflecting the following:
    • The strategies for disaster response and recovery during operations;
    • The documented policies and procedures for disaster risk reduction and management; and
    • The regular activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster response and recovery;
    • The schedule for conducting regular activities to increase the awareness of users on disaster response and recovery; and
    • The resources allocated for the implementation of the program.
  5. The action plan for the implementation of the disaster response and recovery program reflecting the following:
    • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the program.
  7. The communication records as proof that the disaster response and recovery program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  8. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
    • Name of the personnel,
    • Designation and contact information, and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
  9. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
  10. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  11. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the disaster response and recovery program after the performance period.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Disaster

refers to a serious disruption of the functioning of a community or a society involving widespread human, material, economic or environmental losses and impacts, which exceeds the ability of the affected community or society to cope using its own resources. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

Disasters are often described as a result of the combination of:

  • The exposure to a hazard;
  • The conditions of vulnerability that are present; and
  • The insufficient capacity or measures to reduce or cope with the potential negative consequence.
Disaster response
refers to the provision of emergency services and public assistance during or immediately after a disaster in order to save lives, reduce health impacts, ensure public safety and meet the basic subsistence needs of the people affected. Disaster response is predominantly focused on immediate and short-term needs and is sometimes called “disaster relief”. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)
Disaster risk reduction
refers to the concept and practice of reducing disaster risks through systematic efforts to analyze and manage the causal factors of disasters, including through reduced exposures to hazards, lessened vulnerability of people and property, wise management of land and the environment, and improved preparedness for adverse events. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)
Early warning system

refers to the set of capacities needed to generate and disseminate timely and meaningful warning information to enable individuals, communities and organizations threatened by a hazard to prepare and to act appropriately and in sufficient time to reduce the possibility of harm or loss. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)

A people-centered early warning system necessarily comprises four (4) key elements:

  • Knowledge of the risks;
  • Monitoring, analysis and forecasting of the hazards;
  • Communication or dissemination of alerts and warnings; and
  • User capabilities to respond to the warnings received.
Emergency management
refers to the organization and management of resources and responsibilities for addressing all aspects of emergencies, in particular preparedness, response and initial recovery steps. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)
Exposure
refers to the degree to which the elements at risk are likely to experience hazard events of different magnitudes. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)
Hazard
refers to a dangerous phenomenon, substance, human activity or condition that may cause loss of life, injury or other health impacts, property damage, loss of livelihood and services, social and economic disruption, or environmental damage. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)
Post-disaster recovery
refers to the restoration and improvement where appropriate, of facilities, livelihood and living conditions. of disaster-affected communities, including efforts to reduce disaster risk factors, in accordance with the principles of “build back better”. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)
Vulnerability
refers to the characteristics and circumstances of a community, system or asset that make it susceptible to the damaging effects of a hazard. Vulnerability may arise from various physical, social, economic, and environmental factors such as poor design and construction of buildings, inadequate protection of assets, lack of public information and awareness, limited official recognition of risks and preparedness measures, and disregard for wise environmental management. (Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2010, 2010)
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the SOC-03 Emergency Preparedness under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to Table of Contents

Socio-economic Opportunities

Socio-economic Opportunities category focuses on addressing the socio-economic needs of the local community, creating equal opportunities for employment, education and skills development, and promoting Filipino heritage and culture.

No. Credit Name Certification Stage Project Type Occupancy Type Sustainable Development Goals
SE-01 Filipino Art All Stages All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities
SE-02 Green Jobs All Stages All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 4: Quality Education
SDG 8: Decent Work and Economic Growth
SDG 13: Climate Action
SE-03 Local Labor All Stages All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 4: Quality Education
SDG 8: Decent Work and Economic Growth
SE-04 Women Empowerment All Stages All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 4: Quality Education
SDG 5: Gender Equality
SDG 8: Decent Work and Economic Growth
SE-05 Community Facility All Stages All Project Types All Occupancy Types SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities

Back to Table of Contents

SE-01 Filipino Art

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 11 to SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities.

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to promote Filipino cultural heritage in the project by procuring, featuring and maintaining Filipino artworks.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Procure artworks made by local Filipino artists. The artworks must promote positive Filipino values and highlight Filipino cultural heritage.
    • The procured artworks must be:
      • Directly connected to the project,
      • Permanently installed,
      • Properly labeled, and
      • Easily accessible and visible to users and visitors.
    • If the project team will use on-loan artworks from local Filipino artists, the artworks must be loaned to the project owner and installed in the project for at least five (5) years from the start of operations.
  2. Establish policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the artworks.
  3. Develop a program to promote Filipino cultural heritage and to feature the artworks during operations.
Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must install the artworks in the project. If the project team used on-loan artworks, the artworks must be installed in the project for at least five (5) years from the start of operations.

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a program to promote Filipino cultural heritage through featuring artworks in the project. The program must contain:
    • The procurement and installation of artworks made by local Filipino artists. The artworks must promote positive Filipino values and highlight Filipino cultural heritage.
      • The procured artworks must be:
        • Directly connected to the project,
        • Permanently installed,
        • Properly labeled, and
        • Easily accessible and visible to users and visitors.
      • If the project team will use on-loan artworks from local Filipino artists, the artworks must be loaned to the project owner and installed in the project for at least three (3) years from the start of the performance period.
    • The establishment of information campaigns to promote Filipino cultural heritage and to feature the artworks during the performance period.
  2. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the program to promote Filipino cultural heritage in the project. The action plan must contain:
    • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
    • The communication of the program to promote Filipino cultural heritage and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  3. Implement the program to promote Filipino cultural heritage in the project. The project team must:
    • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Install the artworks in the project. If the project team used on-loan artworks, the artworks must be installed in the project for at least three (3) years from the start of the performance period;
    • Implement information campaigns to promote Filipino cultural heritage and to feature the artworks during the performance period;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  4. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the program to promote Filipino cultural heritage in the project. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the program to promote Filipino cultural heritage in the project after the performance period.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the requirements of this credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Procured artworks made by local Filipino artists for the project,
  • Established policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the artworks, and
  • Developed a program to promote Filipino cultural heritage and to feature the artworks during operations.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Installed the artworks made by local Filipino artists in the project.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points
  • Established a program to promote Filipino cultural heritage and an action plan for its implementation, and
  • Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness for its continual improvement.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The concept notes of the procured artworks for the project. The concept notes must be a narrative explaining how the artworks promote positive Filipino values, and how the artworks highlight Filipino cultural heritage.
  2. The proof of procurement for the artworks. The proof of procurement must be:
    • The communication records between the project team and the local Filipino artist for the procurement of the artworks; and
    • The service contract as proof of engagement with the local Filipino artist for the creation of the artwork, or the purchase orders as proof of intent to procure the artworks already made by the local Filipino artist.
  3. The plans and specifications of the artworks reflecting the following:
    • The location of the artworks and its markers or labels;
    • The design of the markers and labels for the artworks, which must include the following information:
      • Name of the artwork,
      • Name of the artist,
      • Medium used to create the artwork, and
      • Description of the artwork;
    • The access of the users and the public to the artworks; and
    • The installation methodology for the artworks and its markers and labels.
  4. The documented policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the artworks reflecting the following:
    • The tasks identified for the regular maintenance of the artworks;
    • The schedule for the regular maintenance of the artworks; and
    • The roles defined for the regular maintenance and inspection of the artworks.
  5. The program to promote Filipino cultural heritage in the project reflecting the following:
    • The information campaigns to promote Filipino cultural heritage and to feature the artworks during operations;
    • The regular activities identified to promote Filipino cultural heritage;
    • The schedule for conducting regular activities to promote Filipino cultural heritage and to feature the artworks; and
    • The resources allocated for the implementation of the program.

If the project team will use on-loan artworks from local Filipino artists, the project team should also submit the service contract as proof of engagement with the local Filipino artist reflecting the agreement between the project owner and the artist to install the artworks in the project for at least five (5) years from the start of operations.

Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The as-built plans and specifications of the artworks reflecting the following:
    • The location of the artworks and its markers or labels;
    • The design of the markers and labels for the artworks, which must include the following information:
      • Name of the artwork,
      • Name of the artist,
      • Medium used to create the artwork, and
      • Description of the artwork;
    • The access of the users and the public to the artworks; and
    • The installation methodology for the artworks and its markers and labels.
  2. The procurement and implementation records for the artworks. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The concept notes of the procured artworks for the project. The concept notes must be a narrative explaining how the artworks promote positive Filipino values, and how the artworks highlight Filipino cultural heritage.
  2. The proof of procurement for the artworks. The proof of procurement must be:
    • The communication records between the project team and the local Filipino artist for the procurement of the artworks; and
    • The service contract as proof of engagement with the local Filipino artist for the creation of the artwork, or the purchase orders as proof of intent to procure the artworks already made by the local Filipino artist.
  3. The as-built plans and specifications of the artworks reflecting the following:
    • The location of the artworks and its markers or labels;
    • The design of the markers and labels for the artworks, which must include the following information:
      • Name of the artwork,
      • Name of the artist,
      • Medium used to create the artwork, and
      • Description of the artwork;
    • The access of the users and the public to the artworks; and
    • The installation methodology for the artworks and its markers and labels.
  4. The program to promote Filipino cultural heritage in the project reflecting the following:
    • The information campaigns to promote Filipino cultural heritage and to feature the artworks during operations;
    • The regular activities identified to promote Filipino cultural heritage;
    • The schedule for conducting regular activities to promote Filipino cultural heritage and to feature the artworks; and
    • The resources allocated for the implementation of the program.
  5. The action plan for the implementation of the program to promote Filipino cultural heritage in the project reflecting the following:
    • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the artworks.
  6. The communication records as proof that the program to promote Filipino cultural heritage and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  7. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
    • Name of the personnel,
    • Designation and contact information, and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
  8. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
  9. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  10. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the program to promote Filipino cultural heritage in the project after the performance period.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Cultural heritage
refers to the totality of cultural property preserved and developed through time and passed on to posterity, where cultural properties are the products of human creativity by which a people and a nation reveal their identity, including churches, mosques and other places of religious worship, schools and natural history specimens and sites, whether public or privately-owned, movable or immovable, and tangible or intangible. (National Cultural Heritage Act of 2009, 2010)
On-loan artworks
refer to artworks that are temporarily installed in the project as agreed by the project owner and the artist for a specified duration.
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

Back to Table of Contents

SE-02 Green Jobs

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 4 to SDG 4: Quality Education, SDG 8 to SDG 8: Decent Work and Economic Growth, and SDG 13 to SDG 13: Climate Action.

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 4: Quality Education
SDG 8: Decent Work and Economic Growth
SDG 13: Climate Action

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

  • Increase green job opportunities in the design, construction and operations of the project;
  • Prioritize the employment of green jobs during design, construction and operations; and
  • Improve the education and skills of employed green jobs for the benefit of the project.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for increasing green job opportunities and for prioritizing the employment of green jobs in the project.
  2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
    • Conducting an assessment on the employment opportunities for green jobs; and
    • Identifying and implementing strategies for increasing green jobs opportunities in the project.
  3. Conduct an assessment on the green job opportunities in the project for design and construction. The assessment must include:
    • The activities in the project that require green jobs during design and construction;
    • The green job requirements for each activity;
    • The employment opportunities for green jobs;
    • The necessary education and skills required to qualify for each employment opportunity; and
    • The recommendations to increase the green job opportunities.
  4. Hire green jobs for at least twenty percent (20%) of the total employment requirements of the project. The total employment requirement must be the total workforce during the design development up to the planning period of the project.
  5. Establish an education and skills development program for green jobs. The program must contain:
    • The identified activities to improve the education and skills of employed green jobs for the benefit of the project; and
    • The policies and procedures for prioritizing the employment of green jobs in the project.
  6. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the education and skills development program for green jobs. The action plan must contain:
    • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
    • The communication of the education and skills development program for green jobs and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Hire green jobs for at least ten percent (10%) of the total employment requirements of the project. The total employment requirements must be the total workforce during site development up to the construction period of the project.
  2. Implement the education and skills development program for green jobs. The project team must:
    • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Implement the activities to improve the education and skills of employed green jobs for the benefit of the project;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy and its progress;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  3. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the education and skills development program for green jobs. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • Review if the program was implemented successfully;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the education and skills development program for green jobs once the project starts its operations.
Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for increasing green job opportunities and for prioritizing the employment of green jobs in the project.
  2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
    • Conducting an assessment on the employment opportunities for green jobs; and
    • Identifying and implementing strategies for increasing green jobs opportunities in the project.
  3. Conduct an assessment on the green job opportunities in the project for operations. The assessment must include:
    • The activities in the project that require green jobs during operations;
    • The green job requirements for each each activity;
    • The employment opportunities for green jobs;
    • The necessary education and skills required to qualify for each employment opportunity; and
    • The recommendations to increase the green job opportunities.
  4. Hire green jobs for at least twenty percent (20%) of the total employment requirements of the project. The total employment requirement must be the total workforce during the performance period.
  5. Establish an education and skills development program for green jobs. The program must contain:
    • The identified activities to improve the education and skills of employed green jobs for the benefit of the project; and
    • The policies and procedures for prioritizing the employment of green jobs in the project.
  6. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the education and skills development program for green jobs. The action plan must contain:
    • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
    • The communication of the education and skills development program for green jobs and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  7. Implement the education and skills development program for green jobs. The project team must:
    • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Implement the activities to improve the education and skills of employed green jobs for the benefit of the project;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  8. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the education and skills development program for green jobs. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the education and skills development program for green jobs after the performance period.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the requirements of this credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Hired green jobs for forty percent (40%) or more of the total employment requirements of the project during design.
2 points Hired green jobs for thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) of the total employment requirements in the project during design.
1 point Hired green jobs for twenty percent (20%) to less than thirty percent (<30%) of the total employment requirements in the project during design.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Hired green jobs for fifteen percent (15%) or more of the total employment requirements in the project during construction.
2 points Hired green jobs for twelve percent (12%) to less than fifteen percent (<15%) of the total employment requirements in the project during construction.
1 point Hired green jobs for ten percent (10%) to less than twelve percent (<12%) of the total employment requirements in the project during construction.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Hired green jobs for forty percent (40%) or more of the total employment requirements in the project during operations.
2 points Hired green jobs for thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) of the total employment requirements in the project during operations.
1 point Hired green jobs for twenty percent (20%) to less than thirty percent (<30%) of the total employment requirements in the project during operations.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to increase green job opportunities and prioritize the employment of green jobs in the project.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
      • Conducting an assessment on the employment opportunities for green jobs; and
      • Identifying and implementing strategies for increasing green job opportunities in the project.
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the design and construction of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. An assessment report on the green job opportunities in the project for design and construction. The report must include the following information:
    • Activities in the project that require green jobs during design and construction, which may include:
      • Agriculture,
      • Construction,
      • Tourism,
      • Transportation,
      • Solid waste and wastewater management,
      • Energy, and
      • Manufacturing.
    • Green job requirements to implement each activity;
    • Employment opportunities for green jobs;
    • Necessary education and skills required to qualify for each employment opportunity; and
    • Recommendations to increase the green job opportunities.
  4. The list of all workers and staff hired during the design development up to the planning period of the project, which must include the following information:
    • Employee's name,
    • Employee's nature of work, and
    • Relevant qualifications of the employee appropriate for its nature of work.
  5. The list of green jobs hired during the design development up to the planning period of the project, which must include the following information:
    • Employee's name,
    • Employee's nature of work, which must be a green job, and
    • Relevant qualifications of the employee appropriate for green jobs.
  6. The report on the calculation of the percentage of green jobs hired during design. The report must include the following information:
    • Total number of workers and staff hired,
    • Total number of green jobs amongst all the workers and staff hired, and
    • Percentage of green jobs hired during design.
  7. The education and skills development program for green jobs reflecting the following:
    • The regular activities identified to improve the education and skills of employed green jobs for the benefit of the project;
    • The schedule for conducting regular activities to improve the education and skills of employed green jobs;
    • The resources allocated for the implementation of the program; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for prioritizing the employment of green jobs in the project.
  8. The action plan for the implementation of the education and skills development program for green jobs reflecting the following:
    • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  9. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
  10. The communication records as proof that the education and skills development program for green jobs and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The list of all workers and staff hired during the site development up to the construction period of the project, which must include the following information:
    • Employee's name,
    • Employee's nature of work, and
    • Relevant qualifications of the employee appropriate for its nature of work.
  2. The list of green jobs hired during the site development up to the construction period of the project, which must include the following information:
    • Employee's name,
    • Employee's nature of work, which must be a green job, and
    • Relevant qualifications of the employee appropriate for green jobs.
  3. The report on the calculation of the percentage of green jobs hired during construction. The report must include the following information:
    • Total number of workers and staff hired,
    • Total number of green jobs amongst all the workers and staff hired, and
    • Percentage of green jobs hired during construction.
  4. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
    • Name of the personnel,
    • Designation and contact information, and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
  5. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program.
  6. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  7. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the education and skills development program for green jobs once the project starts its operations.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to increase green job opportunities and prioritize the employment of green jobs in the project.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
      • Conducting an assessment on the employment opportunities for green jobs; and
      • Identifying and implementing strategies for increasing green job opportunities in the project
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. An assessment report on the green job opportunities in the project for operations. The report must include the following information:
    • Activities in the project that require green jobs during operations, which may include:
      • Agriculture,
      • Construction,
      • Tourism,
      • Transportation,
      • Solid waste and wastewater management,
      • Energy, and
      • Manufacturing.
    • Green job requirements to implement each activity;
    • Employment opportunities for green jobs;
    • Necessary education and skills required to qualify for each employment opportunity; and
    • Recommendations to increase the green job opportunities.
  4. The list of all workers and staff hired during the performance period of the project, which must include the following information:
    • Employee's name,
    • Employee's nature of work, and
    • Relevant qualifications of the employee appropriate for its nature of work.
  5. The list of green jobs hired during the performance of the project, which must include the following information:
    • Employee's name,
    • Employee's nature of work, which must be a green job, and
    • Relevant qualifications of the employee appropriate for green jobs.
  6. The report on the calculation of the percentage of green jobs hired during operations. The report must include the following information:
    • Total number of workers and staff hired,
    • Total number of green jobs amongst all the workers and staff hired, and
    • Percentage of green jobs hired during operations.
  7. The education and skills development program for green jobs reflecting the following:
    • The regular activities identified to improve the education and skills of employed green jobs for the benefit of the project;
    • The schedule for conducting regular activities to improve the education and skills of employed green jobs;
    • The resources allocated for the implementation of the program; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for prioritizing the employment of green jobs in the project.
  8. The action plan for the implementation of the education and skills development program for green jobs reflecting the following:
    • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  9. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
  10. The communication records as proof that the education and skills development program for green jobs and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  11. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
    • Name of the personnel,
    • Designation and contact information, and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
  12. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
  13. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  14. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the education and skills development program for green jobs after the performance period.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Green jobs

refer to decent jobs that contributes to preserving or restoring the quality of the environment. (Philippine Green Jobs Act of 2016, 2016)

This include jobs that:

  • Help to protect ecosystems and biodiversity;
  • Reduce energy, materials and water consumption through high efficiency strategies;
  • Decarbonize the economy; and
  • Minimize or altogether avoid generation of all forms of waste and pollution.
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

Back to Table of Contents

SE-03 Local Labor

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 4 to SDG 4: Quality Education, and SDG 8 to SDG 8: Decent Work and Economic Growth.

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 4: Quality Education
SDG 8: Decent Work and Economic Growth

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

  • Prioritize the employment of local labor during design, construction and operations; and
  • Improve the education and skills of hired local labor for the benefit of the project.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Requirements, changed city or municipality to region.

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for prioritizing the employment of local labor in the project.
  2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
    • Conducting an assessment on the employment opportunities for local labor; and
    • Identifying and implementing strategies for increasing local labor opportunities in the project.
  3. Conduct an assessment on the local labor opportunities in the project for design and construction. The assessment must include:
    • The activities in the project that require local labor during design and construction;
    • The local labor requirements for each activity;
    • The employment opportunities for local labor;
    • The necessary education and skills required to qualify for each employment opportunity; and
    • The recommendations to increase the local labor opportunities.
  4. Hire at least twenty percent (20%) of the total employment requirements of the project from the permanent residents of the region where the project is located. The total employment requirement must be the total workforce involved in the design development up to the planning period of the project.
  5. Establish an education and skills development program for local labor. The program must contain:
    • The identified activities to improve the education and skills of employed local labor for the benefit of the project; and
    • The policies and procedures for prioritizing the employment of local labor in the project.
  6. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the education and skills development program for local labor. The action plan must contain:
    • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
    • The communication of the education and skills development program for local labor and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
Stage 2 — Construction
Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Requirements, changed city or municipality to region.

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Hire at least twenty percent (20%) of the total employment requirements of the project from the permanent residents of the region where the project is located. The total employment requirements must be the total workforce involved in the site development up to the construction period of the project.
  2. Implement the education and skills development program for local labor. The project team must:
    • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Implement the activities to improve the education and skills of employed local labor for the benefit of the project;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy and its progress;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  3. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the education and skills development program for local labor. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • Review if the program was implemented successfully;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the education and skills development program for local labor once the project starts its operations.
Stage 3 — Operations
Addenda

14 September 2023, v5.0.0 – Committee Draft β

Under Requirements, added involved in the operations and maintenance of the project for the total employment requirements in the calculation of the percentage of local labor hiring.

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Requirements, changed city or municipality to region.

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for increasing local labor opportunities and for prioritizing the employment of local labor in the project.
  2. Engage a professional qualified and competent in:
    • Conducting an assessment on the employment opportunities for local labor; and
    • Identifying and implementing strategies for increasing local labor opportunities in the project.
  3. Conduct an assessment on the local labor opportunities in the project for operations. The assessment must include:
    • The activities in the project that require local labor during operations;
    • The local labor requirements for each each activity;
    • The employment opportunities for local labor;
    • The necessary education and skills required to qualify for each employment opportunity; and
    • The recommendations to increase the local labor opportunities.
  4. Hire at least twenty percent (20%) of the total employment requirements of the project from the permanent residents of the region where the project is located. The total employment requirement must be the total workforce involved in the operations and maintenance of the project during the performance period.
  5. Establish an education and skills development program for local labor. The program must contain:
    • The identified activities to improve the education and skills of employed local labor for the benefit of the project; and
    • The policies and procedures for prioritizing the employment of local labor in the project.
  6. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the education and skills development program for local labor. The action plan must contain:
    • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
    • The communication of the education and skills development program for local labor and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  7. Implement the education and skills development program for local labor. The project team must:
    • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Implement the activities to improve the education and skills of employed local labor for the benefit of the project;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  8. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the education and skills development program for local labor. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the education and skills development program for local labor after the performance period.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the requirements of this credit.

All Stages
Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Score Distribution, changed city or municipality to region.

The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Hired forty percent (40%) or more of the total employment requirements in the project from the permanent residents of the region where the project is located.
2 points Hired thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) of the total employment requirements in the project from the permanent residents of the region where the project is located.
1 point Hired twenty percent (20%) to less than thirty percent (<30%) of the total employment requirements in the project from the permanent residents of the region where the project is located.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design
Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Compliance Notes, changed city or municipality to region.

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to prioritize the employment of local labor in the project.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
      • Conducting an assessment on the employment opportunities for local labor; and
      • Identifying and implementing strategies for increasing local labor opportunities in the project
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the design and construction of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. An assessment report on the local labor opportunities in the project for operations. The report must include the following information:
    • Activities in the project that require local labor during design and construction;
    • Local labor requirements to implement each activity;
    • Employment opportunities for local labor;
    • Necessary education and skills required to qualify for each employment opportunity; and
    • Recommendations to increase the local labor opportunities.
  4. The list of all workers and staff hired during the design development up to the planning period of the project, which must include the following information:
    • Employee's name,
    • Employee's nature of work, and
    • Employee's permanent address.
  5. The list of local labor hired during the design development up to the planning period of the project, which must include the following information:
    • Employee's name,
    • Employee's nature of work, and
    • Employee's permanent address, which must be from the region where the project is located.
  6. The proof of residency of all workers and staff. The proof of residency must:
    • Be a valid government-issued certification or identification,
    • Reflect the employee's full name, and
    • Reflect the employee's complete address.
  7. The report on the calculation of the percentage of local labor hired during design. The report must include the following information:
    • Total number of workers and staff hired,
    • Total number of local labor amongst all the workers and staff hired, and
    • Percentage of local labor hired during design.
  8. The education and skills development program for local labor reflecting the following:
    • The regular activities identified to improve the education and skills of employed local labor for the benefit of the project;
    • The schedule for conducting regular activities to improve the education and skills of employed local labor;
    • The resources allocated for the implementation of the program; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for prioritizing the employment of local labor in the project.
  9. The action plan for the implementation of the education and skills development program for local labor reflecting the following:
    • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  10. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
  11. The communication records as proof that the education and skills development program for local labor and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
Stage 2 — Construction
Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Compliance Notes, changed city or municipality to region.

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The list of all workers and staff hired during the site development up to the construction period of the project, which must include the following information:
    • Employee's name,
    • Employee's nature of work, and
    • Employee's permanent address.
  2. The list of local labor hired during the site development up to the construction period of the project, which must include the following information:
    • Employee's name,
    • Employee's nature of work, and
    • Employee's permanent address, which must be from the region where the project is located.
  3. The proof of residency of all workers and staff. The proof of residency must:
    • Be a valid government-issued certification or identification,
    • Reflect the employee's full name, and
    • Reflect the employee's complete address.
  4. The report on the calculation of the percentage of local labor hired during construction. The report must include the following information:
    • Total number of workers and staff hired,
    • Total number of local labor amongst all the workers and staff hired, and
    • Percentage of local labor hired during construction.
  5. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
    • Name of the personnel,
    • Designation and contact information, and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
  6. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program.
  7. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  8. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the education and skills development program for local labor once the project starts its operations.
Stage 3 — Operations
Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Compliance Notes, changed city or municipality to region.

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to prioritize the employment of local labor in the project.
  2. The proof of engagement with the qualified and competent professional, which must include the following information:
    • Relevant qualifications and competency of the professional in:
      • Conducting an assessment on the employment opportunities for local labor; and
      • Identifying and implementing strategies for increasing local labor opportunities in the project
    • Responsibilities of the professional in the operations of the project; and
    • Period of engagement with the professional.
  3. An assessment report on the local labor opportunities in the project for operations. The report must include the following information:
    • Activities in the project that require local labor during operations;
    • Local labor requirements to implement each activity;
    • Employment opportunities for local labor;
    • Necessary education and skills required to qualify for each employment opportunity; and
    • Recommendations to increase the local labor opportunities.
  4. The list of all workers and staff hired during the performance period of the project, which must include the following information:
    • Employee's name,
    • Employee's nature of work, and
    • Employee's permanent address.
  5. The list of local labor hired during the performance period of the project, which must include the following information:
    • Employee's name,
    • Employee's nature of work, and
    • Employee's permanent address, which must be from the region where the project is located.
  6. The proof of residency of all workers and staff. The proof of residency must:
    • Be a valid government-issued certification or identification,
    • Reflect the employee's full name, and
    • Reflect the employee's complete address.
  7. The report on the calculation of the percentage of local labor hired during operations. The report must include the following information:
    • Total number of workers and staff hired,
    • Total number of local labor amongst all the workers and staff hired, and
    • Percentage of local labor hired during operations.
  8. The education and skills development program for local labor reflecting the following:
    • The regular activities identified to improve the education and skills of employed local labor for the benefit of the project;
    • The schedule for conducting regular activities to improve the education and skills of employed local labor;
    • The resources allocated for the implementation of the program; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for prioritizing the employment of local labor in the project.
  9. The action plan for the implementation of the education and skills development program for local labor reflecting the following:
    • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  10. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
  11. The communication records as proof that the education and skills development program for local labor and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  12. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
    • Name of the personnel,
    • Designation and contact information, and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
  13. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
  14. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  15. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the education and skills development program for local labor after the performance period.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Local labor
refers to employees, laborers or craftsmen whose permanent home address is within the region where the project is located.
Region

refers to the highest level among the four (4) hierarchical levels of geographical-political subdivisions of the Philippines. (Philippine Standard Geographic Code, 2023)

There are seventeen (17) regions in the Philippines, which are the following:

  • National Capital Region (NCR);
  • Cordillera Administrative Region (CAR);
  • Region I (Ilocos Region);
  • Region II (Cagayan Valley);
  • Region III (Central Luzon);
  • Region IV-A (CALABARZON);
  • Region IV-B (MIMAROPA);
  • Region V (Bicol Region);
  • Region VI (Western Visayas);
  • Region VII (Central Visayas);
  • Region VIII (Eastern Visayas);
  • Region IX (Zamboanga Peninsula);
  • Region X (Northern Mindanao);
  • Region XI (Davao Region);
  • Region XII (SOCCSKSARGEN);
  • Region XIII (Caraga Administrative Region); and
  • Bangsamoro Autonomous Region in Muslim Mindanao (BARMM).
Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

Back to Table of Contents

SE-04 Women Empowerment

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 4 to SDG 4: Quality Education, SDG 5 to SDG 5: Gender Equality, and SDG 8 to SDG 8: Decent Work and Economic Growth.

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 4: Quality Education
SDG 5: Gender Equality
SDG 8: Decent Work and Economic Growth

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to:

  • Ensure equal access of women to employment opportunities and equal pay in the design construction and operations of the project; and
  • Increase the awareness of workers and staff on gender equality and diversity.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for ensuring equal access of women to employment opportunities and to increase the awareness of workers and staff on gender equality and diversity.
  2. Hire women for at least twenty percent (20%) of the total employment requirements of the project. The total employment requirements must be the total workforce during design development up to the planning period.
  3. Establish a gender equality program for all workers and staff. The program must contain:
    • The identified activities to increase the awareness of all workers and staff on gender equality and diversity, which should include topics on:
      • Gender diversity and sensitivity, and
      • Gender equality competence.
    • The policies and procedures for increasing the employment of women in the project.
  4. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the gender equality program for all workers and staff. The action plan must contain:
    • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
    • The communication of the gender equality program for all workers and staff and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Hire women for at least ten percent (10%) of the total employment requirements of the project. The total employment requirements must be the total workforce during site development up to the construction period.
  2. Implement the gender equality program for all workers and staff. The project team must:
    • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Implement the activities to increase the awareness of all workers and staff on gender equality and diversity;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy and its progress;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  3. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the gender equality program for all workers and staff. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • Review if the program was implemented successfully;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the gender equality program for all workers and staff once the project starts its operations.
Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for ensuring equal access of women to employment opportunities and to increase the awareness of workers and staff on gender equality and diversity.
  2. Hire women for at least twenty percent (20%) of the total employment requirements of the project. The total employment requirements must be the total workforce during the performance period.
  3. Establish a gender equality program for all workers and staff. The program must contain:
    • The identified activities to increase the awareness of all workers and staff on gender equality and diversity, which should include topics on:
      • Gender diversity and sensitivity, and
      • Gender equality competence.
    • The policies and procedures for increasing the employment of women in the project.
  4. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the gender equality program for all workers and staff. The action plan must contain:
    • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
    • The communication of the gender equality program for all workers and staff and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  5. Implement the gender equality program for all workers and staff. The project team must:
    • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Implement the activities to increase the awareness of all workers and staff on gender equality and diversity;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  6. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the gender equality program for all workers and staff. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the gender equality program for all workers and staff after the performance period.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the requirements of this credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Hired women for forty percent (40%) or more of the total employment requirements of the project during design.
2 points Hired women for thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) of the total employment requirements of the project during design.
1 point Hired women for twenty percent (20%) to less than thirty percent (<30%) of the total employment requirements of the project during design.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Hired women for fifteen percent (15%) or more of the total employment requirements in the project during construction.
2 points Hired women for twelve percent (12%) to less than fifteen percent (<15%) of the total employment requirements in the project during construction.
1 point Hired women for ten percent (10%) to less than twelve percent (<12%) of the total employment requirements in the project during construction.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
3 points Hired women for forty percent (40%) or more of the total employment requirements in the project during operations.
2 points Hired women for thirty percent (30%) to less than forty percent (<40%) of the total employment requirements in the project during operations.
1 point Hired women for twenty percent (20%) to less than thirty percent (<30%) of the total employment requirements in the project during operations.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to ensure equal access of women to employment opportunities and to increase the awareness of workers and staff on gender equality and diversity.
  2. The list of all workers and staff hired during the design development up to the planning period of the project, which must include the following information:
    • Employee's name,
    • Employee's nature of work,
    • Employee's gender, and
    • Employment duration.
  3. The report on the calculation of the percentage of women hired during design. The report must include the following information:
    • Total number of workers and staff hired,
    • Total number of women amongst all the workers and staff hired, and
    • Percentage of women hired during design.
  4. The gender equality program for all workers and staff reflecting the following:
    • The regular activities identified to increase the awareness of all workers and staff on gender equality and diversity;
    • The schedule for conducting regular activities to increase the awareness of all workers and staff;
    • The resources allocated for the implementation of the program; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for increasing the employment of women in the project.
  5. The action plan for the implementation of the gender equality program for all workers and staff reflecting the following:
    • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
  7. The communication records as proof that the gender equality program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The list of all workers and staff hired during the site development up to the construction period of the project, which must include the following information:
    • Employee's name,
    • Employee's nature of work,
    • Employee's gender, and
    • Employment duration.
  2. The report on the calculation of the percentage of women hired during construction. The report must include the following information:
    • Total number of workers and staff hired,
    • Total number of women amongst all the workers and staff hired, and
    • Percentage of women hired during construction.
  3. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
    • Name of the personnel,
    • Designation and contact information, and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
  4. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program.
  5. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  6. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the gender equality program once the project starts its operations.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to ensure equal access of women to employment opportunities and to increase the awareness of workers and staff on gender equality and diversity.
  2. The list of all workers and staff hired during the performance period of the project, which must include the following information:
    • Employee's name,
    • Employee's nature of work,
    • Employee's gender, and
    • Employment duration.
  3. The report on the calculation of the percentage of women hired during operations. The report must include the following information:
    • Total number of workers and staff hired,
    • Total number of women amongst all the workers and staff hired, and
    • Percentage of women hired during operations.
  4. The gender equality program for all workers and staff reflecting the following:
    • The regular activities identified to increase the awareness of all workers and staff on gender equality and diversity;
    • The schedule for conducting regular activities to increase the awareness of all workers and staff;
    • The resources allocated for the implementation of the program; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for increasing the employment of women in the project.
  5. The action plan for the implementation of the gender equality program for all workers and staff reflecting the following:
    • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
  7. The communication records as proof that the gender equality program and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  8. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
    • Name of the personnel,
    • Designation and contact information, and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
  9. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
  10. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  11. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the gender equality program after the performance period.

Additional Information

Additional Readings

The following readings may guide the project team in complying with the requirements:

Credit Alignment to PHILGBC Certification Programs

This credit is aligned with the requirements of the SOC-02 Diversity and Inclusion under the PHILGBC Health and Well-being for Buildings — Version 1.0.0.

Back to Table of Contents

SE-05 Community Facility

Addenda

28 July 2023, v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β

Under Tags, changed All Projects to All Project Types; changed All Occupancies to All Occupancy Types; and changed SDG 11 to SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities.

All Stages
All Project Types
All Occupancy Types
SDG 11: Sustainable Cities and Communities

Purpose and Intent

This credit aims to contribute to positive community engagement and public benefit by providing spaces within the project for non-commercial events and functions for the local community.

Requirements

Stage 1 — Design

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for providing and maintaining a community facility in the project.
  2. Identify and engage potential beneficiary communities or partner community organizations to use the community facility.
  3. Consult the representatives of the potential beneficiary communities or partner community organizations. The project team must discuss the following during the consultation:
    • The project's background and its sustainability features;
    • The objective of providing a community facility in the project; and
    • The needs of the potential beneficiary communities or partner community organizations, including the potential uses of the community facility.
  4. Design or designate a community facility in the project. The community facility must be:
    • 0.5% or more of the total gross floor area (TGFA) of the project, but must be at least 50 m2 floor area;
    • For the shared use of the potential beneficiary community or partner community organization;
    • Used of non-commercial events or activities for public or social benefit; and
    • Used free-of-charge by the potential beneficiary community or partner community organization.

Educational buildings

For Educational buildings, the project team must:

  1. Ensure that at least three (3) of the following spaces in the building are accessible to and available for the shared use of the public:
    • Auditorium,
    • Gymnasium,
    • Classrooms,
    • Playing fields and stadiums, and
    • Parking spaces.
  2. Provide access to toilets in joint-use areas after normal school hours.
Stage 2 — Construction

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must construct or designate the community facility in the project.

Stage 3 — Operations

To satisfy the intent of this credit, the project team must:

  1. Establish a policy for providing and maintaining a community facility in the project.
  2. Evaluate the existing programs for engaging the local community and community organizations near the project.
  3. Establish a program for providing a community facility in the project. The program must contain:
    • The engagement of potential beneficiary communities or partner community organizations for the community facility;
    • The consultation with the representatives of the potential beneficiary communities or partner community organizations. The project team must discuss the following during the consultation:
      • The project's background and its sustainability features;
      • The objective of providing a community facility in the project; and
      • The needs of the potential beneficiary communities or partner community organizations, including the potential uses of the community facility;
    • The designation of a community facility in the project. The community facility must be:
      • 0.5% or more of the total gross floor area (TGFA) of the project, but must be at least 50 m2 floor area;
      • For the shared use of the potential beneficiary community or partner community organization;
      • Used of non-commercial events or activities for public or social benefit; and
      • Used free-of-charge by the potential beneficiary community or partner community organization.
    • The policies and procedures for the use of the community facility.
  4. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the program for providing a community facility in the project. The action plan must contain:
    • The roles necessary for the implementation of the program, including the responsibilities for each role;
    • The appropriate methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation during the performance period;
    • The policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each strategy once implemented; and
    • The communication of the program for providing a community facility and its action plan to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  5. Implement the program for providing a community facility in the project. The project team must:
    • Assign the roles and responsibilities to each personnel responsible for the implementation of the program;
    • Construct or designate the community facility in the project. If the project team designated an existing space within the project as a community facility, the project team must ensure that the space conforms with the same design requirements for the facility;
    • Monitor and record the implementation of each strategy for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period;
    • Regularly communicate the progress of the implementation of the program to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project; and
    • Confirm the policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of each implemented strategy.
  6. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the program for providing a community facility in the project. The project team must:
    • Present the outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • Review if the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • Present the challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • Identify actions to further improve the program for providing a community facility in the project after the performance period.

Educational buildings

For Educational buildings, the project team must:

  1. Ensure that at least three (3) of the following spaces in the building are accessible to and available for the shared use of the public:
    • Auditorium,
    • Gymnasium,
    • Classrooms,
    • Playing fields and stadiums, and
    • Parking spaces.
  2. Provide access to toilets in joint-use areas after normal school hours.

Score Distribution

The project team must demonstrate conformity with all requirements of this credit. The project may be awarded with the equivalent score based on the project team's level of conformity with the requirements of this credit.

Stage 1 — Design
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
1 point Designed or designated a community facility in the project for potential beneficiary communities or partner community organizations.
Stage 2 — Construction
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
1 point Constructed or designated a community facility in the project for potential beneficiary communities or partner community organizations.
Stage 3 — Operations
The project may be awarded: if the project team:
1 point Constructed or designated a community facility in the project for potential beneficiary communities or partner community organizations.

Compliance Notes

Stage 1 — Design

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to build and maintain a community facility in the project.
  2. The proof of engagement with the beneficiary communities or partner community organizations for the use of the community facility, which must include the following information:
    • Name of the beneficiary community or partner community organization;
    • Name of the representative;
    • Contact information;
    • Agreement to use the community facility free-of-charge for non-commercial events or activities; and
    • Period of engagement with the beneficiary community or partner community organization.
  3. The documentation on the stakeholder consultations conducted before finalizing the design of the project. The documentation must consist of:
    • Attendance list for each consultation;
    • Agenda and proceedings of each consultation;
    • Recommendations from the materially affected stakeholders during each consultation, which must be include the design or designation of a community facility; and
    • Photographs for each conducted stakeholder consultation.
  4. The plans and specifications of the community facility reflecting the following:
    • The design and location of the community facility; and
    • The size of the community facility in m2.
  5. The documented policies and procedures for the use of the community facility.
  6. The purchase orders as proof of the intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.

Educational buildings

For Educational buildings, if the project team will extend the use of the school facilities for the beneficiary communities or partner community organizations, the project team should also submit:

  1. The plans of the school facilities reflecting the following:
    • The design and location of the school facility;
    • The use of the school facility, which may include:
      • Auditorium,
      • Gymnasium,
      • Classrooms,
      • Playing fields and stadiums, and
      • Parking spaces;
    • The size of the school facilities for shared use in m2.
  2. The proof of engagement with the beneficiary communities or partner community organizations for the shared use of the school facilities, which must include the following information:
    • Name of the beneficiary community or partner community organization;
    • Name of the representative;
    • Contact information;
    • Agreement to allow the shared use of the school facilities with the beneficiary communities or partner community organizations;
    • Period of engagement with the beneficiary community or partner community organization; and
    • Policies and procedures for the use of the shared facilities.
Stage 2 — Construction

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The as-built plans and specifications of the community facility reflecting the following:
    • The implemented design and location of the community facility; and
    • The size of the community facility in m2.
  2. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the strategies. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
Stage 3 — Operations

To demonstrate compliance with the requirements of this credit, the project team should submit:

  1. The documented policy reflecting the project owner's commitment to build and maintain a community facility in the project.
  2. The report on the evaluation of the existing programs for engaging the local community and community organizations near the project.
  3. The proof of engagement with the beneficiary communities or partner community organizations for the use of the community facility, which must include the following information:
    • Name of the beneficiary community or partner community organization;
    • Name of the representative;
    • Contact information;
    • Agreement to use the community facility free-of-charge for non-commercial events or activities; and
    • Period of engagement with the beneficiary community or partner community organization.
  4. The documentation on the stakeholder consultations conducted before finalizing the design of the project. The documentation must consist of:
    • Attendance list for each consultation;
    • Agenda and proceedings of each consultation;
    • Recommendations from the materially affected stakeholders during each consultation, which must be include the design or designation of a community facility; and
    • Photographs for each conducted stakeholder consultation.
  5. The action plan for the implementation of the program for providing a community facility in the project reflecting the following:
    • The roles and responsibilities for the implementation of the program;
    • The methodology for monitoring, recording and evaluating the outcomes of the implementation; and
    • The documented policies and procedures for the proper management and regular maintenance of the strategies.
  6. The purchase orders as proof of intent to procure products and services to support the implementation of the strategies.
  7. The communication records as proof that the program for providing a community facility in the project and its action plan was communicated to the project stakeholders and to the users of the project.
  8. The list of personnel involved in the implementation of the program, which must include the following information:
    • Name of the personnel,
    • Designation and contact information, and
    • Roles and responsibilities in the implementation of the program.
  9. The as-built plans and specifications of the community facility reflecting the following:
    • The implemented design and location of the community facility; and
    • The size of the community facility in m2.
  10. The monitoring reports for the implementation of the strategies and activities in the program for at least twelve (12) months during the performance period.
  11. The procurement and implementation records for the implementation of the program. The records must consist of the following:
    • Official receipts or sales invoices,
    • Delivery receipts,
    • Installation records, and
    • Photographs.
  12. The report on the evaluation of the implementation of the program reflecting the following:
    • The recorded outcomes of the implementation of the program;
    • The assessment on whether the program was implemented successfully during the performance period;
    • The challenges encountered during implementation and the actions taken to resolve the challenges; and
    • The actions identified to further improve the program for providing a community facility in the project after the performance period.

Additional Information

Terms and Definitions

In the context of this credit, the following terms and definitions apply.

Community facility
refers to a space within the project provided for the shared use of a beneficiary community or a partner community organization for non-commercial events or activities for public or social benefits. Community facilities are used free-of-charge by the beneficiary community or partner community organization.

Back to Table of Contents

Changes to this document

v5.0.0 – Council Draft β, 30 November 2023

Section Change Type
MSR-01 Regulatory Compliance Changed For medium- to high-rise projects to For applicable projects that are located within the vicinity of or in proximity to CAAP critical areas. Substantial
Added CAAP Critical Areas under Additional Readings. Non-substantial

v5.0.0 – Committee Draft β, 14 September 2023

Section Change Type
MSR-01 Regulatory Compliance Under Compliance Notes, changed the following:
  • Fire and Life Safety Assessment Report 1 to BFP-accepted and -approved Fire Safety Compliance Report (FSCR);
  • FALAR 2 to BFP-accepted and -approved Fire Safety Compliance and Commissioning Report (FSCCR)
  • FALAR 3 to BFP-accepted and -approved Fire Safety Maintenance Report (FSMR)
 Substantial
MN-05 Staff Training Under Terms and Definitions, defined qualified and competent instructor. Substantial
SC-07 Heat Island Reduction Under Requirements, changed solar reflectance index (SRI) to solar reflectance (SR) for non-roof materials. Substantial
SC-14 Preferred Parking — Additional Accessible Parking Spaces Under Requirements, changed design requirements from "The additional accessible parking spaces must be:
  • Designed in accordance with generally accepted standards for parking accessibility;
  • Clearly designated with highly visible markings and signages; and
  • Easily accessible to PWDs and elderly going to and from the building entrance or parking lobby."

to "The additional accessible parking spaces must be:

  • Be designed in conformity with generally accepted standards for parking accessibility;
  • Have a minimum length of 5 m and a minimum width of 3.70 m;
  • Have an access aisle that has a minimum width of 1.20 m;
  • Be clearly marked with slip-resistant materials and highly visible markings and signages;
  • Have easy access and clear routes leading to the building entrance or parking area; and
  • Be located within 30 m from building entrances with immediate access to elevators or stairlifts."
 Substantial
EN-03 Fuel Consumption Reduction Changed Purpose and Intent from "This credit aims to:
  • Reduce the fuel consumption of the project for fuel-based energy-related building systems; and
  • Improve the overall energy performance of the project."

to "This credit aims to:

  • Encourage the use of clean energy sources to support building decarbonization; and
  • Eliminate or reduce the fossil fuel consumption of fossil fuel-based building systems and equipment used in the project."
 Substantial
Under Requirements, included the following:
  • The additional fossil fuel-based building systems and equipment used in projects;
  • The types of fossil fuels commonly used in buildings; and
  • The use of alternatives to fossil fuel-based building systems and equipment.
 Substantial
WT-03 Rainwater Harvesting Under Requirements, added Rainwater Catchment Systems Standard [ARCSA/ASPE/ANSI Standard 63] as a reference for determining the capacity of the rainwater storage for the project Substantial
Under Requirements, removed whichever is more stringent. Substantial
MC-01 Green Procurement Under Additional Readings, added link to the ecolabeling programs under the Global Ecolabelling Network (GEN). Non-substantial
MC-02 Local Procurement Under Requirements, changed the proximity requirement for procuring locally manufactured materials for the project. Substantial
Under Score Distribution, changed thresholds for procuring locally manufactured materials for the project. Substantial
HW-04 Thermal Comfort Under Score Distribution, added 90% acceptability limit as a parameter for achieving high level of thermal comfort in all regularly occupied spaces. Substantial
EM-02 Refrigerant Use Under Requirements, added Chemical Control Order for HFCs [DENR Department Order No. 2021-31] as a reference for determining non-ODS and low GWP refrigerants for the project. Substantial
Under Requirements, added the use of low GWP refrigerants for the project. Substantial
RE-01 Disaster Prevention and Mitigation Under Requirements for Stage 1 — Design, changed 5. Establish policies and procedures for disaster risk reduction and management for the project's operations. to 5. Establish a disaster prevention and mitigation program for construction and operations and 6. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the disaster prevention and mitigation program. Substantial
Under Requirements for Stage 2 — Construction, changed 2. Establish policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented strategies for disaster prevention and mitigation to 2. Implement the disaster prevention and mitigation program for construction and 3. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the disaster prevention and mitigation program for construction. Substantial
Under Score Distribution for Stage 1 — Design, added Established the disaster prevention and mitigation program for construction and operations and action plan for its implementation. Substantial
Under Score Distribution for Stage 2 — Construction, changed Established policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies to Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness during construction for its continual improvement. Substantial
RE-02 Disaster Preparedness Under Requirements for Stage 1 — Design, changed 4. Establish strategies for disaster preparedness and 5. Establish policies and procedures for disaster risk reduction and management for the project's operations. to 4. Establish a disaster preparedness program for construction and operations and 5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the disaster preparedness program. Substantial
Under Requirements for Stage 2 — Construction, changed 1. Implement the strategies for disaster preparedness and 2. Establish policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented strategies for disaster preparedness to 1. Implement the disaster preparedness program for construction and 2. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the disaster preparedness program for construction. Substantial
Under Score Distribution for Stage 1 — Design, changed Incorporated strategies in the design to anticipate and prepare for the impacts of disaster risks. to Established the disaster preparedness program for construction and operations and action plan for its implementation. Substantial
Under Score Distribution for Stage 2 — Construction, changed Implemented the strategies to anticipate and prepare for the impacts of disaster risks, and Established policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies to Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness during construction for its continual improvement. Substantial
RE-03 Disaster Response and Recovery Under Requirements for Stage 1 — Design, changed 4. Establish strategies for disaster response and recovery and 5. Establish policies and procedures for disaster risk reduction and management for the project's operations. to 4. Establish a disaster response and recovery program for construction and operations and 5. Develop an action plan for the implementation of the disaster response and recovery program. Substantial
Under Requirements for Stage 2 — Construction, changed 1. Implement the strategies for disaster response and recovery and 2. Establish policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the implemented strategies for disaster response and recovery to 1. Implement the disaster response and recovery program for construction and 2. Evaluate the effectiveness of the implementation of the disaster response and recovery program for construction. Substantial
Under Score Distribution for Stage 1 — Design, changed Incorporated strategies in the design to respond to and recover from the impacts of disaster risks. to Established the disaster response and recovery program for construction and operations and action plan for its implementation. Substantial
Under Score Distribution for Stage 2 — Construction, changed Implemented the strategies to respond to and recover from the impacts of disaster risks, and Established policies and procedures for the regular maintenance and inspection of the strategies to Implemented the program and evaluated its effectiveness during construction for its continual improvement. Substantial
SE-03 Local Labor Under Requirements for Stage 3 — Operations, added involved in the operations and maintenance of the project for the total employment requirements in the calculation of the percentage of local labor hiring. Substantial

v5.0.0 – Zero Draft β, 28 July 2023

Section Change Type
Minimum System Requirements Under Additional Information, added Terms and Definitions in all minimum system requirements. Substantial
MSR-01 Regulatory Compliance Under Compliance Notes, included a list of the minimum building and environmental permits and certificates the project team must submit together with the report on the project's regulatory compliance review. Substantial
MSR-03 Disclosure of Resource Performance Data Changed the Purpose and Intent from "This requirement aims to:
  • Ensure the project owner is committed to the certification process by disclosing the resource performance data of their project; and
  • Ensure consistency in the submission of performance data for the assessment of the project."

to "This requirement aims to:

  • Demonstrate the resource performance of the project on energy, water and waste in a transparent and credible manner leading to proper benchmarking; and
  • Validate the resource performance data of the project on energy, water and waste properly and objectively."
 Substantial
Management Updated the tags of all credits under the Management category. Non-substantial
MN-05 Staff Training Under Requirements, added ...which must be delivered by a qualified and competent instructor. Substantial
Under Compliance Notes, changed instructors' names and qualifications to the brief profile of each instructor reflecting their qualifications and competencies to deliver the topic. Substantial
MN-07 Tenant Design and Construction Management Under Requirements, changed pursued and awarded BERDE credits... to credits pursued for BERDE certification.... Substantial
Sites and Community Updated the tags of all credits under the Sites and Community category. Non-substantial
SC-02 Environmentally Critical Areas Protection Under Compliance Notes, updated the list of documents as basis for the historical information of the project site to show that the site is not located in an ECA, which are the following:
  • Environmental Compliance Certificate (ECC) supported by an Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) report duly certified by a qualified and competent environmental planner and accepted by the Department of Environment and Natural Resources (DENR);
  • Certificate of Non-Coverage (CNC) issued by the DENR;
  • Locational clearance of the project issued by the local government; and
  • Latest tax declaration of the project.
 Substantial
SC-10 Key Establishments Proximity Under Requirements, changed 250-meter radius to 680-meter walking distance (pathway). Substantial
SC-14 Preferred Parking — Additional Accessible Parking Spaces Changed credit name from Preferred Parking — Accessible Parking Spaces to Preferred Parking — Additional Accessible Parking Spaces. Substantial
Changed the Purpose and Intent from "This credit aims to contribute to the accessibility of the project to persons with disability (PWDs) and the elderly by providing additional accessible parking spaces in the project" to "This credit aims to:
  • Provide the most reasonable number of parking spaces for persons with disability (PWDs) and the elderly;
  • Ensure the maximum distance from the accessible parking spaces to the main building entrance; and
  • Ensure there is a clear pathway from the main building entrance to all building floors for PWDs and the elderly."
 Substantial
Under Terms and Definitions, defined accessible parking spaces. Substantial
Energy Updated the tags of all credits under the Energy category. Non-substantial
Water Updated the tags of all credits under the Water category. Non-substantial
WT-03 Rainwater Harvesting Under Requirements, added The capacity of the rainwater storage must be in accordance with any of the following, whichever is more stringent: The Philippine Green Building Code or other generally accepted standards. Substantial
Materials and Circularity Updated the tags of all credits under the Materials and Circularity category. Non-substantial
MC-01 Green Procurement Under Additional Readings, added a disclaimer on the use of products and services listed in the GreenBuilding/PH. Non-substantial
MC-02 Local Procurement Under Additional Readings, added a disclaimer on the use of products and services listed in the GreenBuilding/PH. Non-substantial
MC-03 Community-based Enterprise Procurement Under Additional Readings, added a disclaimer on the use of products and services listed in the GreenBuilding/PH. Non-substantial
Health and Well-being Updated the tags of all credits under the Health and Well-being category. Non-substantial
Emissions Updated the tags of all credits under the Emissions category. Non-substantial
Resiliency Updated the tags of all credits under the Resiliency category. Non-substantial
RE-01 Disaster Prevention and Mitigation Under Requirements, added 5. Establish policies and procedures for disaster risk reduction and management for the project's operations. Substantial
RE-02 Disaster Preparedness Under Requirements, added 5. Establish policies and procedures for disaster risk reduction and management for the project's operations. Substantial
RE-03 Disaster Response and Recovery Under Requirements, added 5. Establish policies and procedures for disaster risk reduction and management for the project's operations. Substantial
Socio-economic Opportunities Updated the tags of all credits under the Socio-economic Opportunities category. Non-substantial
SE-03 Local Labor Under Requirements, Score Distribution and Compliance Notes, expanded the scope from city or municipality to region. Substantial

Back to Table of Contents

Acknowledgement

The PHILGBC would like to acknowledge the contributions of the organizations and individuals to the development of the latest version of the Consensus Document under development.

BERDE Committee

This version of the Consensus Document was finalized with the review and approval from the BERDE Committee.

  • Chair, Rowena C. Ramos, Ecotektonika, Inc.
  • Committee Members:
    • Carlos Pedro C. Salonga, First Balfour, Inc.
    • Gener DL. Liwanag, GFP Architects
    • Catherine S. Co, WaterCare International Sales, Inc.
    • Raul V. Manlapig
    • Chona E. Ponce
    • Kim Paulo L. Quizon
    • Justin Aaron A. Sy
PHILGBC General Membership

This version of the Consensus Document was improved with the insights, expertise and experience of the PHILGBC General Membership.

PHILGBC National Secretariat

The development of this rating scheme was with the support of the BERDE Program Secretariat.

  • Christopher C. de la Cruz, Executive Director, BERDE Program
  • Rowena G. Elayda, Program Manager, BERDE Program
  • Mario Lawrence C. Suelto, Technical Coordinator
  • John Reniel S. Englis, Technical Staff

Back to Table of Contents